1990

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
AND
DIAGNOSIS MANUAL

C/K TRUCK MODELS

When reference is made in this manual to a brand name, number, or specific tool, an equivalent product may be used in
place of the recommended item.
All information, illustrations, and specifications contained in this manual are based on the latest product information
available at the time of publication approval. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any
means, including but not limited to electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of the GMC Truck Division of General Motors Corporation.. This includes all text, illustrations, tables and
charts.

X-9042
© 1989 General Motors Corporation June, 1989
All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A.
 NOTICE

A
HANDLING ELECTROSTATIC
DISCHARGE SENSITIVE PARTS
When handling an electronic part that has an ESD sensi­
tive sticker, the service technician should follow these

A \iA
guidelines to reduce any possible electrostatic charge
build-up on the service technician’s body and the electronic
part in the dealership.
1. Do not open the package until it is time to install the
part.
2. Avoid touching electrical terminals of the part.
3. Before removing the part from its package, ground
CONTENTS SENSITIVE the package to a known good ground on the truck.
4. Always touch a known good ground before handling
TO the part. This should be repeated while handling the
part and more frequently after sliding across the seat,
STATIC ELECTRICITY sitting down from a standing position or walking a
distance.

F-05403
 1990 C/K TRUCK MODELS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAG E PAGE

Phantom V ie w ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Glow P lu g s ............................................................................................................................................................................ 44

Symptoms In d e x ................................................................................................................................................................... 4 Diesel Engine Fuel C o n tro ls................................................................................................................................................ 48
Introduction............................................................................................................................................................................ 6 Diesel Engine Fuel P u m p .............................................................................................................................................. 49
H ow To Use This Manual .............................................................................................................................................. 6 Auxiliary Cooling F a n ........................................................................................................................................................... 52
Circuit O peration............................................................................................................................................................. 6 Electronic Control Module (ECM)— G asoline.................................................................................................................... 54
Circuit D ia g ra m s............................................................................................................................................................. 6 Electronic Control Module (ECM)— D ie s e l........................................................................................................................ 60
Component Locations.................................................................................................................................................... 6 Automatic Transmission Kickdown S ole n o id .................................................................................................................... 64
Diagnosis C h arts............................................................................................................................................................. 6 H e a te r..................................................................................................................................................................................... 66
T ro u b le s h o o tin g ............................................................................................................................................................. 6 Air C o n d itio n in g .................................................................................................................................................................... 68
Basic E lectricity.............................................................................................................................................................. 7 Brake S y s te m s ...................................................................................................................................................................... 76
Circuit M a lfu n c tio n s ...................................................................................................................................................... 7 Brake Warning S y s te m .................................................................................................................................................. 77
Electrical Test Equipm ent.............................................................................................................................................. 7 Rear Wheel Antilock B r a k in g ....................................................................................................................................... 78
Circuit Wiring Repair Procedures................................................................................................................................. 9 Instrument Panel: Gages and In d ic a to rs .......................................................................................................................... 79
Weather-Pack C o n n e cto rs........................................................................................................................................... 10 Instrument Panel Lam ps................................................................................................................................................ 83
Metri-Pack C onnecto rs.................................................................................................................................................. 10 Indicator Lam ps............................................................................................................................................................... 84
Special T ools................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Safety Belt Warning B u z z e r................................................................................................................................................ 86
Regular Production Option (RPO) L is t ........................................................................................................................ 12 Four-Wheel D r iv e ................................................................................................................................................................. 88
Abbreviation L is t............................................................................................................................................................. 12 Interior Lamps and Key-ln W arning B u z z e r...................................................................................................................... 90
Fuse Block....................................................................................................................................................................... 13 Dome Lamp and Key-ln Warning B u z z e r.................................................................................................................... 92
Convenience C e n te r........................................................................................................... .......................................... 14 Lamp Group...................................................................................................................................................................... 93
Power D istribution................................................................................................................................................................. 15 Cargo Lam p...................................................................................................................................................................... 94
G a s o lin e .......................................................................................................................................................................... 16 Underhood Lamp A sse m b ly.......................................................................................................................................... 95
Diesel................................................................................................................................................................................ 17 Radio....................................................................................................................................................................................... 96
Auxiliary B a tte ry ................................................................................................................................................................... 18 Radio-AM.......................................................................................................................................................................... 98
Headlamps and Daytime Running L a m p s ........................................................................................................................ 20 AM/FM Stereo With O p tio n s .......................................................................................................................................... 99
Headlamps and Parking Lamps (Base)........................................................................................................................ 22 Power W in d o w s ................................................................................................................................................................... 100
Headlamps and Parking Lamps (Q u a d )...................................................................................................................... 23 RearDefogger........................................................................................................................................................................ 104
Fog L a m p s ............................................................................................................................................................................ 24 Power Door Locks....................................................................... ......................................................................................... 106
Front Exterior L a m p s .......................................................................................................................................................... 26 W iper/W asher........................................................................................................................................................................ 108
Marker Lamps (Quad O nly)............................................................................................ ............................................... 28 Cruise C ontrol........................................................................................................................................................................ 111
Roof Marker Lam ps........................................................................................................................................................ 29 Rear Exterior Lam ps............................................................................................................................................................. 114
Directional and Hazard L a m p s ..................................................................................................................................... 30 Backup Lamps................................................................................................................................................................. 115
Horns...................................................................................................................................................................................... 32 End Gate and Clearance Lamps with Duel Rear W h e e ls.......................................................................................... 117
Starting and C harging.......................................................................................................................................................... 34 Taillam ps.......................................................................................................................................................................... 118
Start, G asoline................................................................................................................................................................. 36 License L a m p s ............................................................................................................................................................... 120
Start, Diesel Engines...................................................................................................................................................... 37 Component Locator V ie w s .................................................................................................................................................. 121
Ignition .................................................................................................................................................................................. 38 Bulb D a ta .............................................................................................................................................................................. 142
Fuel Controls— G asoline...................................................................................................................................................... 40 Component Locator In d e x .................................................................................................................................................. 143
Throttle Body In je c tio n .................................................................................................................................................. 41 In d e x ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 149
Hot Fuel H a n d lin g .......................................................................................................................................................... 42
Fuel Control and Idle Air C ontrol................................................................................................................................... 43
BLANK
 POWER
DOOR LOCKS
(PAGE 106)
WIPER/WASHER MOTOR
(PAGE 108) DOME LAMP
(PAGE 92)
REAR
DEFOGGER
(PAGE 104)
FUEL PUMP RELAY
(PAGE 48)

REAR
EXTERIOR
LAMPS
(PAGE 114)

UNDERHOOD LAMP
ASSEMBLY
(PAGE 95)

BATTERY
(PAGE 16)

HEADLAMP
(PAGE 20)

FRONT EXTERIOR
LAMPS
(PAGE 26) CRUISE
CONTROL
MODULE
(PAGE 111)

ANTILOCK
FOG LAMPS
BRAKE
(PAGE 24)
AUXILIARY BATTERY MODULE
(PAGE 18) (PAGE 78)

LC0075-CK-E-RP 3
SYMPTOM PAGE SYMPTOM PAGE

AIR CONDITIONING HEADLAMPS

A/C compressor clutch does not e n g a g e .................................................................................................................... 69 Headlamps do not illuminate high or low beams— both s id e s ................................................................................. 20
Air inlet valve motor does not operate........................................................................................................................... 69 Low beam lamp(s) do not operate................................................................................................................................ 20
None of the air valves operate c o rre c tly ....................................................................................................................... 70 High beam lamp(s) do not o p e ra te .............................................................................................................................. 21
Temperature door motor does not op e ra te .................................................................................................................. 71 Daytime running lamps do not operate (Canada o n ly ).............................................................................................. 21
Mode door motor does not o p e ra te ............................................................................................................................... 71 Daytime running lamps stay on (Canada o n ly )........................................................................................................... 21
Blower motor does not operate in any m ode................................................................................................................ 72 HEATER
Blower motor does not run in H I .................................................................................................................................... 72 Blower motor does not operate at a ll............................................................................................................................ 66
Blower motor does not run in M E D .......................................................................................................... ................. 72 Blower motor does not run in HI but only in LO and/or M ED..................................................................................... 66
Blower motor does not run in L O ................................................................................................................................... 73 Blower motor does not operate in LO and/or MED but only in H I............................................................................. 66
Display does not dim properly........................................................................................................................................ 73 Heater panel lamps do not w o r k ................................................................................................................................... 66
AUXILIARY COOLING FAN HORNS
Cooling fan does not r u n ................................................................................................................................................. 52 Horn(s) will not o p e ra te .................................................................................................................................................. 32
Cooling fan runs continuously........................................................................................................................................ 52 Horn sounds continuously without depressing horn s w itc h .......................................................................... .......... 32
BRAKE SYSTEMS INSTRUMENT PANEL: GAGES AND INDICATORS
Brake indicator remains on with ignition switch in run and park brake o f f .............................................................. 76 Fuel gage indicates full or beyond at all t im e s ........................................................................................................... 80
Brake indicator does not light during a warning condition or during the antilock system c h e c k .......................... 76 Fuel gage indicates empty when there is fuel in the ta n k .......................................................................................... 80
CARGO Fuel gage is inaccurate.................................................................................................................................................. 80
Cargo lamp does not w ork.............................................................................................................................................. 91 Temperature gage indicates hot with engine coolant below operating temperature and ignition
CHARGING switch in ru n ................................................................................................................................................................. 80
Volts indicator does not light with ignition switch in run and engine stopped.......................................................... 35 Temperature gage indicates cold all the tim e ............................................................................................................. 80
Volts indicator stays on when engine is running......................................................................................................... 35 Temperature indicator stays on at all times with ignition switch in ru n .................................................................... 80
Battery is undercharged or o ve rc h a rg e d .................................................................................................................... 35 Temperature gage is not a c c u ra te .............................................................................................................................. 81
Temperature indicator does not light with engine coolant overheated.................................................................... 81
CONVENIENCE LIGHTING PACKAGE
Check gages or temperature indicator does not light with ignition switch in bulb test or s ta rt.............................. 81
Glove box lamp does not w o r k ...................................................................................................................................... 91
Oil pressure gage indicates low pressure when oil pressure is good (gage equipped) or
Courtesy lamps do not op e ra te ...................................................................................................................................... 90
oil pressure indicator is always l i t ............................................................................................................................ 81
CRUISE CONTROL Oil pressure gage indicates high pressure at all times (gage equipped) or oil pressure indicator
Cruise control does not disengage when clutch or brake pedal(s) are depressed................................................. 111 does not lig h t............................................................................................................................................................... 81
Cruise control does not o p e ra te ................................................................................................................................... 111 Oil pressure gage is not a c c u ra te ................................................................................................................................ 82
DIESEL ENGINE FUEL CONTROLS Voltmeter is not a c c u ra te .............................................................................................................................................. 81
Fuel heater does not o p e ra te ........................................................................................................................................ 48 Speedometer is inoperative or in a c c u ra te ................................................................................................................. 81
Service fuel filter indicator lights with no water in f u e l ............................................................................................... 48 Low coolant indicator does not light with coolant level low (Diesel o n ly ) ................................................................ 82
Service fuel filter indicator does not light briefly with ignition switch turned to run................................................. 48 Low coolant indicator is lit when coolant level is g o o d .............................................................................................. 82
FRONT EXTERIOR LAMPS INTERIOR LAMPS AND KEY-IN WARNING BUZZER
Turn signals do not work on one s id e ........................................................................................................................... 26 Courtesy lamps do not o p e ra te ..................................................................................................................................... 90
Turn signals do not operate............................................................................................................................................ 27 Dome lamp does not work or stays on all the t im e .................................................................................................... 91
Turn signal lamps flash ra p id ly ...................................................................................................................................... 27 Cargo lamp does not w ork.............................................................................................................................................. 91
Hazard warning lamps do not o p e ra te ......................................................................................................................... 27 Glove box lamp does not w o r k ..................................................................................................................................... 91
Front and side marker lamps do not o p e ra te .............................................................................................................. 27 Key-in warning buzzer does not operate...................................................................................................................... 91
Roof marker lamps do not o p e ra te ............................................................................................................................... 27 MARKER LAMPS (QUAD ONLY)
FOG LAMPS Front park and side marker lamps do not o p e ra te .................................................................................................... 27
Fog lamps will not operate.............................................................................................................................................. 24 POWER LOCKS
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE Power door locks do not operate from either s w itc h .................................................................................................. 106
Four-wheel drive will not d ise n g a g e ............................................................................................................................. 88 Both switches only open one door lo c k ........................................................................................................................ 106
Four-wheel drive indicator lamp will not turn o f f ......................................................................................................... 88 Power door locks only work from one lock sw itch....................................................................................................... 106
Four-wheel drive will not engage................................................................................................................................... . 88 POWER WINDOWS
Four-wheel drive engages but 4WD indicator lamp will not lig h t ............................................................................. 88 Both power windows do not o p e ra te ............. ............................................................................................................... 100
GLOW PLUGS LH power window does not operate or only goes in one d ire c tio n ........................................................................... 100
Wait indicator does not flash or flashes for the incorrect amount of time when engine is below RH power window only operates from driver’s side window s w itc h ......................................................................... 100
normal operating tem perature................................................................................................................................... 44 RH power window does not operate from either s w itc h ............................................................................................ 101
Wait indicator stays on or flashes when engine is at normal operating temperature and ignition
switch in run position (VIN C engine o n ly )................................................................................................................ 45
SYM PTOM PA G E

RADIO
AM Radio
Radio does not appear to work (no display lights, no s o u n d ).................................................................................... ..... 96
Clock (if equipped) does not operate.................................................................................................................................. 96
Panel lamp does not come o n ....................................................................................................................................... ..... 96
Display dimming function will not operate.......................................................................................................................... 96
No sound or distorted sound from a s p e a k e r.............................................................................................................. ..... 96
AM/FM Stereo Radio With Options
Radio does not appear to work (no display lights, no s o u n d ).................................................................................... ..... 97
Clock does not o p e ra te .................................................................................................................................................. ..... 97
Panel lamp does not come o n ............................................................................................................................................. 97
Display dimming function will not operate.......................................................................................................................... 97
Cassette deck does not o p e ra te ................................................................................................................................... ..... 97
Graphic equalizer does not o p e ra te .................................................................................................................................. 97
REAR DEFOGGER
Rear window defogger does not work and on indicator does not lig h t..................................................................... ..... 104
On indicator works but rear window defogger does not d e fro s t..................................................................................... 104
Rear defogger panel lamp does not w o rk .......................................................................................................................... 104
REAR EXTERIOR LAMPS
None of the rear lamp systems o p e ra te ...................................................................................................................... ..... 114
Backup lamps do not o p e ra te ............................................................................................................................................. 114
ROOF MARKER LAMPS
Roof marker lamps do not o p e ra te .................................................................................................................................... 27
SAFETY BELT WARNING BUZZER
The safety belt warning buzzer does not op e ra te ....................................................................................................... ..... 86
The safety belt warning buzzer operates when safety belt is b u c k le d .......................................................................... 86
STARTING AND CHARGING
Engine does not crank and starter solenoid does not c lic k ........................................................................................ ..... 34
Starter solenoid clicks, engine does not crank or cranks slow ly..................................................................................... 35
Volts indicator does not light with ignition switch in run and engine stopped.......................................................... ..... 35
Volts indicator stays on when engine is running............................................................................................................... 35
Battery is undercharged or o v e rch a rg e d .............................. ........................................................................................... 35
WIPER/WASHER
Wipers do not operate in any m ode............................................................................................................................... ..... 108
Wipers run at low speed only (high speed inoperative).................................................................................................... 108
Wipers run at high speed only (low speed inoperative)............................................................................................... .....109
Wipers will not shut off.................................................................................................................................................... .....109
No delay in the pulse (delay) m o d e ....................................................................................................................................109
Washer will not operate (w/o pulse wipers).................................................................................................................. ..... 109
Washer will not operate (w/pulse w ip e rs)..........................................................................................................................109
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The purpose of this manual is to provide: digit designates the ZONE at which the connector, splice or Grounds are listed next in the table. The location de­ Verify the problem
• Clean and simple electrical circuit diagrams ground can be found. For example: C302. The “ C” is for scription for ground G202 reads, “ Behind LH side Operate system and list symptoms in order to:
connector, the “ 3” represents Zone 300 and 02 is the of l/P, on ALDL bracket.” You are directed to page 131,
• Discussion of circuit electrical operation — Check the accuracy and completeness of the complaint.
connector number. Figure 32. — Learn more that might give a clue to the nature and
• Simplified diagnosis and testing procedures The following is a list of zones for the C/K truck: location of the problem.
Every component, connector, ground or splice shown
• Component location views. ZONE LOCATION on a schematic can be pinpointed visually by using the — Analyze what parts of the system are working.
Each electrical system or circuit will provide the following 100 — At and forward of the cowl
Component Location Views in the back of this manual. Check the circuit diagram
information: 200 — Within l/P Refer to the circuit diagram for clues to the problem. Loca­
• Circuit Operation 300 — From l/P to rear of front seats tion and identification of circuit components may give some
400 — Rearward of front seats idea of where the problem is.
• Circuit Diagrams
500 — Within left doors
DIAGNOSIS CHARTS
• Component Location The circuit diagrams are designed to make it easy to
600 — Within right doors The diagnostic charts (Figure 3) are a step-by-step
identify common points in circuits. This knowledge can help
• Diagnosis Charts. approach of a symptom. Each chart covers one symptom.
All connectors are shown with their part numbers and are narrow the problem to a specific area. For example, if sev­
viewed from the mating end. The part number is used to save For example, “ Horn(s) will not operate.”
eral circuits fail at the same time, check for a common power
time when ordering replacement parts. All components and The charts are divided into three columns; Test, Result or ground connection. If part of a circuit fails, check the con­
CIRCUIT OPERATION
switches are shown in their rest position, unless otherwise and Action. nections between the part that works and the part that
The description of circuit operation provides a simplified marked. Splices that are marked with a number “ S2” refers doesn’t work.
discussion of what is happening within each circuit. The to a single wire that is spliced into a fusible link.
discussion includes power application, ground paths and The test procedures are listed in numerical sequence and For example, if low beam headlamps work, but the high
component operation. The explanation is tied to the circuit Each wiring circuit is identified by circuit number, size must be followed in that order. Each test step will describe beams and the indicator lamp don’t, then power and ground
diagram, and in some cases, to specific switch movement (in mm) and color. Wire colors are shown in the abbreviated what must be done to the circuit, what test equipment to use paths are good. Since the dimmer switch is the component
or components in a circuit. form. Figure 1 shows how the circuit numbers are identified and where to connect the test equipment. which switches this power, it is most likely the cause of failure.
and color abbreviations used in this manual.
Read “electrical operation”
After the test procedure has been performed, refer to the
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS Result column. This will list possible results of the test. Once Read the electrical operation for the problem circuit.
The circuit diagrams show the circuits and components
COMPONENT LOCATIONS the correct result has been found, follow it directly over to the By studying the circuit diagram and electrical operation,
When you are ready to locate the schematic components Action column. enough information should be learned to narrow the cause
that are covered in that particular system. By eliminating
on the vehicle, use the Component Locations List, see to one component or one portion of the circuit.
circuits and components not related to the systems being
covered, the circuit diagrams are greatly simplified. Figure 2. The Action column will instruct what must be done to Check for the cause of the problem
Listed in the left-hand column are the components shown correct the problem or will list the next test step to be Diagnosis charts are provided for most of the common
Circuit diagrams provide a schematic picture of how a
on the schematic. Next to the Fuse Block is the location, performed. faults. Follow the procedures in the chart until the cause of
circuit is powered, what the current path is to the compo­
nents, and how the circuit is grounded. “ Behind LH side of I/P.” Reference to LH and RH is made the problem is located.
as though the troubleshooter were sitting in the driver’s seat. TROUBLESHOOTING Make the repair
For ease of diagnosis, all connectors (C), splices (S) and
On the same line, in the far right column, are page and
grounds (G) are identified by their own unique number. Before beginning any troubleshooting, there are several Repair the problem circuit as directed in the diagnosis
figure references. In this case, you are directed to page
This number is used to reference component locations and important steps that should be taken: charts.
132, Figure 37.
also for identification in the diagnostic charts. The beginning

9A 0.5 BRN
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
-----------------1
COLOR OF WIRE INSULATION Fuse Block......................................... .... Behind LH side of l/P ....................................... ............132 — 37
Headlamp Dimmer Switch.................. .... Behind LH side of l/P, on steering column........ ............131 — 36
BLK___ P P L ___ ......... Purple C100 (Diesel)..................................... .... Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l........ ............130 — 28
BLU___ ..............Blue R E D ___ ............. Red C100 (Gasoline).................................. .... Engine compartment, on LH front of co w l........ ............127 — 19
WIRE WIRE SIZE BRN___ G 104................................................. .... Behind LH headlamp, on radiator support........ ............122 — 5
RST ............. Rust
CIRCUIT IN SQ. MM. G 105................................................. .... Behind RH headlamp, on fender..................... ............135 — 47
NUMBER C H K ___ ......... Check S G L ___ ......... Single
G202 ................................................. .... Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL bracket............ ............131 — 32
CR...................... Cross S I L ____ ........... Silver S101................................................... .... Harness, LH side of engine compartment........ ............135 — 47
D K ...................... Dark S T R ___ ......... Stripe S102................................................... .... Harness, behind LH headlamp......................... ............135 — 47
G R A ___ T A N ___ ............. Tan S103....................................... ........ .... Harness, behind RH headlamp....................... ............135 — 47
G R N ___ ......... Green T R ......... ......... Tracer S104................................................... .... Harness, behind LH headlamp......................... ............135 — 47
L T ......... ........... Light W H T ___ ...........White S207................................................... .... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P above
steering colum n.......................................... ............132 — 37
N A T ___ ------Natural Y E L ____ ......... Yellow
O R N ___ ------Orange / / ..........
PNK........ ............. Pink
LC0064- LC0065-CK-E-RP

Figure 1 — Wire Coding Figure 2—Component Location Chart

Verify th a t th e repair is com plete G rounded circuit (Figure 6) If the load works, try “ jum ping” to circuit points that are pro­
gressively closer to the power supply. When the circuit load
Operate the system and check that the repair has removed A ground circuit is like a short circuit but the current flows
stops working, the open has been located.
all symptoms, and also has not caused any new symptoms. directly into a ground circuit that is not part of the original cir­
cuit. This may be caused by a wire rubbing against the frame The jumper is also used to test components in the circuit
or body. Sometimes a wire will break and fall against metal such as connectors, switches, and suspected high resistance
BASIC ELECTRICITY that is connected electrically to the ground side of the power points.
Ohm’s Law states that voltage (E) is equal to resistance (R) supply. A grounded circuit may also be caused by deposits
times current (I) in a circuit (E = R x I). The equation can of oil, dirt and moisture around connections or terminals, Unpow ered test lam p
also be shown as I = E/R or R = E/I. which provide a good path to ground.
This tool consists of a 12-volt lamp with leads. The ends
If any two of the values are known for a given circuit, the of the leads usually have alligator clamps, but various
missing one can be found by substituting the values in kinds of probes, terminal spades, and special connectors
amperes, volts or ohms and solving for the missing value. are used also.
In a typical simple circuit, battery voltage is applied to a The unpowered test lamp is used on an open circuit.
bulb through a 10-amp fuse and a switch. Closing the switch One lead of the test lamp is grounded and the other lead is
turns on the bulb. moved around the circuit to find the open. Depending on the
To find the circuit current flow, use the equation: I = E/R. physical layout of the circuit, sometimes it will be easier to
S hort circuit (Figure 5) start at the power supply and other times it is easier to start
Filling in the numbers for the equation: I = 12 volts (E)/2
A short circuit happens when the current bypasses part at the circuit load or ground circuit.

I
ohms (R), or I = 6 amps.
of the normal circuit. This bypassing is usually caused by
The bulb in this circuit operates at 6 amps and is rated to wires touching, salt water in or on a device such as a switch
operate at this level. With 12 volts applied to the bulb, it will or a connector, or solder melting and bridging conductors in NOTICE: Test lamps are to be used only on circuits
glow at the rated level. a device. that do not contain solid state devices. If a test lamp
B-00725
is used in a circuit containing a solid state device,
CIRCUIT MALFUNCTIONS Figure 6 — Grounded C ircuit the current that the test lamp would draw would be
above the current that the solid state device would
There are three electrical conditions that can cause a non­
be able to handle. Using a test lamp on a solid state
working circuit; an “ Open Circuit,” a “ Short Circuit,” ELECTRICAL TEST EQUIPMENT device may destroy the device.
or a “ Grounded Circuit.”
Various electrical testers have been developed over the
O pen circuit (Figure 4) years. A few of these are basic but required to perform a
An open circuit occurs whenever there is a break in the cir­ thorough electrical diagnosis. These include: Once one becomes familiar with the test lamp and the
cuit. The break can be corrosion at the connector, a wire brilliance of the bulb in a normal circuit, high-resistance
• Jumper wires • Voltmeter
broken off in a device, or a wire that burned open from too circuits can be recognized by the effect they have on the bulb.
• Test lamps • Ohmmeter As the current drops in a high-resistance circuit,
much current.
• Self-powered test lamps • Ammeter the bulb in the test lamp will glow less brightly. Although the
12-volt test lamp cannot be used as a foolproof test for high
All of these testers come in a variety of models and any
resistance, a less than normal brilliance of the light is an
working model will be adequate for simple tests. However,
indication of circuit high resistance. Further testing will verify
when the value of a reading obtained using a meter is critical the condition and locate the cause.
to the diagnostic procedure, accuracy becomes important.
H E A D L A M P S DO N O T IL L U M IN A T E H IG H O R L O W B E A M S — B O TH S ID E S Make sure any electrical test meter used is of sufficient The 12-volt test lamp continuity tester depends on the vehi­
quality and accuracy to make the measurements required cle’s battery to power the circuit under test. 12-volt testers are
TEST RESULT ACTION in the electrical testing. manufactured with a variety of tips, to permit touching them
to connectors, bare wires, insulated wires or even wires
1. Connect a test lamp from RED (2) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2. Ju m p er w ires
within wiring harnesses. To check the tester before use,
wire at headlamp switch connector LOCATE and REPAIR open in Jumper wires allow “ jum ping” across a suspected open briefly touch the clip to one side of the battery and the probe
Test lamp does not light.
C204 to ground. or break in a circuit. to the other. 12-volt testers are NOT sensitive to polarity in a
RED (2) wire from headlamp switch
to junction block. • If the circuit works properly with the jumper wire in place, circuit, and can be connected either way.
2. With the headlamp switch on and Test lamp lights. Go to step 3. but does not work when the jumper wire is removed, The 12-volt test lamp generally has a sharp probe tip so
the dimmer switch to HIGH BEAM, the circuit has an open spot. it can be inserted into connector terminals or through the wire
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE headlamp switch.
* connect a test lamp from YEL (10) • A circuit without any opens or breaks has continuity (which insulation for testing. It is important to keep the probe tip
wire at headlamp switch connector means continuous) and needs no further testing. sharp to minimize the damage to wire insulation. When the
C204 to ground. test is complete at a particular point, be sure to tape any holes
The jumper is usually a long wire with alligator clamps. A made in wire insulation.
3. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. REPAIR open in LT GRN (11) wire version of the jumper has a fuse holder in it with a 10-amp
(11) wire at dimmer switch from headlamp dimmer switch to fuse. This will prevent damaging the circuit if the jumper is
connector C205 to ground. headlamps. connected in the wrong way. Powered test lam p
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE headlamp dimmer The jumper is used to locate opens in a circuit. One end This lamp is a pencil shaped unit with a self-contained
Switch' LC0066-CK-E-RP of the jumper is attached to a power source and then the battery, a 1.5 volt light bulb, a sharp probe and a ground lead
other end is attached to the load in the circuit, i.e., light, motor. fitted with an alligator clip.
Figure 3 — Typical Diagnosis Chart
 This test lamp is used mainly for testing components that measuring current draw and comparing the two provides rent flows through the circuit, positions the needle on analog- Checks for short circuits are made in a similar manner
are disconnected from the vehicle power supply. The power much useful diagnostic information. type meters, or converts to a digital readout on digital-type to that used for open circuits, except that the circuit being
test lamp is also useful for testing suspected high resistance meters. This is done in terms of resistance as shown in checked must be isolated from both power and normal
points in a circuit such as connectors and ground circuits that Ohm ’s Law (R = E/I). ground.
are corroded or loose. Although there are several different styles of analog Connecting the ohmmeter between an isolated circuit and
ohmmeters, all will usually have the following features in a good ground point will allow checking the circuit for shorts
addition to the meter movement: to ground.
NOTICE: The following instruments: Ammeter, Volt­ • A range selector switch which permits the selection of A short to ground in the circuit will be indicated on the
meter, and Ohmmeter, each have a particular appli­ different ranges of resistance meter by a near zero reading. A good circuit (no short to
cation for troubleshooting electrical circuits. ground) will show up as an infinity (very high resistance)
• A set adjust control which allows the meter to be set at zero
When using an ammeter or voltmeter, and the value for accurate measurements indicated on the meter.
being tested is unknown, always use the highest To measure the resistance of a component or a circuit,
scale first and work downward to a midscale read­ • Some model ohmmeters also have a built-in feature that
allows the ohmmeter to be used as a self-powered the component or circuit must be isolated from all other com­
ing whenever possible. This will avoid damage to ponents (or circuits). The ohmmeter leads are then placed
the instrument. test lamp.
across the component or circuit and the resistance is read
Never use an ohmmeter in a power circuit, or as a Digital meters do not have to be zeroed. They have various on the ohmmeter.
substitute fora voltmeter or ammeter as damage to ranges just like the analog meters.
the instrument will result. Voltmeter (Figures 9 and 10)
The voltmeter (properly observed) will give the technician
more information than the ammeter, ohmmeter and test lamp
Meters Figure 7 — Ammeter combined. Its application for troubleshooting here is to
Three types of meters are generally used for diagnosis. measure the electrical pressure (voltage) drop in a resistance
They are: Disconnect the circuit from the power source before circuit (Figure 9). Voltage drop is a reduction or “ using up”
1. The Voltmeter. connecting the ammeter. The ammeter measures the of the voltage to push electricity through a resistance. It can
amount of electrical current, amperes, moving through a be compared to the pressure water flowing through a meter­
2. The Ohmmeter. conductor. The ammeter (Figure 7) must be placed in series ing valve makes.
3. The Ammeter. with the circuit being tested. Be sure that the ammeter’s
positive terminal is connected to the positive (battery) side
These meters are available in two designs. They are:
of the circuit and its negative terminal to the negative
1. Analog (Needle Type). (ground) side of the circuit.
2. Digital (Electronic Display Type).

CAUTION: Never connect an ammeter across a

CAUTION: The correct type of meter must be used circuit in the manner of a voltmeter. The ammeter
when diagnosing circuits containing solid state could be damaged by the vehicle electrical system.
devices. Incorrect use of the meters will result in
damage to the solid state devices.
Analog meters may be used for any circuit not Excessive current draw is responsible for blowing fuses
and, in some cases, draining the battery. An ammeter will The ohmmeter can be used to perform tests for opens
containing a solid state device, while a digital meter or shorts and to read actual resistance in a circuit or a
MUST be used to diagnose any circuit with a solid help diagnose these conditions by locating the cause of the
excessive current draw. On the other hand, there are times component.
state device. Circuits which contain a solid state
device, such as the Electronic Control Module, when a reduced current draw at a component (a power
window motor for example) causes unsatisfactory perform­ CAUTION: Like a self-powered test lamp, the ohm­
should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or meter can only be used on circuits where power has
higher impedance digital multimeter (J 34029-A ance of an electrical system.
been removed (Figure 8). It is designed to be
or equivalent). operated on its own power supply. This power
Ohmmeter (Figures 8 and 10) supply provides low voltage and current levels for Figure 9 — Voltmeter
The ohmmeter is used to read resistance (ohms) in the meter to make resistance measurements.
Ammeter (Figures 7 and 10) The 12-volt electrical system power in the auto­ Low voltage to a lamp will make the lamp glow dimly.
a circuit. There are both analog-type and digital-type
An ammeter is used to measure current flow (amperage) motive circuits could damage the meter. This can be caused by low source voltage (battery discharge
ohmmeters.
in a circuit. Amperes are units of electron flow which indicate or low alternator output), or by high resistance in the circuit
• An analog-type meter shows the actual resistance on a due to a poor connection. Before making any meter measure­
how many electrons are passing through the circuit. Ohm’s Electrical circuits can be checked for opens using basically
scale by the movement of a needle. ments, it is important to review the relationship between
Law indicates that current flow in a circuit is equal to the the same procedure as previously described for the self-
circuit voltage divided by total circuit resistance. • On a digital-type meter, the resistance measured is current, voltage and resistance (Ohm’s Law).
powered test lamp. The circuit must be separated from all
converted inside the meter to a numerical output which power sources. The ohmmeter is connected across the two Being able to determine voltage drops is important
At normal operating voltage, most circuits have a charac­
is shown on a display panel. open ends of the circuit to be checked. A high reading (in­ because it provides the following information:
teristic amount of current flow, referred to as normal current
draw. Current draw is measured in amperes (amps) with Ohmmeters use a small battery to supply the voltage and finity) is an indication of an open circuit. A low reading (near • Too high of a voltage drop indicates excessive resistance.
an ammeter. Referring to a specified current draw rating, current which flows through the circuit being tested. The cur­ zero) is an indication of a continuous circuit. If, for instance, a blower niotor runs too slowly or a light
 glows too dimly, one can be sure there is excessive Wire size in a circuit is determined by the amount of cur­
resistance in the circuit. By taking voltage drop readings rent, the length of the circuit and the voltage drop allowed.
in various parts of the circuit, the problem can be isolated Wire size is specified using the metric gage. The metric gage
(corroded terminals for example). describes the wire size directly in cross section area
• Too low of a voltage drop, likewise, indicates low measured in square millimeters.
resistance. If, for instance, a blower motor ran too fast, the
problem could be isolated to a low resistance in a resistor Never replace a wire with one of a smaller size or
pack by taking voltage drop readings. replace a fusible link with a wire of a larger size.

VOLTS • Maximum allowable voltage drop under a load is critical,

especially if there is more than one high resistance
VOLTMETER SCALE: 0 Volts through 15 Volts problem in a circuit. It is important because like all
resistances, all voltage drops are cumulative. Corroded
terminals, loose connections or other similar problems WIRE SIZE CONVERSION TABLE
A = 3 Volts reduce the voltage available across the key circuit
B = 7 Volts components. The current flow is reduced in the circuit and
C = 13 Volts all of the affected components operate at less than
peak efficiency. A small drop across wires (conductors), METRIC AWG
SIZE SIZE
switches, connectors, etc., is normal. (This is due to the
(mm)2
resistance of the conductors but should be less than
10 percent of the total drop.)
0.22 24
When using a voltmeter: 0.35 22
• Be sure to connect the positive lead to the battery side and 0.5 20
the negative lead to the ground side of the component 0.8 18
being checked. 1.0 16
• Voltage drop occurs when electricity flows (current) 2.0 14
through a resistance. Make sure the voltage drop being 3.0 12
measured is only through the component being checked, 5.0 10
AMPERES not through the component and a poor connection. 8.0 8
13.0 6
• The circuit must be operating (light ON or motor running, 19.0 4
AMMETER SCALE: 0 Amperes through 10 Amperes
for example) to measure voltage drop. 32.0 2
The dash mounted voltmeter (in the vehicle) should also 40.0 1
E = 1 Ampere
be observed for monitoring proper operation of the genera­ 50.0 0
F = 1.8 Amperes tor battery cranking motor, and cranking circuit. In this 62.0 00
G = 9 Amperes application, battery voltage drop can be monitored while the
engine is cranking; and after the engine is running, generator
o u tp u t voltage can be m onitored. This can be
a valuable first step prior to diagnosing other electrical
problems. Figure 11 — Twisted Wire Repair

Wire repair
Twisted Wires/Shielded Cable (Figure 12)
CIRCUIT WIRING REPAIR PROCEDURES The wire repair is very important for the continued reliable
operation of the vehicle. This repair must be done as |<-+| Remove or Disconnect
Maintenance and repair described in the following procedures.
1. Jacket (100).
All electrical connections must be kept clean and tight. Twisted Wires (Figure 11) 2. Unwrap aluminum/mylar tape (101).
Loose or corroded connections may cause a discharged bat­ 3. Drain wire (102).
tery, difficult starting, dim lights, and possible damage to the 4- + Remove or Disconnect
OHMMETER SCALE: 0 Ohms through Infinity (©©) 4. Leads.
generator and regulator. Wires must be replaced if insulation 1. Jacket (90) 5. Insulation on the leads.
H = 5 Ohms becomes burned, cracked, or deteriorated. 2. Twisted wires (91).
I = 36 Ohms To splice a wire or repair one that is frayed or broken always 3. Insulation from the wire. I-M j Install or Connect
J = 115 Ohms use rosin flux solder to bond the splice and insulating tape 1. Splice clips (103).
K =350 Ohms to cover all splices or bare wires. -►«- Install or Connect 2. Crimp and solder (104) the splice clips (103).
When replacing wire, it is important that the correct size 1. Splice clip (92). 3. Electrical tape (105) on the splices.
wire be used as shown on applicable wiring diagrams or • Crimp (93). 4. Aluminum/mylar tape (101) by wrapping and taping.
parts book. Each harness or wire must be held securely in • Solder (93). 5. Drain wire with a splice clip (106). Crimp and solder the
place to prevent chafing or damage to the insulation due to 2. Electrical tape wrap (94) on wires. splice clip.
F-01778
vibration. 3. Outer electrical tape wrap (95). 6. Outer jacket electrical tape wrap (107).
Figure 10— Meter Scales
 Wiring connector terminal Wiring connector terminal replacement Molded-on-connectors require complete replacement
replacement (Blade type) (Twin lock type) of the connection. This means splicing a new connector
assembly into the harness. Environmental connections
Remove or Disconnect (Figure 13) <--► Remove or Disconnect (Figure 15) cannot be replaced with standard connections. Instructions
1. Terminal lock tang. Tool Required: are provided with the Weather-Pack connector and terminal
2. Terminal (61). packages.
J 22727 Terminal Remover
1. Connector lock tangs. With the low current and voltage levels found in some
Install or Connect (Figure 14) 2. Terminal locks using J 22727. circuits, it is important that the best possible bond at all wire
3. Terminal (80). splices be made by soldering the splices.
1. Pry up on the tang (70).
2. Terminal (71) into the connector. Use care when probing the connections or replacing
Install or Connect terminals in them, it is possible to short between opposite ter­
1. Pry out the tangs. minals. If this happens to the wrong terminal part, it is possi­
2. Terminal into the connector. ble that damage may be done to certain components. Always
use jumper wires between connectors for circuit checking.
Never probe through the Weather-Pack seals.
When diagnosing for possible open circuits, it is often
difficult to locate them by sight because oxidation or ter­
minal misalignment are hidden by the connectors. Merely
wiggling a connector on a sensor or in the wiring harness
may correct the open circuit condition. This should always
be considered when an open circuit is indicated while
troubleshooting. Interm ittent problem s m ay also be
caused by oxidized or loose connections.

METRI-PACK CONNECTORS
60. Connector The Metri-Pack connectors use a pull-to-seat type terminal,
as shown in Figure 16. Special tools are required to re­
61. Terminal
move the terminals. If removal is attempted with an ordi­
nary pick, there is a good chance that the terminal will be
B-06156 bent or deformed. Refer to Figure 16.

Figure 13— Removing the Terminals from the

Remove or Disconnect (Figure 16)
Connector
80. W ire Terminal Tool Required:
81. W iring Harness C onnector J 28742-A Terminal Removal
82. Terminal Remover Tool J 22727 1. Primary lock (121) by lifting.
2. Connector sections.
3. Secondary lock (125) by spreading the sides of
LC0002-CK-E-RP the hasp, thus clearing the staples and rotating the
hasp (127).
Figure 15— Twin Lock Connector Terminal 4. Terminal (131) by using J 28742-A (128).
107 • Snip off the old terminal assembly.
WEATHER-PACK CONNECTORS 5. 5 mm of the wire insulation (130).
Special connectors known as W eather-Pack con­
nectors (Figure 16) require a special tool J 28742-A for fS /i Clean
100. Jacket servicing. This special tool is required to rem ove the Terminal barrel (124).
101. Alum inum /M ylar Tape pin and sleeve term inals. If rem oval is attem pted with
102. Drain Wire an ordinary pick, there is a good chance that the te rm i­
103. Splice Clip nal will be bent or deform ed. Unlike standard blade- H Install or Connect (Figure 16)
104. Crimp and Solder 71 type term inals, these term inals cannot be straightened 1. Terminal insulator (134) on the wire. Slide the insulator
105. Electrical Tape Wrap once they are bent. back on the wire about 8 cm (3 inches).
106. Drain Wire Splice Clip, Crimped And Make sure that the connectors are properly seated and all 2. Terminal (131) on the wire.
Soldered. 70. Terminal Lock Tang of the sealing rings in place when connecting the leads. The • Roll crimp (132) and solder the terminal.
107. Outer Electrical Tape Wrap 71. Terminal hinge-type flap provides a backup, or secondary locking 3. Terminal insulator (134) and the roll crimp (133).
feature for terminals. They are used to improve the con­ 4. Terminal into the connector.
nector reliability by retaining the terminals if the small 5. Secondary lock (125).
B-06231 B-06227
terminal lock tangs are not positioned properly. 6. Connector sections until the primary lock (121) engages.
Figure 12—-Twisted/Shielded Wire Repair Figure 14— Resetting the Lock Tang
 Metri-pack connector replacement

Remove or Disconnect (Figure 16)

i? n 121 12 2 imp
Tool Required: Clean
J 35689-A Terminal Remover Terminal cavity of the connector body.
1. Primary lock (121) by lifting.
2. Connector body (137).
3. Connector seal (120) by pulling the seal back onto the -►<- Install or Connect (Figure 16)
wires away from the connector body (137). 1. Terminal (136) on the wire.
4. Term inal (136) by inserting J 35689-A (139) into • Crimp and solder the terminal.
the connector body (137) to depress the locking 2. Terminal (136) into the connector cavity by pulling the
ta n g (138), th e n push th e w ire and te rm in a l wire on the seal side of the connector until the locking
through the connector body (Figure 16). tang (138) is fully seated.
• Snip off the old terminal unless the terminal is to be 3. Seal (120) by pressing the seal into the connector body
reused, reshape the locking tang. (137) until it is fully seated.
5. 5 mm (0.2-inch) of the wire insulation (130). 4. Connector until the primary lock (121) engages.

SPECIAL TOOLS

VIEW B

120. Connector Seal 130. 5 mm (0.2 inch)

121. Primary Lock 131. Terminal
122. Secondary Lock Staple 132. Roll Crimp
123. Secondary Lock 133. Roll Crimp
124. Terminal Barrel 134. Terminal Insulator
125. Secondary Lock 136. Metri-Pack Series 150 Female Terminal 1. Weather-Pack II Terminal Remover
126. Lock Opened 137. Connector Body 2. Terminal Remover
127. Lock Opened 138. Locking Tang 3. Signal Generator and Instrument Panel Tester
128. J 28742 - A Terminal Remover 139. J 35689 - A Terminal Remover 4. Windshield Antenna Tester
129. Wire 5. Terminal Remover (Metri-Pack)

LC0003-CK-E-RP LC0004-CK-E-RP

Figure 16—Weather-Pack and Metri-Pack Connectors

REGULAR PRODUCTION OPTION (RPO) LIST ABBREVIATION LIST
The following is a list of abbreviations used in the wiring ECM— Electronic Control Module NAT— Natural
AU3 Lock: Side Door, Electric diagrams. The abbreviations have been developed in EFE— Early Fuel Evaporation NEUT— Neutral
A31 Window: Side, Power such a way that their meaning should be clear. EGR— Exhaust Gas Recirculation NO— Normally Open
CD4 W indshield W iper System: Pulse Use this page as a reference to determine the meaning ELEC— Electric NC—Normally Closed
C49 Defogger: Rear Window of an abbreviation if necessary. ELEC CNTRL MOD— Electronic Control Module
Air Conditioning: Front, Manual ENG— Engine ORN—Orange
C60
C95 Roof Lamp: Courtesy, Dual Reading A—Ampere EPR— Exhaust Pressure Regulator
ESC— Electronic Spark Control PK— Park
K05 Engine Block Heater A/C—Air Conditioner PLR— Puller
K34 Cruise Control: Electric ACC—Accessory EST— Electronic Spark Timing
EVRV— Electronic Vacuum Regulator Valve PNK— Pink
K60 Generator: 100 Ampere AIR—Air Injection Reaction PNL— Panel
K68 Generator: 105 Ampere AIR/COND—Air Conditioner EXC— Except
PPL— Purple
K99 Generator: 85 Ampere ALDL—Assembly Line Diagnostic Link PRESS—Pressure
Engine: 4.3 Liter F-PUMP— Fuel Pump
LB4 ALT—Alternator PWR— Power
Engine: 6.2 Liter FLASH— Flasher
LH6 AMP—Ampere
Engine: 6.2 Liter, Heavy Duty FRT— Front
LL4 ANTI—Anticipate RCVR—Receiver
Engine: 5.0 Liter 4WD— Four Wheel Drive
L03 ASM—Assembly REF— Reference
L05 Engine: 5.7 Liter ASSY—Assembly GEN—Generator RESIST— Resistance
L19 Engine: 7.4 Liter AUD—Audio GRA—Gray RH—Right Hand
MD8 Transmission: Automatic, 4 Speed, AUTO—Automatic RPO— Regular Production Option
GRD—Ground
Hydra-Matic 4L60 AUX—Auxiliary GRN—Green
MG5 Transmission: Manual, 5 Speed, 84 mm, SEN—Sensor
Getrag BAT— Battery HAND— Handling SEND—Sender
M20 Transmission: Manual, 4 Speed, 117 mm B ATT— Battery HAZ— Hazard SIG—Signal
M40 Transmission: Automatic, 3 Speed BI-LEV— Bi-Level HD— Heavy Duty SIL—Silver
R05 Wheels, Rear: Dual BLK— Black HD LP— Headlamp SKT—Socket
TP2 Battery: Auxiliary BLT— Belt HEI— High Energy Ignition SOL— Solenoid
TR9 Lamp Group BLU— Blue HI— High SPEEDO—Speedometer
UD4 Speed Alarm: 120 km/hr BOT— Bottom HTR— Heater STR—Stripe
UF2 Lamp: Cargo Area BRK— Brake SW—Switch
UK4 Radio Equipment: ETR AM/FM Stereo w/Seek BRN— Brown IAC— Idle Air Control
& Scan BU— Backup IGN— Ignition TACH—Tachometer
UK5 Radio Equipment: ETR AM/FM Stereo BUZZ— Buzzer ILLUM— Illumination TBI—Throttle Body Injection
Cassette w/Seek & Scan l/P— Instrument Panel TCC—Torque Converter Clutch
UM6 Radio Equipment: ETR AM/FM Stereo CIR/BRK—Circuit Breaker INC— Increased TEMP—Temperature
Cassette, Clock w/Seek & Scan CIRC—Circuit IND— Indicator T/L—Taillamp
UM7 Radio Equipment: ETR AM/FM Stereo, Clock CLSTR—Cluster INJ— Injector TRANS—T ransmission
w/Seek & Scan CNTL—Control INST PNL— Instrument Panel TYP—Typical
UX1 Radio Equipment: ETR AM/FM Stereo, w/Seek COMP—Compartment INTER— Interior
& Scan, Cassette w/Search & Repeat, COMP—Compressor V—Volt
Equalizer CONN—Connector LD— Light Duty VAC—Vacuum
UY7 Harness, Wiring: Trailer Heavy Duty (7 Wire) CONV—Convenience LH— Left Hand VLV—Valve
U01 Lamps, Roof Marker CTSY—Courtesy LO— Low VSS—Vehicle Speed Sensor
U63 Radio Equipment: MTR AM Manual CYL—Cylinder LP— Lamp
LPS— Lamps W/—With
U66 Radio Equipment: Four Speakers (avail.
DK— Dark LT— Light W/O—Without
w/UM6, U M 7& U X 1)
DIAG— Diagnostic LTR— Lighter W/S—Windshield
YE9 Comfort, Convenience & Decor Package
DIM— Dimmer W WASHER—Window Washer
Z62 Comfort, Convenience & Decor Package
DIR— Directional M— Motor WDO—Window
DISC— Discrete MAN— Manual WHT—White
DIST— Distributor MAP— Manifold Absolute Pressure WRG—Wiring
DIV— Diverter MAX— Maximum
DM— Dome MED— Medium YEL—Yellow
DR— Door MRKR— Marker
DRL— Daytime Running Lamps MULT— Multiple
 300-3.0 ORN —IGNITION S W ITCH -B AT
5 0 -2 .0 B R N -H E A T E R -A IR CONDITIONING 2-3.0 RED-BATTERY
40-1.0 ORN/BLK —INTERIOR LAMPS
350-2.0 PNK/WHT —4-WHEEL DRIVE
240-1.0 O R N -L T SWITCH-REAR EXTERIOR LAMPS 250 .8 BRN/WHT-BRAKE MODULE
CANADA
ONLY
300-3.0 ORN —IGNITION SW ITCH -B AT
4-3.0 BRN —IGNITION S W ITCH -A CC

39 .8 PNK/BLK —CONVENIENCE CENTER

n n
93-1.0 WHT-W INDSHIELD WASHER/WIPER

3— i_r *t=r T=r t= j---- c r*25A □ □

25A 93-1.0 WHT-WINDSHIELD WASHER/WIPER
3-3.0 PNK —IGNITION SW ITCH-IG N
A/C HTR

■i—i ea. ■—1 1—1. J=3__ C=x.

1 15Af i > | 25A I | 20A| 10A 4 3 .8 Y E L-R A D IO SHUNT (TYPICAL)
■*i.....
TURN/BU
Uj j i. j l
4WD
111__1
| ■
"■
tT —lJ
Z r
CTSY
□ □ 38-1.0 DK BLU-TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
ACC/IGN
r —» r-1 i—i i— i ■ O __ 1—1,
I 10A | 1 ISA 1 | 20A | |30A C.B.i 7 6 -3 .0 PNK —POWER WINDOWS 75- 8 DK BLU-BACKUP LAMP SWITCH
1— 1 TJZ3r
ECM/IGN
4 = i -------- 1—r 1
BRAKE
p o ■W1- 1 R
4 3 9 .8 PNK/WHT —ECM/IGNITION
ACC/BATT 4-3.0 BRN-IGNITION SW ITCH -A CC
r—» P^L

in
10A 60-3.0 ORN/BLK —ACCESSORIES 3-3.0 PNK —IGNITION S W IT :ChH-- ig n 1 GAS
D O
5A 15A i?oac:BJ
ENGINES
2-3.0 RED —IGNITION SW ITCH -B AT 4 8 1 . 8 RED —INJECTOR 'A ” J
P □ D □ 15A
0 0 oo CRANK
8 0 6 .8 PPL/WHT —CRANK
44 .8 DK GRN-PANEL & INTERIOR LAMPS
ONLY

M n ~n n— CONTROL SWITCH
6 -3 .0 PPL —STARTER SOLENOID FEED

340-3.0 RED —DRL RELAY (CANADA ONLY)

FRONT 2-3.0 RED/BLK —IGNITION S W ITCH -B AT (CANADA ONLY) 2-1.0 ORN -BATTERY
8 .3 5 G R A -P A N EL LAMPS 14 0 .8 O R N -H A Z A R D FLASHER
GAS REAR
ENGINES
ONLY C A U TIO N : Determ ine if non-cycling circuit breakers are hot before removing
them . Hot non-cycling circuit breakers can cause personal injury.

FUSE AND CIRCUIT BREAKER IDENTIFICATION

FUSE FUSE COLOR & FUSE FUSE COLOR &
LOCATION PART NO. AMPERES DESCRIPTION PART NO. DESCRIPTION
LOCATION AMPERES
ACC/BAT Door Locks INJ A RED
Rear Defogger 12004007 10 AMP. Throttle Body Injectors
(Circuit
Breaker) Fog Lamps PANEL LPS Cluster Illumination
30 AMP. Fog Lamp Switch Pilot Lamp Rear W indow Defogger Switch Illumination
ACC/IGN Headlamp ''O N '' Warning
TAN
(Circuit Power Windows 12004005 Radio Illumination
30 AMR 5 AMP.
Breaker) Heater or Air Conditioning Illumination
A/C HTR 12004010 WHITE Heater or Air Conditioning Four Wheel Drive Illumination
25 AMP. Auxiliary Battery Relay Fog Lamp Switch Illumination
Four Wheel Drive Indicator PARK LP Horn Relay
BRAKE 12004008 LT.BLUE Instrument Cluster —Speedometer Horn Feed
15 AMP. Rear Wheel Antilock Brakes License Lamps
Clearance Lamps
CRANK 12004005 TAN
Crank Ashtray Lamp
5 AMP. YELLOW
12004009 Park Lamps
CTSY Dome Lamp 20 AMP.
End Gate Lamps w ith Dual Rear Wheels
Cargo Lamp Roof Marker Lamps
YELLOW
12004009 Courtesy and Glove Box Lamp Cab Chassis Rear Lamps
20 AMP.
Radio Memory & Clock Trailer/ Camper Lamps
Low Beam Headlamps Cigar Lighter
DRL LT. BLUE RADIO RED
12004008 Daytime Running Lamps (Canada) 12004007 Radio Feed
1 5 AMP. 10 AMP.
ECM/IGN Transmission Converter Clutch STOP/HAZ Hazard Flasher
Air Diverter TAN Seat Belt Buzzer
RED Electronic Spark Control 12004005
12004007 SAMP. Stop Lamps
10 AMP. Exhaust Gas Recirculation Rear Wheel Antilock Brakes Memory
ECM —Ignition
TURN/BU Back Up Lamps
Rear Wheel Antilock Brake Switch
LT.BLUE Turn Signals
GAGES Cruise Control 12004008 15 AMP. Cab Chassis Rear Lamps
Rear Defogger Timer Trailer/Camper Harness
YELLOW Auxiliary Battery Relay Feed
12004009 WIPER WHITE Windshield Wiper
20 AMP. Seat Belt Warning 12004010
25 AMP. Windshield Washer
Instrument Cluster Ignition Feed
Daytime Running Lamp Relay (Canada) 4WD WHITE
12004010 Four Wheel Drive
25 AMP.
FUSE BLOCK
13
 8 .5 GRA---------

----- CRUISE CONTROL 3 9 .8 PNK/BLK-

150 .8 BLK (GAS ENGINES), 3 .0 BLK (DIESEL ENGINES)
.8 BRN/RED (GAS ENGINES), BRN (DIESEL ENGINES) —
----- ------------------------------ 6 0 -3 .0 ORN/BLK
4 5 0 .8 BLK/WHT---------------

TURN
4 0 .8 ORN-------------------------

156 .8 WHT-
156 .8 WHT-
~ t f r

l[ BDa
3 8 -1 .0 DK BLU

[ T] ]
SIGNAL T
FLASHER 1 5 0 -1 .0 BLK
E —
DOME LAMP 16 -1 .0 PPL

REAR 4 0 .8 ORN

11 1
POWER
DEFOGGER
DOOR LOCKS
REAR

I
CARGO LAMP
DEFOGGER 2 4 0 -1 .0 ORN/BLK
POWER S -
WINDOWS

I
2 4 0 .8 ORN/BLK
HORN RELAY INTERIOR H D c s
COURTESY
□ r a — 2 8 .5 BLK
LAMPS

150 .8 BLK-
I 2 9 -1 .0 DK GRN
7 6 -3 .0 PNK
POWER
WINDOWS
INTERIOR
COURTESY
LAMPS
9 .8 BRN-

1 5 0 -3 .0 BLK-
00 350-2.0 PNK/WHT

FOUR
2 3 7 .8 Y E L -
V 50 -2 .0 BRN (MANUAL BRAKES ONLY)

□
WHEEL- POWER 15 0 .8 BLK—
DRIVE DOOR
238-.8 BLK/WHT-
LOCKS a i n s a
8 .35 GRA- 9 .8 BRN

Si
s i c p q j g
ROOF
14 0 .8 ORN 15 0 .8 BLK
MARKER-
LAMPS 8 0 .8 LT GRN
39 .8 PNK/BLK-
12065245 AUDIO ALARM MODULE

FRONT REAR

CONVENIENCE CENTER
14
COMPONENT LOCATION
Page - Figure
Auxiliary Battery............................................. LH front of engine com partm ent............................................. 122 — 5
Auxiliary Battery R e la y ................................ LH side of engine com partm ent............................................. 122 — 5
B a tte ry ............................................................ RH front of engine c o m p a rtm e n t........................................... 122 — 6
Fuse B lo c k ...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l................................ 132 — 37
Generator ( V IN C ) ( V IN J ) ............................ Upper LH front of engine.......................................................... 129 — 25
Generator (VIN H)(VIN K ) ............................ Upper LH front of engine.......................................................... 121 — 1
Generator (VIN N ) ......................................... Upper LH front of engine.......................................................... 123 — 7
Generator (VIN Z)........................................... Upper LH front of engine.......................................................... 124 — 10
Glow Plug Controller (Diesel)....................... Top RH side of engine, above valve c o v e r............................ 128 — 24
Headlamps S w itch......................................... LH side of l/P ............................................................................. 132 — 37
Ignition S w itc h ............................................... On steering colum n...................................................................131 — 35
Junction B lo c k ............................................... RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r............................................... 126 — 16
Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN C) (VIN J) . Lower RH side of engine.......................................................... 128 — 22
Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN K) (VIN H ). Lower RH side of engine.......................................................... 121 — 1
Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN N ) ............. Lower RH side of engine.......................................................... 123 — 7
Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN Z ) ............. Lower RH side of engine.......................................................... 124 — 10
C100 (D iesel)................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................ 130 — 28
C100 (Gasoline)............................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................ 127 — 19
C101 (VIN J )................................................... Top RH side of engine, above valve c o v e r............................ 128 — 24
C202................................................................ Below LH side of l / P ................................................................ 131 — 33
C203................................................................ RH side of steering column at ignition sw itch........................131 — 35
C204................................................................ Behind LH side of l/P at headlamp s w itc h ............................ 132 — 37
C283................................................................ Below RH side of l/ P .................................................................134 — 44
G 1 0 0 .............................................................. RH front of engine.....................................................................122 — 6
G101 .............................................................. RH side of engine compartment, on fe n d e r..........................122 — 6
G102 (D iesel)................................................. LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r................................ 129 — 27
G 1 0 4 .............................................................. Behind LH headlamp, on radiator s u p p o rt............................ 122 — 5
S181 (D iesel)................................................. W iring Harness, LH front of engine.........................................129 — 26
520 1 l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near headlamp sw itch ............... 132 — 37
520 2 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .131 — 36
520 3 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ........................................... 131 — 36
520 4 l/P harness, LH side of l/P, at top of steering
column s u p p o rt.....................................................................131 — 36
520 5 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ........................................... 132 — 37
520 6 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .131 — 36
S283 (D iesel)................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ........................................... 131 — 36
 TO ENGINE k
TEMP LAMP ^
|(SEE PAGE 85) g
O

REAR ,
STOP/HAZ / BRAKE
SHEET 15 AMP / 15 AMP
(Q ) METAL CTSY 20 AMP" 4 WD TURN BU
GROUND PARK LP 20 AMP 25 AMP 15 AMP
STOPHAZ 15 AM
ACC/BATT 30 A M P '
 TO ENGINE
TEMP LAMP
(SEE PAGE 84]

DRL STOP HAZ CTSY

15 AMP 15 AMP 20 AMP
6.2L (378 CU. IN.
V8 DIESEL ENGINE VINC
6.2L (378 CU. IN.)
V8 DIESEL ENGINE VIN J
FUSE BLOCK
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
Auxiliary Battery.......................... LH front of engine compartment............................................. 122 — 5
Auxiliary Battery R e la y ............. LH side of engine compartment, above wheelhouse...........122 — 5
Convenience C e n te r................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering column........................132 — 37
Fuse Block................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick panel................................ 132 — 37
Junction Block............................ RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r............................................... 126 — 16
G 1 0 4 .............................. ............ Behind LH headlamp, on radiator support............................ 122 — 5
G202 ........................................... Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL bracket................................ 131 — 32
S207............................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering
column.................................................................................... 1 3 2 — 37
S216............................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P and steering colum n... .132 — 37

AUXILIARY BATTERY
18
 JUNCTION
BLOCK

• S216

AUXILIARY
BATTERY
RELAY

TP2 — AUXILIARY BATTERY

AUXILIARY BATTERY (RPO TP2)

19
CIRCUIT OPERATION S105 ............................. .............................. Engine harness, near battery junction b lo c k ................... . .135 — 47
S201................................ .............................. l/P harness. LH side of l/P near headlamp s w itc h ........... . .132 — 37
HEADLAMPS The DRL Relay Switch provides voltage to the Left Hand S207................................ .............................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above
High Beam through the DK BLU/WHT (593) wire and this steering colum n................................................................ . .132 — 37
Voltage is applied to the Headlamp Switch at all times. S209 ............................. ........................... l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r......................................... . .132 — 37
wire also becomes the ground wire when the Headlamps
The Headlamp Switch includes a Self-Resetting Circuit S210................................
are operating normally.
Breaker. The Circuit Breaker opens when the Headlight steering colum n................................................................ . .132 — 37
Voltage is applied to the Daytime Running Lamp Mod­
circuit draws too much current. When the Circuit Breaker S213.................................. .............................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P and steering colum n .. . .132 — 37
ule when the Ignition Switch is in RUN through the BRN
opens, it interrupts the current flow. With no current flow, S216.................................. . .132 — 37
(50) wire from the AC/HTR Fuse. W hen the Ignition
the Circuit Breaker cools off and resets automatically. S284.................................. .............................. Behind LH side of l / P .......................................................... . .132 — 37
Switch is placed in RUN, the voltage from the DRL Relay
When the Headlamp Switch is in HEAD, the Dimmer
Switch is provided a ground path through the LT GRN
Switch directs voltage to either the Low Beams or High
wire through the DRL Module. This enables the DRL Re­ TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—HEADLAMPS
Beams. The High Beam Indicator also receives voltage
lay Switch to provide voltage to the High Beam Lamps HEADLAMPS DO NOT ILLUMINATE HIGH OR LOW BEAMS—BOTH SIDES
along with the High Beams.
from the DRL Relay Switch and places the High Beam
Lamps in series. TEST RESULT ACTION
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS The DRL Module will not enable the DRL Relay Switch
(CANADA ONLY) if the Headlamp Switch is in the ON position or the Park
1. Connect a test lamp from RED (2) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
wire at headlamp switch connector
Voltage is applied to the Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Brake Switch is ON. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C204 to ground.
Relay Switch at all times through the RED (340) wire from The High Beam Indicator also receives voltage from the RED (2) wire from headlamp switch
the DRL Fuse and when the Ignition Switch is in RUN D a ytim e R u n n in g Lam p (D R L) M o d u le w hen the to junction block.
through the PNK/BLK (39) wire from the GAGES Fuse. Headlamp Dimmer Switch is in the High position. 2. With the headlamp switch on and Test lamp lights. Go to step 3.
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure the dimmer switch to HIGH BEAM, Test lamp does not light. REPLACE headlamp switch.
connect a test lamp from YEL (10)
Daytime Running Lamp R elay............. .... Behind LH side of l / P .......................................................... . .138 — 57 wire at headlamp switch connector
Daytime Running Lamp M o d u le ......... .... Behind LH side of i / P .......................................................... . .138 — 57 C204 to ground.
Fuse B lo c k.............................................. .... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l............................ . .132 — 37 3. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. REPAIR open in LT GRN (11) wire
Headlamp Assembly, L H ...................... .... LH front of veh icle ................................................................. . .135 — 47 (11) wire at dimmer switch from headlamp dimmer switch to
Headlamp Assembly, R H .................... .... RH front of vehicle................................................................. . .135 — 47 connector C205 to ground. headlamps.
Headlamp Dimmer S w itch.................... .... LH side of l/P, on steering c o lu m n ..................................... . .131 — 36
Headlamps S w itch................................. .... Front LH side of l/ P ............................................................... . .132 — 37 Test lamp does not light. REPLACE headlamp dimmer
l/P Cluster C o n n e c to r.......................... .... Behind LH side of l / P .......................................................... . .132 — 37 switch.
Junction B lo c k ....................................... .... RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r........................................... . .126 — 16 LOW BEAM LAMP(S) DO NOT OPERATE
Park and Turn Signal Lamp, L H ......... .... LH front of vehicle................................................................. . .135 — 47
Park and Turn Signal Lamp, R H ......... .... RH front of vehicle................................................................. . .135 — 47 TEST RESULT ACTION
Park Brake S w itc h ................................ .... Below LH side of l/P, on top of park brake assembly . . . . . .132 — 37
1. Turn headlamp switch ON and Test lamp does not light. GO to step 5.
Side Marker Lamp, L H .......................... .... LH side front of v e h ic le ........................................................ . .135 — 47
dimmer switch to LOW BEAM
Side Marker Lamp, R H ........................ .... RH side front of vehicle........................................................ . .135 — 47 Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
position. Connect a test lamp from
C100 (D iesel)......................................... .... Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l........................ . .130 — 28 TAN (12) wire at inoperative
C100 (Gasoline)..................................... .... Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l........................ . .127 — 19 lamp(s) to ground.
C102 (D iesel)......................................... .... Engine compartment on LH front of c o w l.......................... . .130 — 28
C102 (Gasoline)..................................... Engine compartment on LH front of c o w l.......................... . .127 — 19 2. Connect test lamp from TAN (12) to Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
C103........................................................ .... RH front of engine c o m p a rtm e n t....................................... . .135 — 47 BLK (150 or 151) wire(s) at (150 or 151) wire(s) from headlamp
C104........................................................ .... LH front of engine com partm ent......................................... . .135 — 47 headlamp connectors C103 or connector(s) C103 or C104 to
C105........................................................ .... RH front of engine c o m p a rtm e n t....................................... . .135 — 47 C104 to ground. (For Canadian ground terminal(s) G104 or G105.
C106........................................................ .... LH front of engine com partm ent......................................... . .135 — 47 vehicles w/o quad, DK BLU/WHT (For Canadian vehicles w/o quad,
C180........................................................ .... Front LH side marker la m p ................................................. . .135 — 47 (593) is used in place of BLK (150) GO to step 3.)
C181........................................................ .... Front RH side marker lam p................................................. . .135 — 47 wire at connector C103.) Test lamp lights. REPLACE headlamp(s).
C201........................................................ .... l/P harness behind LH side of l/P at instrument cluster . . . .132 — 37
.... Behind LH side of l / P .......................................................... . .132 — 37 3. Connect a test lamp from DK Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
C204........................................................
.... LH side of l/P, on steering c o lu m n ..................................... . .131 — 36 BLU/WHT (593) at daytime running BLU/WHT (593) wire from
C205........................................................
.... Below LH side of l/P, on top park brake a ssem bly........... . .132 — 37 lamp relay switch connector C281 headlamp connector C104 to
C226........................................................
to ground. daytime running lamp relay switch
C283........................................................ .... Below RH side of l/P, near b low er-m otor.......................... . .134 — 44
C291........................................................ .... Behind LH side of l / P .......................................................... . .138 — 57 C281.
C292........................................................ .... Behind LH side of l / P .......................................................... . .138 — 57 Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
G 1 0 4 ...................................................... .... Behind LH headlamp, on radiator s u p p o rt........................ . .122 — 5 4. Connect a test lamp from BLK Test lamp does not light. REPLACE daytime running lamp
G 1 0 5 ...................................................... .... Behind RH headlamp, on fe n d e r ....................................... . .135 — 47 (150) wire at the daytime running relay switch.
G202 ...................................................... .... Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra ck e t............................ . .131 — 32 lamp relay switch connector C281
.... Forward lamp harness, LH side of engine com partm ent. . .135 — 47 Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
S101........................................................ to ground.
S102........................................................ .... Forward lamp harness, behind LH h e a d la m p ................. . .135 — 47 (150) wire from daytime running
S103........................................................ .... Forward lamp harness, behind RH h e a d la m p ................. . .135 — 47 lamp relay switch to ground G202.
S104........................................................ .. . . Forward lamp harness, behind LH h e a d la m p ................. . .135 — 47 5. Connect a test lamp from TAN (12) Test lamp does not light. GO to step 6.
wire at dimmer switch connector Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
HEADLAMPS & DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS C205 to ground. TAN (12) wire from headlamp
20 dimmer switch to headlamp.
 6. Connect a test lamp from YEL (10) Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in YEL 2. Connect a test lamp from RED Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
wire at dimmer switch connector (10) wire from headlamp dimmer (340) wire at daytime running lamp
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C205 to ground. switch to headlamp switch. relay switch connector C281 to
RED (340) wire from relay switch
Test lamp lights. REPLACE headlamp dimmer ground.
connector C281 to fuse block.
switch.
3. CHECK condition of GAGES fuse. Fuse is not blown. GO to step 4.
HIGH BEAM L A M P (S ) DO N O T O P E R A T E Fuse is blown. LOCATE and REPAIR source of
overload. Then, REPLACE fuse.
TEST RESULT ACTION
4. Disconnect the daytime running Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
1. Place headlamp switch to ON and Test lamp does not light. GO to step 5. lamp module connector C282 and PNK/BLK (39) wire from relay
dimmer switch to HIGH BEAM place the ignition switch to RUN. switch connector to fuse block.
Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
position. Connect a test lamp from Connect a test lamp from
Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
LT GRN (11) wire at inoperative PNK/BLK (39) wire at the daytime
lamp(s) to ground. running lamp relay switch
connector C281 to ground.
2. Connect test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
(11) wire to BLK (150 or 151) (150 or 151) wire(s) at headlamp 5. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp does not light. REPLACE daytime running lamp
wire(s) at headlamp connectors connector(s) C103 or C104 to (592) wire at daytime running lamp relay switch.
C103 or C104. (For Canadian ground connection(s) G 104 or relay switch connector C281 to
Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
vehicles, DK BLU/WHT (593) wire G105. (For Canadian vehicles: GO ground.
is used in place of BLK (150) wire to step 3).
6. Connect a J 34029-A multimeter No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
at connector C103.) Test lamp lights. REPLACE headlamps(s). from LT GRN (592) wire at daytime GRN (592) wire from daytime
LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK running lamp module connector running lamp module connector to
3. Connect a test lamp from DK Test lamp does not light.
BLU/WHT (593) wire at headlamp C282 to ground. Measure voltage. daytime running lamp relay switch
BLU/WHT (593) wire to ground at
connector C104 to daytime connector C281.
daytime running lamp relay switch
connector C281. running lamp relay switch C281. Battery voltage. GO to step 7.
Test lamp lights. GO to step 4. 7. CHECK condition of AC/HTR fuse. Fuse is not blown. GO to step 8.
4. Connect a test lamp from BLK Test lamp does not light. REPLACE daytime running lamp Fuse is blown. LOCATE and REPAIR source of
(150) wire at daytime running lamp relay switch. overload. Then, REPLACE fuse.
relay switch connector C281 to 8. Connect a J 34029-A multimeter
Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
ground. (150) wire from daytime running (or equivalent) from BRN (50) wire BRN (50) wire from module
lamp relay switch connector to at daytime running lamp module connector to fuse block.
ground G202. connector C282 to ground.
Battery voltage. GO to step 9.
Measure voltage.
5. Place dimmer switch in the HIGH Test lamp does not light. GO to step 6.
BEAM position. Connect a test 9. Connect J 34029-A multimeter No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
lamp from LT GRN (11) wire at from LT GRN (592) wire to BLK (150) wire from module connector
GRN (11) wire from headlamps to
dimmer switch connector C205 to (150) wire at module connector to panel dimmer switch connector
headlamp dimmer switch.
ground. C282. C208.
6. Connect a test lamp from YEL (10) Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in YEL Battery voltage. REPLACE daytime running lamp
wire at dimmer switch connector (10) wire headlamp dimmer switch module. If daytime running lamps
C205 to ground. to headlamp switch. still are inoperative, also
Test lamp lights. REPLACE headlamp dimmer REPLACE daytime running lamp
switch. relay switch.

PRELIMINARY CHECKS: D A Y T IM E R U N N IN G LA M P S STA Y ON (C A N A D A O N LY)

Before checking the DAYTIME RUNNING LAMP system, do the following: TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Place Park Brake in the OFF position.
2. Open either door. Disconnect daytime running lamp Battery voltage. REPLACE daytime running lamp
If Dome Lamp does not operate, refer to the DOME LAMP DOES NOT OPERATE OR STAYS ON ALL THE TIME module connector C282. Place ignition module.
test procedures on Page 90. switch to RUN and headlamp switch to
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in YEL
If Dome Lamp operates, go to step 3. ON position. Connect a J 34029-A
(10) wire from daytime running
3. Place Headlamp Switch to ON and Headlamp Dimmer Switch to HIGH BEAM position. multimeter to YEL (10) wire from
lamp module to headlamp switch.
If the High Beam Lamp(s) are inoperative, refer to the HIGH BEAM LAMP(S) DO NOT OPERATE test procedures. module connector to ground. Measure
If the High Beam Lamp(s) are operative, use the following diagnostic procedures, after placing the Headlamp voltage.
Switch to OFF position.
D A Y T IM E R U N N IN G LA M P S DO N O T O P E R A T E (C A N A D A O N LY)
TEST RESULT ACTION

1. CHECK condition of DRL (daytime Fuse is not blown. GO to step 2.

running lamp) fuse.
Fuse is blown. LOCATE and REPAIR source of HEADLAMPS & DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
overload. Then, REPLACE fuse.
21
 TO CONVENIENCE

FROM ENGINE COOLANT

FAN (L19 ONLY ^ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 1 5 1 - 2 .0 BLK
(SEE PAGE 53)

GROUND (Q
G105

RIGHT HAND
HIGH & LOW,
BEAM
HEADLAMPS'

LEFT HAND
HIGH & LOW
BEAM
HEADLAMP

DIM M ER LP FD
GROUND 10
f HI BEAM 11
? PARK ANTI LK 33
FROM WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP / IGNITION FUSED 50
(SEE PAGE 110) /c ) ■ 33 GROUND 1 50
D A Y TIM E LPR ELRD 5 92
HEADLAMPS & PARKING LAMPS (BASE) HI BEAM 629
IRPO LEGEND
22 7.4L (454 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN N
C IR C U IT O P E R A T IO N TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—FOG LAMPS
Voltage is applied to the fog lamp relay at all times. FOG LAMPS WILL NOT OPERATE
When the fog lamp switch is ON, the fog lamp relay is
energized and the relay switch closes, completing the TEST RESULT ACTION
circuit to fog lamps.
1. Turn fog lamp switch to ON and Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
If the headlamps are on HIGH BEAM, voltage is applied
headlamp switch OFF. Connect
to circuit 11. The ON/OFF Logic located within the fog Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
test lamp from ORN (60) wire at fog
lamp switch, will prevent the fog lamp relay switch from ORN (60) wire from fog lamp relay
lamp relay connector C278 to
closing. If the fog lamps are ON and the high beam lamps to convenience center.
ground.
are turned ON, the ON/OFF Logic will open the ground
circuit (wire 317), shutting off power to the fog lamp relay. 2. Connect test lamp from PPL (34) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL
wire at fog lamp relay connector (34) wire from fog lamp relay to fog
C O M P O N E N T L O C A T IO N Page — Figure C278 to ground. lamps.
Convenience C e n te r..................................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................1 3 2 — 37 Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
Fog Lamp, L H ................................................ LH front of v e h icle ..................................................................... 1 3 9 — 59 3. Connect a test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
Fog Lamp, R H ................................................ RH front of vehicle..................................................................... 1 3 9 — 59
wire at fog lamp relay connector Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Fog Lamp S w itc h ........................................... RH side of l / P ........................................................................... 133 — 40
C278 to ground. BRN (9) wire from fog lamp relay to
Fog Lamp Relay............................................. LH side of c o w l......................................................................... 1 3 8 — 57
Headlamp Assembly, L H .............................. LH front of ve h icle ..................................................................... 1 3 5 — 47 convenience center.
Headlamp Assembly, R H ............................ RH front of vehicle.....................................................................1 3 5 — 47 4. Connect a test lamp from YEL Test lamp lights. Go to step 5.
C100 (D iesel).................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................ 1 3 0 — 28 (317) wire at fog lamp relay
C100 (Gasoline)............................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................ 1 2 7 — 19 Test lamp does not light. REPLACE fog lamp relay.
connector C278 to ground.
C102 (D iesel).................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................ 130 — 28
C102 (Gasoline)............................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................ 1 2 7 — 19 5. Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. CHECK the headlamp circuit.
C103................................................................. RH front of engine c o m p a rtm e n t........................................... 1 3 5 — 47 (11) wire at fog lamp switch Voltage is being applied to the
C104................................................................. LH front of engine com partm ent............................................. 1 3 5 — 47 connector C277 to ground. High Beam circuit. REFER to
C183................................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................ 1 3 5 — 47 Headlamps.
C188................................................................. RH front of engine c o m p a rtm e n t........................................... 1 3 5 — 47 Test lamp does not light. GO to step 6.
C189................................................................. LH front of engine com partm ent............................................. 1 3 5 — 47
6. Connect test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. GO to step 7.
C277................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. 1 3 3 — 40
wire at fog lamp switch connector Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C278................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. 1 3 3 — 40
C277 to ground. BRN (9) wire from fog lamp switch
C279................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................1 3 7 — 56
C280................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................1 3 7 — 56 to fog lamp relay.
C281................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n.............. . . . . 1 3 7 — 56 7. Connect test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. REPLACE fog lamp switch.
G 1 0 4 .............................................................. Behind LH headlamp, on radiator s u p p o rt............................1 2 2 — 5 wire to BLK (150) wire at fog lamp
G 1 0 5 .............................................................. Behind RH headlamp, on fe n d e r ........................................... 1 3 5 — 47 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
switch connector 0211. (150) wire from fog lamp switch to
510 1 Forward lamp harness, LH side of engine com partm ent.. .135 — 47
510 2 Forward lamp harness, behind LH h e a d la m p ..................... 1 3 5 — 47 convenience center.
510 3 Forward lamp harness, behind RH h e a d la m p ..................... 1 3 5 — 47
510 4 Forward lamp harness, behind LH h e a d la m p ..................... 135 — 47
S111................................................................. Forward lamp harness, near LH parking la m p s ................... 1 3 5 — 47
 FROM HORN
(SEE PAGE 33)
FOG
LAMP
SWITCH
FROM ENGINE COOLANT FAN
(L19 ONLY) (SEE PAGE 53)
GROUND ( Q
G105

RIGHT HAND
HIGH & LOW
BEAM
HEADLAMPS

RIGHT HAND
FOG
LAMP

LEFT HAND
FOG
LAMP

LEFT HAND
HIGH & LOW
BEAM
HEADLAMP

GROUND ( Q
G104
CONVENIENCE
12065245 CENTER

i
FROM WINDSHIELD
WASHER PUMP
RPO LEGEND
L19 — 7.4L (454 CU. IN.) V8
GAS ENGINE VIN N
(SEE PAGE 108)
CIRCUIT OPERATION
TURN SIGNAL LAMPS
With the Ignition Switch in RUN, BULB TEST, or Front Marker Lamp will flash on when the LH Front Park/ C400 (With Chassis Cab)............................. LH rear of truck, at inner side of fra m e ................................. 136— 50
START, voltage is applied through the TURN B/U Fuse Turn Lamp goes off, and off when the Turn Lamp goes on. C401.............................................................. LH rear of truck, at rear crossmember................................. 136— 51
and Turn Flasher to the normally closed contact of the With the Directional Signal Switch Assembly in TURN C403.............................................................. Rear of truck, under tailgate................................................. 137 — 54
Hazard Flasher Switch in the Directional Signal Switch RIGHT, voltage will be applied to the RH Lamps in the C404.............................................................. RH tail, stop and turn signal lamp assembly.........................136— 51
Assembly. same way. C405.............................................................. LH tail, stop and turn signal lamp assembly.........................136— 51
With the Signal Switch in LH Turn position, voltage is G 1 0 4 ............................................................ Behind LH headlamp, on radiator support........................... 122— 5
applied to both the LH Turn Indicator and the LH Front HAZARD LAMPS G 1 0 5 ............................................................ Behind RH headlamp, on fe n d e r......................................... 135— 47
Park/Turn Lamp (LT BLU wires). Voltage is applied to the Voltage is applied at all times, through the STOP-HAZ G202 ............................................................ Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL bracket............................... 131— 32
LH Rear Turn Lamp (YEL wire). Fuse and the Hazard Flasher to the normally open con­ G400 (Chassis Cab)..................................... LH rear of truck, on inner frame r a il..................................... 136— 50
The Lamps go on immediately. They begin to flash tact of the Hazard Switch in the Directional Signal Switch G400 (Except Chassis Cab)......................... LH rear of truck, on inner side of frame................................. 136 — 51
when the current flow heats up the timing element in the Assembly. With the Hazard Switch in HAZARD FLASH, G405 (Chassis Cab)..................................... RH tail, stop, and turn signal lamp assembly.......................136— 50
flasher and it repeatedly opens and closes the circuit. voltage is applied to both Front and Rear Turn Lamps. All G406 (Chassis Cab)..................................... LH tail, stop, and turn signal lamp assem bly.......................136— 50
The voltage applied to the LH Front Park/Turn Lamp of the Turn Lamps and both Turn Indicators flash on and 510 3 Forward lamp harness, behind RH headlam p.....................135— 47
will also be applied to the LH Front Marker Lamp. If the off. 510 4 Forward lamp harness, behind LH headlam p.....................135— 47
Lamp Switch is in the OFF position, the LH Front Marker The Front Marker Lamps flash in HAZARD FLASH just 510 5 Forward lamp harness, behind LH headlam p.....................135— 47
Lamp will find a path to ground through splice S105 and as they did in TURN RIGHT and TURN LEFT. If the Lamp 510 6 Forward lamp harness, LH side of engine compartment . . . 135 — 47
the many Lamps connected in parallel to ground. These Switch is in OFF, they flash on when the Hazard Lamps 510 7 Forward lamp harness, at RH side of bottom
Lamps provide low resistance paths to ground. The are on. If the Lamp Switch is in either PARK or HEAD, they radiator support..................................................................135 — 47
Marker Lamp will flash with the Turn Lamps. The Lamps flash on when the Hazard Lamps are off and off when the S201.............................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near headlamp switch...............132— 37
used for the ground path will not flash, however, since the Hazard Lamps are on. S205.............................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, at top of steering
voltage drop across the Marker Lamp is much higher than In HAZARD, the circuit is always open, and the Hazard column support..................................................................132 — 37
that across the other Lamps. Flasher controls the Lamps. S207.............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132— 37
When the Lamp Switch is in either PARK or HEAD, 520 9 l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r........................................... 132— 37
voltage is applied through the PARK LP Fuse, Lamp PARK AND MARKER LAMPS 521 0 I/P harness, LH side of l/P, above LH side of
Switch, and Splice 105 to the Marker and Park Lamps. If steering column................................................................. 132— 37
the Directional Signal Switch Assembly is in TURN LEFT, Voltage is applied through the PARK LP Fuse to the S402.............................................................. Rear taillamps harness, rear of truck, at rear crossmember 136 — 51
the LH Front Marker Lamp will have voltage at both con­ Lamp Switch at all times. With the Lamp Switch in PARK
nections and will go out. When the flasher removes volt­ or HEAD, voltage is applied to the Park, Tail, Marker, and
T R O U B L E S H O O T IN G C H A R T — F R O N T E X T E R IO R L A M P S
age to the Turn Lamp, the Marker Lamp will be grounded License Lamps.
through the Turn Lamp and will go on. In this way, the LH TURN SIGN ALS DO NOT WORK ON ONE SIDE
TEST RESULT ACTION
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
1. Turn hazard warning system O N . Lights flash. CHECK for improper bulb.
Observe lights on side of turn REPLACE if necessary.
Brake S w itc h ................................................. ...Below LH side of l/P, on brake pedal support a r m ................ 130 — 30 signals that did not work.
Lights do not come on. GO to step 2.
Convenience C e n te r........................................Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n.........................132 — 37
Directional Signal S w itch.............................. ...LH side of steering co lu m n ....................................................... ................— 2. Turn hazard warning system off. Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
Fuse B lock.........................................................Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l................................. 132 — 37 Place ignition switch to RUN and
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
Hazard F la s h e r............................................. ...Behind LH side of l/P, near LH s h ro u d ....................................132 — 37 turn signal to side that does not
Headlamp Switch........................................... ...LH side of l/P ...............................................................................1 3 2 — 37 work. Connect test lamp from LT
Park and Turn Signal Lam ps...........................RH and LH front of v e h ic le ....................................................... 1 3 5 — 47 BLU (14) or DK BLU (15) wire
Roof Marker Lam p s..........................................Front Roof of C a b ...................................................................... 135 — 49 (depending on which side does not
Taillamp A ssem blies........................................RH and LH rear of vehicle......................................................... 1 3 6 — 50 work) at directional signal switch
C100 (D iesel)................................................. ...Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................. 1 3 0 — 28 connector C206 to ground.
C100 (G asoline)............................................. ...Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................. 1 2 7 — 19 3. Connect test lamp from PPL (16) at Test lamp lights. REPLACE directional signal
C 1 0 2 ............................................................... ...Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................. 1 3 0 — 28 directional signal switch connector switch.
C105................................................................ ...RH front turn/park lamp a s s e m b ly .......................................... 1 3 5 — 47 C206 to ground.
C106................................................................ ...LH front turn/park lamp assembly............................................ 1 3 5 — 47 Test lamp does not light. REPLACE turn signal flasher.
C107................................................................ ...Engine compartment on LH front of c o w l............................... 130 — 28 4. Connect test lamp from LT BLU Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
C180................................................................ ...Front LH side marker la m p .......................................................135 — 47 (14) or DK BLU (15) wire
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C181................................................................ ...Front RH side marker lam p.......................................................1 3 5 — 47 (depending on which side did not
either LT BLU (14) or DK BLU (15)
C201................................................................ ...Behind LH side of l/P, at instrument c lu s te r........................... 1 3 2 — 37 work) at park lamp connector C105
wires.
C204................................................................ ...Behind LH side of l/P, at headlamp s w itc h ............................. 132 — 37 or C106 to ground.
C206................................................................ ...Behind l/P, on LH side of steering c o lu m n ............................. 1 3 1 — 35
5. Connect test lamp from LT BLU Test lamp lights. CHECK condition of bulb sockets.
C207................................................................ ...Behind LH side of l/P, near LH s h ro u d ................................... 1 3 2 — 37
(14) or DK BLU (15) wire to BLK
C283................................................................ ...Below RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r ............................... 1 3 4 — 44 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
(150 or 151) wire at park lamp
C284................................................................ ...Below LH side of l/P, at convenience c e n te r .........................1 3 3 — 40 (150 or 151) wire.
C105 or C106.
C400 (Except Chassis C ab).............................LH rear of truck, at inner side of fra m e ....................................136 — 51
 TURN S IG N A L S DO N O T O P E R A T E F R O N T PA R K A N D S ID E M A R K ER LA M P S DO N O T O P E R A T E
TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Place hazard warning lamps to ON Hazard lights operate. GO to step 2. 1. Place headlamp switch in PARK Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
position. GO to step 3. position. Connect a test lamp from
Hazard lights do not operate. Test lamp does not light. GO to step 2.
ORN (240) wire at headlamp
2. Connect a test lamp from PPL (16) Test lamp lights. REPLACE directional signal switch connector C204 to ground.
wire at directional signal switch switch.
2. Connect test lamp from RED (2) Test lamp lights. CHECK condition of fuse (PARK
connector C206 to ground. Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse wire at fuse block to ground. LP). If fuse is good, LOCATE and
(TURN/BU) and an open in PPL REPAIR open in ORN (240) wire.
(16) wire, DK BLU (38) wire, or BLK
(150) wire. If fuse and wiring are Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open RED
good, REPLACE turn signal (2) wire from fuse block to junction
flasher. block.

3. Place ignition switch in RUN Test lamp flashes. LOCATE and REPAIR open in 3. Connect test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
position and put turn signal switch wires from turn signal switch to wire at headlamp switch connector
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE headlamp switch.
convenience center. C204 to ground.
as if making a left turn. Connect
test lamp from LT BLU (14) wire at Test lamp does not light. REPLACE directional signal 4. Connect test lamp at BRN (9) wire Test lamp lights. CHECK conditions of bulb sockets
directional signal switch connector switch. at left hand park lamp connector and BLK (150 and 151) wires from
C206 to ground. C106 to ground. park lamps to ground terminals
G104 and G105.
TU R N S IG N A L L A M P S FLA SH R A P ID L Y
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
TEST RESULT ACTION BRN (9) wire from park lamps to
headlamp switch.
Turn hazard lamp switch ON. One side of turn signal lamps flash REPLACE inoperative turn signal
Check front signal lamps and rear rapidly. bulb. PRELIMINARY CHECKS:
taillamps. Only one side of turn signals light REFER to “ Turn Signals Do Not If at least one roof marker lamp is operating, check condition of bulb(s) that do not operate. If bulb(s) are good,
but do not flash rapidly. Operate On One Side” symptom. LOCATE and REPAIR open in WHT (45) wire and BLK (150) wire.

H A ZAR D W A R N IN G LA M P S DO N O T O P E R A T E If none of the roof marker lamps operate, use the following diagnostic procedures.

TEST RESULT ACTION

1. Place ignition switch in RUN and Turn signal lights operate. GO to step 2. R O O F M A R K ER LA M P S DO N O T O P E R A TE
position turn signal lamps as if GO to step 3.
Turn signal lights do not operate.
making a turn. TEST RESULT ACTION
2. Turn off turn signal lamps and put Test lamp lights. REPLACE directional signal 1. Place headlamp switch in PARK Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
hazard warning lamps ON. switch. position. Connect a test lamp from
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 2.
Connect a test lamp from BRN (27) Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse ORN (240) wire at headlamp
wire at directional signal switch (STOP/HAZ) and an open in ORN switch connector C204 to ground.
connector C206 to ground. (140) wire and BRN (27) wire. If 2. Connect test lamp from RED (2) Test lamp lights. CHECK condition of fuse (PARK
fuse and wiring are good, wire at fuse block to ground. LP). If fuse is good, LOCATE and
REPLACE hazard flasher. REPAIR open in ORN (240) wire.
3. Place hazard lamps ON. Connect Test lamp flashes. LOCATE and REPAIR open in Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
test lamp from LT BLU (14) wire at wires from directional signal switch RED (2) wire from fuse block to
directional signal switch connector to convenience center. junction block.
C206 to ground. Test lamp does not light. REPLACE directional signal 3. Connect test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
switch. wire at headlamp switch connector
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE headlamp switch.
C204 to ground.
PRELIMINARY CHECKS: 4. Connect test lamp at WHT (45) Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
If one side or front marker lamps are operating, check condition of bulb(s) that are not operating. If bulb(s) are good, wire at left hand marker lamp
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
LOCATE and REPAIR open in BRN (9) wire and BLK (150) wire. terminal to ground.
WHT (45) and BRN (9) wires from
If none of the marker lamps operate, use the following diagnostic procedures. marker lamp to headlamp switch.
5. Connect test lamp from WHT (45) Test lamp lights. CHECK condition of light socket.
wire to BLK (150) wire at left hand
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
marker lamp.
(150) wire from marker lamps to
ground terminal G202.
 RH
SIDE
GROUND $ HOT AT ALL TIMES <
G105

E/M) □ □
E /ll □ □
E /E □ □
E/"H □ □ E /E □ □ a /ra

E /B □ □ a /is □ □ □ □

_ i|
REAR

2-3.0 RED

240-.8 0 R N " " ^ - TO CONVENIENCE CENTER

(SEE PAGE 14)
S209 • < 240 .8 ORN1 TO CIGAR LIGHTER
1 (SEE PAGE 93)
2
tr
O.

H E A D L A M P S S W IT C H

2-3.0 RED __ml

H D LP ON
9 .8 BRIM' P AR K
y y H D LP OFF ■

12034061
C204

RPO LEGEND
L19 — 7.4L (454 CU. IN.)
V8 GAS ENGINE VIN N

GROUND [CT LH
G104 _ SIDE
MARKER
MARKER LAMPS (QUAD ONLY) LAMP
(QUAD)
28
 | A W ^ W M V vW vM FROM l/P CLUSTER DAYTIME R U N N IN G LAMP RELAY
> HOT AT ALL TIMES ^ CONNECTOR 1 50 .8 BLK|
‘ (CANA DA ONLY. SEE PAGE 22, 23)
JUNCTION X ^ / V A V //A ^ V A V v ^ (SEE PAGE 83).
BLOCK

TO PANEL DIMMER SW
(SEE PAGE 83)

TO A C
(SEE PAGE 74)

TO RADIO
(SEE PAGE 96)

TO CONVENIENCE CENTER
(SEE PAGE 14)

12020184
ROOF MARKER LAMPS (RPO U01)
C100
29
 FROM RH FOG LAMP (SEE PAGE 25)

FROM RH HEADLAMP (BASE)

(SEE PAGE 22)
FROM RH HEADLAMPS (QUAD)
(SEE PAGE 23)
51 2.0 BLK'

*= ' FROM ENGINE COOLANT FAN )* B 1 5 1 2 0 BLK

GROUND (RP0 119 ONLY) ISEE PAGE 52)
G105 FROM RH HORN ^ ■ ■ ■ ■ 1 5 1 .8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 32)

LEFT HAND
PARK & TURN
SIGNAL LAMPS
FROM WINDSHIELD
WASHER PUMP
(SEE PAGE 108)
FROM LH HORN (QUAD)
(SEE PAGE 32)
bO 2 0 BLK

FROM LH HEADLAMPS (QUAD

GROUND sH PAG'
G104 l - H U M LH H f A D I A M P i B A S L l 11 5 0 8 B LK
(SEE PAGE 22)
FROM LH FOG LAMP (SEE PAGE 25! 1150 .8 BLK |
LH SIDE

30 DIRECTIONAL AND HAZARD LAMPS 0 MARKER

LAMP (QUAD)
 R.H. TAIL, STOP, TURN
SIGNAL & BACKUP LAMP

FROM LH SIDE
CLEARANCE LAMPS (R05)
(SEE PAGE 117)

18 8 VEL FROM RH LICENSE LAMP

(SEE PAGE 120)

19 8 DK GRN
OJ GROUND
G400
5797 12 010974'
C400

FRAME
GROUND
G400
19 .8 DK GRN

12059200
C405

L.H. TAIL, STOP, TURN C A B -C H A S S IS ONLY

SIGNAL & BACKUP LAMP

DIRECTIONAL AND HAZARD LAMPS

31
CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—HORNS
When the Horn Switch is depressed, one side of the coil HORN(S) WILL NOT OPERATE
of the Horn Relay is grounded. The relay is energized. Its
contacts close and battery voltage is applied to the Horns. TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Connect test lamp from DKGRN Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
(29) wire at horn connector C108 to
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
ground. Press horn switch.

Convenience C e n te r................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................132 — 37 2. Connect test lamp from DKGRN Test lamp lights. REPLACE horn(s).
Directional Signal S w itch........... LH side of steering c o lu m n ...................................................... — (29) wire and BLK (150 or 151) at
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
Fuse B lo c k ................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l................................ 132 — 37 horn connector C108 to ground.
(150 or 151) wire(s).
Horn, R H ..................................... Front of center radiator s u p p o rt............................................. 135 — 47
LH side of radiator support, below headlam p........................135 — 47 3. Remove horn relay. Connect test Test lamp lights at both GO to step 4.
Horn, LH.......................................
Horn R elay................................... Below LH side of l/P, at convenience c e n te r ........................137 — 56 lamp from ORN/BLK (240) and connections.
Horn S w itc h ................................ Top of steering column, in steering w h e e l............................ 1 3 5 — 48 ORN (240) wires at convenience
Test lamp does not light at one or LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l ............................ 1 3 0 — 28 center to ground. Check each wire
C100 (D iesel).............................. either connection. ORN/BLK (240) and ORN (240)
C100 (G asoline).......................... Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................ 127 — 19 for voltage.
wire(s).
C102............................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l ............................ 130 — 28
Front of center radiator support at h o r n ................................ 135 — 47 4. Disconnect directional signal Horn does not sound. GO to step 5.
C108.............................................
LH side of radiator support, below headlam p........................135 — 47 switch connector C206. Use a
C198............................................. Horn sounds. REPLACE horn switch.
Behind l/P, on LH side of steering c o lu m n ............................ 131 — 35 jum per wire to ground BLK (28)
C206............................................. wire at directional signal switch
G 1 0 4 ........................................... Behind LH headlamp, on radiator s u p p o rt............................ 122 — 5
Behind RH headlamp, on fe n d e r ........................................... 1 3 5 — 47 connector C206.
G 1 0 5 ...........................................
510 3 Forward lamp harness, behind RH h e a d la m p ......................135 — 47 5. Disconnect horn relay. Install a Horn sounds. REPLACE horn relay.
510 4 Forward lamp harness, behind LH h e a d la m p ..................... 1 3 5 — 47 jumper wire from ORN/BLK (240)
Horn does not sound. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
S209............................................. l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r ............................................. 132 — 37 terminal to DK GRN (29) terminal
GRN (29) wire from convenience
at convenience center.
center to horn(s).

HORN SOUNDS CONTINUOUSLY WITHOUT DEPRESSING HORN SWITCH

TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect directional signal Horn stops. REPLACE horn switch.
switch connector C206.
Horn continues to sound. GO to step 2.
2. Disconnect horn relay. Check for a No shorts found. REPLACE relay.
short to ground in DK GRN (29)
Short(s) found. REPAIR or REPLACE as required.
and BLK (28) wires.

HORNS
32
 (STEERING COL SW ITCHESI

FROM RH HEADLAMP I150-.8BLK

(SEE PAGE 22)
FROM RH r n -
HEADLAMP (QUAD) 1150 .8 BLK 11 P 17
(SEE PAGE 23)
19 N 19
GROUND ■151 2.0 BLK 18 M 18
HORN ■16 L 16
G105 - i - FROM RH PARK & RELAY 27 K 27
TURN SIGNAL LAMPS ) 15
(SEE PAGE 30)
J IS
FROM ENGINE COOLANT
FAN (L19 ONLY) X 1
(SEE PAGE 52) 14 H 14
HORN

, 80
{ r 30

1f>9 F 159
I 0 NO RM ALLY
f OPEN
SW ITCHES
RIGHT BASE
HAND I 29
DIRECTIONAL
HORN 1151 SIGNAL SWITCH
(BASE
&
QUAD)

TO CIGAR LIGHTER (SEE PAGE 93)

TO HEADLAMP SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 20, 23)

LEFT 2 9 -1 .0 DK GRN ■

HAND 2 9 -1 .0 DK GRN I
HORN
(QUAD
ONLY DO □ Q Qk csHTR
O □ Q
i 25A iyr ;2qaj Q 0 CS
CTSY

ir \wr\
'‘c r r"i5A“
‘i—t u=ri H
T=r W n
tt
ECM K»N BRAKE PARK IP

l/P a /s □ □ e / e □ □ a /® .
C INJ° G
A
0 □ C O □ □
PANEL IPS

O O □ O &STOP 0 Q D CCRANK
O gq/ h □ □ a r® □ □ □ □
3D II II H II
HA2
II n ' IF i r - tt—

i
I 33 490 31 * .......... f]___________ p ...i.i ^
FROM LH PARK & 94 29
TURN SIGNAL LAMPS >*■ 14 II 2,5 92 98 : FRONT REAR
(SEE PAGE 30)
9
«l L 93 3
FROM LH
12 J 140 2
FUSE BLOCK
11
HEADLAMP (QUAD)
: 593
1 K 35 250
(SEE PAGE 23) 696 2
r
1150 2.0 BLK 39 401 400 :
GROUND S104
6 RPO LEGEND
G104
FROM LH HEADLAMP 151-.8 BLK r jz L19 — 7.4L (454 CU. IN.) V8 GAS
(SEE PAGE 22) ENGINE VIN N
FROM WINDSHIELD
WASHER PUMP 11 50-.8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 108) 12020184
C100
HORN
33
CIRCUIT OPERATION CHARGING
STARTER The Generator provides voltage to operate the vehi­
C109 (VIN Z ) ....................... ........................ Upper LH front of engine, at generator.......................... ___ 124 — 10
When the Ignition Switch is moved to the START posi­ cle’s electrical system and to charge its Battery. A mag­
C201....................................... ___ 132 — 37
tion, battery voltage is applied to the Starter Solenoid. netic field is created when current flows through the
C202....................................... ........................ Below LH side of l/P, at clutch sw itch ........................... ........ 131 — 33
Both so le n o id w in d in g s are e n e rg ize d . The c irc u it Rotor. This field rotates as the Rotor is driven by the en­
C203....................................... . .. .131 — 35
through the Pull-In W inding is com pleted to ground gine, creating an AC voltage is the Stator windings. The
C283 ..................................... ___ 134 — 44
through the Starter Motor. The windings work together AC voltage is converted to DC by the rectifier bridge and is
G 1 0 0 .............................................................. RH front of engine........................................................... ___ 122 — 6
m agnetically to pull in and hold in the Plunger. The supplied to the electrical system at the Battery terminal.
G101 .............................................................. RH side of engine compartment, on fe n d e r................. ___ 122 — 6
Plunger moves the Shift Lever. This action causes the This Generator’s regulator uses digital techniques to
G 1 0 2 ................................................... .. LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r........................ ___ 129 — 27
Starter Drive Assembly to rotate as it engages the Fly­ supply the Rotor current and thereby control the output
G 1 0 4 ..................................... ....................... LH side of radiator support, near b a tte ry ...................... ___ 122 — 5
wheel ring gear on the engine. At the same time, the voltage. The Rotor current is proportional to the width of
S201 ....................................... ....................... l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near headlamp s w itch . . . . . . . .132 — 37
Plunger also closes the solenoid switch contacts in the the electrical pulses supplied to it by the Regulator. When
S202................................................................. l/P harness, above steering colum n.............................. ___ 131 — 36
Starter Solenoid. Full battery voltage is applied directly to the Ignition Switch is placed in RUN, narrow width pulses
S205................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, at top of
the Starter Motor and it cranks the engine. are supplied to the Rotor, creating a weak magnetic field.
steering column su p p o rt............................................. ___ 132 — 37
As soon as the Solenoid Switch contacts close, voltage When the engine is started, the Regulator senses Gener­
S213................................................................ l/P harness, above steering co lu m n ............................. ___ 132 — 37
is no longer applied through the Pull-In Windings, since ator rotation by detecting AC voltage at the Stator through
battery voltage is applied to both ends of the windings. an internal wire. Once the engine is running the Regulator
The Hold-ln W inding remains energized, and its magnetic varies the field current by controlling the pulse width. This
field is strong enough to hold the Plunger, Shift Lever, and regulates the Generator output voltage from proper bat­ TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—STARTING AND CHARGING
Drive Assembly Solenoid Switch contacts in place to con­ tery charging and electrical system operation.
The digital regulator controls the VOLTS Indicator light
ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK AND STARTER SOLENOID DOES NOT CLICK
tinue cranking the engine.
When the Ignition Switch is released from the START with a solid state light driver. The light driver turns on the TEST RESULT ACTION
position, battery voltage is removed from the PPL(6) wire light whenever undervoltage, overvoltage or a stopped
Generator is detected. 1. Place transmission in PARK (auto) Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
and the junction of the two windings. Voltage is applied
or depress clutch pedal for manual
from the Motor contacts through both windings to ground No voltage. GO to step 3 for manual trans.
transmission. Connect a voltmeter
at the end of the Hold-ln Windings. However, the voltage GO to step 5 for auto trans.
from PPL (6) wire at starter
applied to the Pull-In W inding is now opposing the voltage
solenoid to ground. Turn ignition
applied when the winding was first energized. The mag­
switch to START position.
netic fields of the Pull-In and Hold-ln W indings now op­
pose one another. This action of the windings, with the 2. Connect voltmeter from PPL (6) Battery voltage. REPLACE starter solenoid.
help of the Return Spring, causes the Starter Drive As­ wire to starter mounting bolts.
Less than battery voltage. CLEAN starter motor mounting
sembly to disengage and Solenoid Switch contacts to bolts, starter motor, and mounting
open simultaneously. As soon as the contacts open, the surface.
starter circuit is turned off.
3. Disconnect clutch start switch Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
connector C202. Connect
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure voltmeter from YEL (5) wire at
No voltage. GO to step 5.
Auxiliary Battery............................................. LH front of engine com partm ent....................................... . . .122 — 5 clutch start switch connector C202
Auxiliary Battery R e la y ................................ Inside LH fender, near windshield washer co n ta in e r. . . . . .122 — 5 to ground. Ignition switch must be
B a tte ry ............................................................ RH front of engine c o m p a rtm e n t..................................... . . .122 — 6 in START position.
Clutch S w itch.................................................. Below LH side of l/P, on clutch pedal s u p p o rt............... . . .131 — 33
4. Depress clutch and put Engine cranks. REPLACE clutch start switch.
Fuse B lo c k ...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l.......................... . . .132 — 37
transmission in neutral. Apply
Fusible Link A ............................................... RH front of cowl behind Junction Block .......................... . . .126 — 16 Engine does not crank. CHECK condition of fuse
parking brake. Connect a fused
Fusible Link D ............................................... RH front of cowl behind Junction B lo c k .......................... . . .126 — 16 (CRANK). If fuse is good, LOCATE
jum per from YEL (5) to PPL (6) at
Fusible Link N ............................................... RH front of engine compartment, below rear of battery . . . .129 — 27 and REPAIR open in PPL (6) wire
clutch start switch connector
Generator (VINC) (VIN J ) ............... ............ Upper LH front of engine.................................................... . . .129 — 25 from clutch start switch to starter
C202. Turn ignition switch to
Generator (VIN H )(V IN K )............................ Upper LH front of engine.................................................... . . .121 — 1 solenoid.
START position.
Generator (VIN N ) ......................................... Upper LH front of engine.................................................... . . .123 — 7
Generator (VIN Z)........................................... Upper LH front of engine.................................................... . . .124 — 10 5. With ignition switch OFF, connect Battery voltage. REPLACE ignition switch.
Glow Plug C o n tro lle r..................................... Top RH side of engine, above valve c o v e r..................... . . .128 — 24 a voltmeter from BAT 2 terminal at
No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse
Ignition S w itc h ............................................... RH side of steering colum n............................................... . . .131 — 35 ignition switch connector C203 to
(ACC/BATT). If use is good,
Junction B lo c k ............................................... RH front of cowl behind cover........................................... . . .126 — 16 ground. Repeat step except
LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN C) (VIN J) . Lower RH side of engine.................................................... . . .128 — 22 connect from BAT 3 terminal to
RED (2) wires and fusible link at
Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN K) (VIN H ) . Lower RH side of engine................................................... . . .121 — 1 ground.
junction block.
Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN N ) ............. Lower RH side of engine.................................................... . . .123 — 7
Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN Z ) ............. Lower RH side of engine.................................................... . . .124 — 10
C100 (D iesel)................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............... .. . . .130 — 28
C100 (G asoline)............................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l..................... . . .127 — 19
C109 (VINC) (VIN J ) ..................................... Upper LH front of engine, at generator..................... .. . . .129 — 25
C109 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... Upper LH front of engine, at generator............................ . . .121 — 1
C109 (VIN N) ...................... ........................... Upper LH front of engine, at generator............... ............ . . .123 — 7

i
STARTING AND CHARGING
34
i
 STARTER SOLENOID CLICKS, ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK OR CRANKS SLOWLY VOLTS INDICATOR DOES NOT LIGHT WITH IGNITION SWITCH IN RUN AND ENGINE STOPPED
TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Remove CRANK and INJ A fuses. Voltage reading greater than 9.5 GO to step 2. Disconnect generator connector VOLTS indicator lights. REPAIR generator.
Connect a voltm eter to positive volts after 15 seconds cranking. C109. Place ignition switch in RUN VOLTS indicator does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (GAGES)
and negative battery terminals. position. Connect a fused jum per
Voltage less than 9.5 volts after 15 PERFORM a Battery Load Test. and indicator bulb. If they are
Turn ignition switch to START. from BRN (25) wire at generator
seconds cranking. Refer to Section 6D in service good, LOCATE and REPAIR open
connector C109 to ground.
manual. in BRN (25) wire from generator to
l/P cluster.
2. Connect a voltmeter from negative Less than .5 volts. GO to step 3.
battery terminal to engine block.
More than .5 volts. REPLACE negative battery cable. VOLTS INDICATOR STAYS ON WHEN ENGINE IS RUNNING
3. Connect voltmeter from positive Less than .5 volts. REPAIR starter motor. TEST RESULT ACTION
battery terminal to starter solenoid
More than .5 volts. REPLACE positive battery cable. Disconnect generator connector VOLTS indicator does not light. REPAIR generator.
terminal at BLK (2) wire.
C109. VOLTS indicator remains lit. LOCATE and REPAIR short to
ground in BRN (25) wire from
generator to l/P cluster.

BATTERY IS UNDERCHARGED OR OVERCHARGED

TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect generator connector Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
C109. Place ignition switch in RUN
No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (GAGES)
position. Connect voltmeter from
and indicator bulb. If they are
BRN (25) wire at generator
good, LOCATE and REPAIR open
connector C109 to ground. in BRN (25) wire from generator to
l/P cluster.
2. Connect voltmeter from RED (2) Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
wire at generator to ground. No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
RED (2) wire and fusible link from
generator to junction block.
3. Reconnect generator connector Reading of 13-16 volts. PERFORM Generator Bench Test.
C109 and terminal. Have all Refer to Section 6D in service
accessories turned off and engine manual.
running at fast idle. Connect Reading of less than or greater REPAIR generator.
voltmeter from battery terminal on
than 13-16 volts.
generator to ground.
 150-8.0 BLK
m r-i
+ _
+ - SHEET
BATTERY METAL
GROUND
G101

AUXILIARY
START, GASOLINE (RPO LB4, L03, L05, L19) BATTERY
H GROUND y vWAWAAAAAAAAM ►*M/WWVVV7
CRANK 5 AMP
RPO TP2
> HOT IN START S
36 (IF EQUIPPED) *■ G104 < H O TA TALLT.M ES
^V W vV A V W W V W ^
*
* v v w w w \A
 STOP HAZ
15 AMP

START, DIESEL ENGINES

(RPO LH6, LL4) 37
C O M P O N E N T L O C A T IO N Page — Figure

Coil A s s e m b ly .................................. RH top of engine, near electronic spark

timing d is trib u to r.................................................................. 139 — 60
Electronic Control Module (ECM) .. Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r..........................134 — 44
Electronic Spark Timing Distributor
(VIN H) (V IN K ).............................. Top rear of engine.....................................................................1 2 2 — 4
Electronic Spark Timing Distributor
(VIN N ) ........................................... Top rear of engine.....................................................................1 2 3 — 7
Electronic Spark Timing Distributor
( V IN Z ) ........................................... Top rear of engine.....................................................................1 2 5 — 13
Fuse B lo ck......................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l................................ 132 — 37
Ignition S w itc h .................................. RH side of steering colum n......................................................1 3 1 — 35
C100 (Gasoline)................................ Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................1 2 7 — 19
C111 (VIN H, V IN K ).......................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark
timing d is trib u to r.................................................................. 1 2 2 — 4
C111 ( V IN N ) .................................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark
timing distrib u to r.................................................................. 1 2 3 — 7
cm (v i n z ) .................................... LH rear of engine, near electronic spark
timing distrib u to r.................................................................. 1 2 5 — 13
C112 (VIN H, V IN K )......................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark
timing d istrib u to r.................................................................. 122 — 4
C112 ( V IN N ) .................................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark
timing distrib u to r.................................................................. 1 2 3 — 7
C112 ( V I N Z ) .................................... LH rear of engine, near electronic spark
timing d istrib u to r.................................................................. 1 2 5 — 13
C113 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ....................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark
timing d istrib u to r.................................................................. 1 2 2 — 4
C113(VIN N ) .................................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark
timing distrib u to r.................................................................. 123 — 7
C113 ( V I N Z ) .................................... LH rear of engine, near electronic spark
timing d istrib u to r.................................................................. 1 2 5 — 13
C114................................................... Engine harness, RH front of c o w l...........................................126 — 16
C192................................................... Top of engine, at electronic spark
timing d istrib u to r.................................................................. 139 — 60
C193................................................... Top of engine, at electronic spark
timing d istrib u to r.................................................................. 139 — 60
C201................................................... l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near
headlamp s w itc h .................................................................. 132 — 37
C203................................................... RH side of steering column, at
ignition s w itc h ...................................................................... 1 3 1 — 35
C225................................................... Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r..........................1 3 4 — 44
C 273/274........................................... Behind RH side of l/P, near blower motor..............................134 — 44
S115................................................... Engine harness, LH front of c o w l...........................................1 2 7 — 19
520 3 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P...........................................131 — 36
520 4 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P...........................................131 — 36
S206................................................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above
steering colum n.................................................................... 1 3 1 — 36
521 2 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above
steering colum n.................................................................... 1 3 2 — 37
521 3 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above
steering colum n.................................................................... 1 3 2 — 37
S238................................................... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .................................. 134 — 44

I
I
IGNITION
38 J
-p
 ELECTRONIC SPARK
TIMING (EST) DISTRIBUTOR

FUSE BLOCK a c c ig n 4WD BRAKE INJ A

30 AMP REAR 25 AMP 1 5 AMP 10 AMP
10 AMP
IGNITION (RPO LB4, L03, L05, L19)
39
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure

Electronic Control Module (ECM) . . . . . . . . Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r................... . . .134 — 44 S126....................................... ........................ Engine harness, RH front of c o w l.......................... ............... 126 — 16
Fuel Control In-Line F u s e ................... . . . . RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. . . .126 — 16 S127....................................... ........................ Engine harness, RH front of c o w l.......................... ............... 126 — 16
Fuel Injectors (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............. . . . . Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .............................. . . .121 — 1 S213....................................... ........................ l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above
Fuel Injectors (VIN N)............................ . . . . Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .............................. . . .123 __ 7 steering colum n................................................... ............... 132 — 37
Fuel Injectors (VIN Z ) ............................ . . . . Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .............................. . . .124 — 10 S214....................................... ........................ l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r ............................ ............... 132 — 37
Fuel Meter and P u m p .......................... . . . . On LH side of middle frame, in fuel ta n k .......................... . . .136 — 53 S239 (VIN Z ).......................... ........................ Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P ................. ............... 134 — 44
Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch S289.......................................
(VIN H) (VIN K ) ................................... . . . . LH rear of e n g in e .............................................................. . . .122 — 4 n e a rg ro m m e t..................................................... ............... 134 — 44
Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch S290....................................... ........................ Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P,
(VIN N ) ................................................. . . . . LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ................... . . .123 — 8 n e a rg ro m m e t..................................................... ............... 134 — 44
Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch S291....................................... ........................ Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P,
( V IN Z ) ................................................ . . . . LH rear of e n g in e .............................................................. . . .125 — 13 near ECM............................................................................... 134 — 44
Fuel Pump R e la y .................................... . . . . RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover. . ............. . . .126 — 16
Fuse B lo c k............................................... . . . . Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l.......................... . . .132 — 37
Hot Fuel Handling M odule..................... . . . . Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r ................... . . .134 — 44
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor
(VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... . . . . RH rear of engine, near RH valve c o v e r.......................... . . .121 — 1
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor
(VIN N ) ................................................. . . . . RH rear of engine, near RH valve c o v e r.......................... . . .123 — 7
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor
( V IN Z ) ................................................. . . . . RH rear of engine, near RH valve c o v e r.......................... . . .124 — 10
Junction B lo c k .......................................... . . . RH front of cow l................................................................... . . .126 — 16
Oxygen S e n s o r........................................ . . . LH rear of engine, at exhaust manifold c o lle c to r........... . . .127 — 19
Throttle Position Sensor
(VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... . . . . Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector. . . . . .121 — 1
Throttle Position Sensor (VIN Z ) .......... . . . . Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector. . . . . .124 — 10
C100 Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l..................... . . .127 19
C107.......................................................... . . . . Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l..................... . . .127 — 19
C116........................................................... . . . LH rear of engine, at exhaust manifold c o lle c to r........... . . .127 — 19
C117 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .............................. Center RH side of engine, near throttle
body in je c to r................................................................... . . .121 _ 1
C117 (VIN N ) ............................................ . . . Center RH side of engine, near throttle
body in je c to r................................................................... . . .123 __ 7
C117 ( V IN Z ) ............................................ . . . Center RH side of engine, near throttle
body in je c to r................................................................... . . .124 — 10
C118 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ................................ .. Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .............................. . . .121 — 1
C 118 (VIN N ) ............................................ . . . Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .............................. . . .123 — 7
C118 ( V IN Z ) ............................................ . . . Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .............................. . . .124 — 10
C132........................................................... . . . RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. . . .126 — 16
C133 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................... . .. RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r................................ . . .121 — 1
C133 ( V IN Z ) ............................................ . . . RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r................................ . . .124 — 10
C134........................................................... . . . RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r................................ . . .123 — 7
C135 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................... . . . LH rear of e n g in e .............................................................. . . .122 — 4
C135 (VIN N ) ............................................ . . . LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ................... . . .123 — 8
C135 ( V I N Z ) ............................................ . . . LH rear of e n g in e .............................................................. . . .125 __ 13
C136.......................................................... . . . . RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. . . .126 — 16
C225........................................................... . . . Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r ................... . . .134 — 44
C273/274 ................................................. . . . . Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor........................ . . .134 — 44
C299........................................................... . . . Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor....................... . . .134 — 44
C406.......................................................... . . . . LH middle of frame rail, near fuel ta n k ............................ . . .136 — 53
C407........................................................... . . . LH middle of frame rail, at fuel t a n k ................................ . . .136 — 53
G107 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................... .. . Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t .................................... . . .122 — 4
G107 (VIN N ) ............................................ . . . Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t .................................... . . .123 — 9
G108 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................... . . . LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r.......................... . . .122 — 4
G108 ( V IN Z ) ............................................ . . . Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t.................................... . . .125 — 13
S114........................................................... . . . Engine harness, RH front of c o w l..................................... . . .126 — 16
S115........................................................... . . . Engine harness, LH front of c o w l.................................... . . .127 — 19
S120 (VIN K) (VIN H ) ............................... . . . Engine harness, RH top of e n g in e .................................. . . .121 — 1
S120 (VIN N ) ............................................ . . . Engine harness, RH top of e n g in e .................................. . . .123 — 7

FUEL CONTROLS—GASOLINE
40
 OXYGEN
SENSOR

1412 41 2- 8 PPL*

12047946
C225

r
THROTTLE
POSITION
TO COOLANT
SENSOR 452 .8 BLK TEMP SENSOR
(SEE PAGE 58)
1412 .8 PPL I
ELECTRONIC
1412 .8 PPL i
CONTROL MODULE
452-.8 BLK I452-.8 BLK I ■452-.8 BLK I CONNECTORS
'417-.8DK BLU/WHT' e417-.8 DK BLU/WHT' =*417-.8 DK BLU/WHT t

416 .8 GRAl ■ 41 6 - 8 GRA ■■ ■ 4 1 6 .8 GRA ■ ■ ■

S290
■467-.8 DK BLUi I467-.8 DK BLUl

■ 4 6 8 .8 GRN i ■ 4 6 8 .8 GRN ■

■ 481 .8 RED I » 4 8 1 .8 RED ■

GROMMET 100
12033937 8 [ | iqF°1 12045575
TO MAP SENSOR □"E m C225
INJECTOR 1
(SEE PAGE 58) □ - □
^468| 14|416pi
I___L i ^ 4 6 7 | 1 6 [4 4 0 j

-C ---------- 1--------------- Z J

INJECTOR 2
S291 T # i 1 4 8 1 .8 REDI

1468 .8 GRN I i 4 8 1 .8 RED

w .
K tfilil
[ E*
!L L m 4 8 2 .8 WHT:
1482
HOT IN START OR RUN
1 2 0205 49
C118

"IT
IJ Z 5 A J □ □ S /E □ □
S O O C53 0 0 Gwipe
C* I

0 3 O *WDO O CTSVO DRAoKaO

! 11
r □ □
ACC M3N

Q sQ Q iQ Cz?-Q O □ 130AcTj J j E l/H □ □

BRAKE PARK LP r=ACC
- »ATT- 7" 1T
RPO LEGEND c OOCOOO a /s □ □ a/® □ □ a/is
PANEL IPS
n____ ruJ
LB4 — 4.3L (262 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN Z
c 0 O OSTOP S 0 0 h / b □ □ a /® □ c
L03 — 5.0L (305 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN H HAZ CRANK

L05 — 5.7L (350 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN K 11 II II II II "IT I I " ~TI
L19 — 7.4L (454 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN N __________H_____________ R—
FRONT REAR
FUSE BLOCK
i 4 8 1 .8 RED

THROTTLE BODY INJECTION

(RPO LB4, L03, L05, L19)
 HOT
FUEL
HANDLING
MODULE

39 .8 PNK/BLK
GROUND
G107

L05 — 5.7L (350 CU. IN.)

V8 GAS ENGINE VIN K
L19 — 7.4L (454 CU. IN.)
V8 GAS ENGINE VIN N

TO FUEL PUMP
RELAY FUSE 1120-1.0 GRA ■
(SEE PAGE 43) S126
12015454

C406
 IDLE AIR 39 .8 PNK/BLK
CONTROL
(1 1 9 )

IDLE AIR CONTROL

(LB4, L 0 3 , L05)
441

442
443

444

(SEE PAGE 57)

TO ALDL

FROM S214
(SEE PAGE 57)

465

FUEL
^ JI

450
PUMP
RELAY 920
490
440 FUEL CONTROL & IDLE AIR CONTROL
(RPO LB4, L03, L05, L19)
LB4 — 4.3L (262 CU. IN.) V6 GAS ENGINE VIN Z L19 — 7.4L (454 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN N
L03 — 5.0L (305 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN H C60 — HVAC SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONER MANUAL CONTROLS
L05 — 5.7L (350 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN K
CIRCUIT OPERATION PRELIMINARY CHECKS:
The heating of the Glow Plugs is controlled by the Glow period the relay will be de-energized for 5 seconds then A check of the glow plug system should be performed before doing diagnostic procedures.
Plug Relay in the Glow Plug Controller. Battery voltage is will cycle ON/OFF for approximately 10 seconds. With engine below normal operating temperature, turn ignition switch to RUN. The WAIT indicator should light. After
applied to the relay contacts through the RED wire from When the Glow Plug Controller receives the Start Input, approximately 10 seconds, the WAIT indicator must begin to flash for an additional 10 seconds and then go out.
Junction Block. The relay is operated by a Solid State the Glow Plugs and WAIT Indicator will cycle ON/OFF Turn ignition switch to OFF and then momentarily to START and return to RUN position. The WAIT indicator should
Controller. The Controller responds to engine tempera­ after the Ignition Switch is returned to RUN. flash for approximately 25 seconds and then go out.
ture and also to an Ignition Switch Start Input. After approximately 25 seconds the Controller will open With engine at normal operating temperature, turn ignition switch to RUN. The WAIT indicator should not flash for a
When the Ignition Switch is turned to Run, battery volt­ the Glow Plug Relay and the heating of the plugs stops. If VIN C engine and should flash for a VIN J engine.
age is applied to the Enable Input of the Controller. The the engine is restarted while the engine is at normal oper­
Glow Plug Relay within the Controller will be energized for ating temperature, the ECM (V8 VIN C) will keep the relay TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—GLOW PLUGS
approximately 5 seconds during which it applies voltage contacts open so that no plug heating takes place.
to the Glow Plugs and WAIT Indicator. After the initial time WAIT INDICATOR DOES NOT FLASH OR FLASHES FOR THE INCORRECT AMOUNT OF TIME WHEN
ENGINE IS BELOW NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE
TEST RESULT ACTION
C O M P O N E N T L O C A T IO N Page - Figure NOTE: For V8 diesel engines with a
Cold Advance C o n tro l................................... Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r ............................ 129 — 26 VIN C, ground DK GRN (901) wire at
Cold Advance R e la y ..................................... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........................126 — 16 cold advance glow plug inhibit relay
Electronic Control Module (E C M )............... Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r ..........................1 3 4 — 44 connector C120.
Fuel Shutoff V a lv e ......................................... Top LH side of engine, above LH valve cover........................1 2 9 — 26 1. Place ignition switch in RUN Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
Glow Plug C o n tro lle r..................................... Top RH side of engine, above valve c o v e r............................ 128 — 24 position. Connect test lamp from
G low P lugs...................................................... Above exhaust manifolds, at each c y lin d e r..........................1 2 8 — 22 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
RED (2) wire at glow plug controller
C101................................................................. Top RH side of engine, above valve cover at co n tro lle r. . . .128 — 24 RED (2) wire and fusible link from
to ground.
C120................................................................. RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k .....................................1 2 6 — 16 glow plug controller to junction
C123................................................................. Top LH side of engine, above valve cover, at shutoff valve .1 2 9 — 26 block.
C129................................................................. Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r ............................ 1 2 9 — 26 2. Connect test lamp from LT Test lamp lights. Go to step 6.
G 1 0 0 ............................................................... RH front of engine..................................................................... 1 2 2 — 6 GRN/BLK (531) wire for VIN C or Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3 for VIN C engines.
G 1 0 2 ............................................................... LH front of e n g in e ..................................................................... 1 2 9 — 27 PNK (3) wire for VIN J engines at
G 1 0 6 ............................................................... On RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. 1 2 6 — 16 glow plug controller connector For VIN J engines LOCATE and
510 8 Engine harness, lower RH side of engine.............................. 1 2 8 — 22 C101 to ground. REPAIR open in PNK (3) wire from
510 9 Engine harness, lower LH side of e n g in e .............................. 1 2 9 — 25 glow plug controller to fuel shutoff
511 0 Engine harness, near junction b lo c k .....................................1 3 0 — 28 valve.
S121................................................................. Engine harness, LH front of c o w l........................................... 1 2 9 — 25
3. Connect test lamp from PNK (39) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
S191................................................................. Engine harness, near glow plug controller le a d s ................. 1 2 8 — 24
wire at cold advance glow plug Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
S194................................................................. Engine harness, RH side of engine, near rear injector.........1 2 8 — 22
inhibit relay connector C120 to (GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
S237................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .................................. 1 3 4 — 44
ground. and REPAIR open in PNK (39) wire
S285................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near grommet . . . .134 — 44
from inhibit relay to fuse block.
4. Connect test lamp from PNK/BLK Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
(439) wire at cold advance glow Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
plug inhibit relay connector C120 PNK/BLK (439) wire.
to ground.

(Troubleshooting continued on page 45)

 TEST RESULT ACTION WAIT INDICATOR STAYS ON OR FLASHES WHEN ENGINE IS AT NORMAL OPERATING
TEMPERATURE AND IGNITION SWITCH IN RUN POSITION (VIN C ENGINE ONLY)
5. Connect a 10 amp fused jumper Test lamp lights. CHECK for open in DK GRN (901)
from DK GRN (901) wire at cold wire from inhibit relay to ECM. If TEST RESULT ACTION
advance glow plug inhibit relay wire is good, problem is with ECM. 1. Connect test lamp from PNK (39) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
connector C120 to ground. Refer to Section 6E in Service wire at cold advance glow plug
Connect test lamp from LT Manual. Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
inhibit relay connector C120 to
GRN/BLK (531) wire at inhibit relay (GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
Test lamp does not light. CHECK for open in LT GRN/BLK ground.
connector C120 to ground. and REPAIR open from inhibit
(531) wire. If good, REPLACE cold relay to fuse block.
advance glow plug inhibit relay.
2. Connect test lamp from PNK/BLK Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
6. Connect test lamp from LT Test lamp lights. GO to step 7. (439) wire at cold advance glow
GRN/BLK (531) wire for VIN C Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK plug inhibit relay connector C120
engines or PNK (3) wire for VIN J PNK/BLK (439) wire.
(150) wire from glow plug controller to ground.
engines to BLK (150) wire at glow to ground terminal G106.
plug controller connector C101. 3. Connect a fused jum per from DK Test lamp lights. CHECK for open in DK GRN (901)
GRN (901) wire at cold advance wire from inhibit relay to ECM. If
7. Connect test lamp from PPL/WHT Test lamp lights. GO to step 8. glow plug inhibit relay connector wire is good, problem is with ECM.
(806) wire at glow plug controller Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse C120 to ground. Connect test lamp Refer to Section 6E in Service
connector C101 to ground. Move (CRANK). If fuse is good, LOCATE from LT GRN/BLK (531) wire at Manual.
ignition switch to START position. and REPAIR open in PPL/WHT inhibit relay connector C120 to
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE cold advance glow plug
(806) wire from glow plug controller ground.
inhibit relay.
to fuse block.
8. Place ignition switch to OFF Test lamp lights. REPLACE glow plug controller.
position. Connect test lamp from
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 9.
GRA (503 and 509) wires at glow
plug controller to ground.
9. Disconnect glow plug controller Reading of 2 ohms or less. GO to step 10.
connector C101. Using a positive Reading greater than 2 ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
polarity ohmmeter. Check GRA (503) and ORN (503) wires
continuity between GRA (503) and from glow plug controller
BLK (150) wires. connector to glow plug harness
splice S109.
10. Reconnect glow plug controller Test lamp cycles on and off for GO to step 11.
connector. Connect test lamp from approximately 25 seconds then
GRA (503 and 509) wire at glow goes off.
plug controller to ground. Turn REPLACE glow plug controller.
Test lamp DOES NOT light or
ignition switch momentarily to
cycles for the incorrect time.
START and then release to RUN
position.
11. Remove all connectors from glow Test lamp lights for all glow plugs. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
plugs. Connect one lead of test GRA (503 and 509) wires and
lamp to battery voltage and other fusible links from glow plug to
lead to each glow plug. controller.
Test lamp does not light for one or REPLACE glow plug(s) where test
more glow plugs. lamp did not light.
 FROM A/C COMP (IF EQUIPPED)
(SEE PAGE 74)

FROM W/S WIPER MOTOR

(SEE PAGE 108)
ENGINE (Q 1150-1.0 BLK 1 150 1.0 BLK 1
GROUND
FROM RWAL MODULE
G106
(SEE PAGE 78)
5 0 9 -2 .0 GRA 1 5 0 .8 BLK' FROM WATER
IN FUEL SENSOR
5 0 3 -2 .0 GRA (SEE PAGE 50)

FROM RH BATTERY ( )
(SEEPAGE 17) FROM FUEL HEATER
FUSIBLE LINK (SEE PAGE 50)

TO l/P HARNESS i 806-.8 PPL/WHT

(SEE PAGE 49)
RIGHT BANK GLOW PLUG
TO FUEL PUMP RELAY
1
' 806-.8 PPL/WHT «■ •
(SEE PAGE 49) S285

[iosj ra ra 806-.8 PPL/WHT

GLOW PLUG Til

c 5 0 3 . 5 GRA
CONTROLLER
I 12020227 ■ I 12020227 I LI
3-3.0 PNK I

If-
509 .8 BLUi
509 .8 BLUi
15 0-1.0 BLK U
5 0 9 .8 BLU
509 .8 BLU 12045636
C101
TO GLOW PLUGS WAIT LAMP 1507-.8 DK BLU
(SEE PAGE 84)

¥
5 0 3 .8 BLU
503 .8 BLU i

503 .8 BLU
S191
503 .8 BLU 503-1.OORN I 503 .5 GRA I
FUSIBLE LINK
FUSIBLE
LINK

TO IGNITION
3-3.0 PNK SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 50)

3-3.0 PNK
LEFT BANK GLOW PLUG
-«* FROM LH BATTERY ( - ) 12 0 2 0 2 7 4
(SEEPAGE 17) FUEL SHUT- C123
OFF VALVE

[ RPO l e g e n d T o
LL4 — 6.2L (378 CU. IN.) V8 DIESEL
VIN J o
JUNCTION
BLOCK o
04 2-3.0 RED S2
FUSIBLE LINK
O
 1
FROM A/C COMP (IF EQUIPPED) M I1 5 0 -.8 B L K
(SEE PAGE 74)
FROM W/S WIPER MOTOR 1150-1.0 BLK
(SEE PAGE 108)
^ ^ 1 S110
,150 1.0 BLKi 150 1.0 BLK.
— 1501
f r o m Fu el
FROM RWAL MODULE 150-1.0 B L K r P ^ S l 5 0 - . 8 B L K M ^ PRESSURE SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 78)
(SEE PAGE 51)
GROUND 509 2.0 GRA' “ \l1 5 0 -.8 B L K M B ^ FROM WATER
IN FUEL SENSOR
G106 503 2.0 GRA
(SEE PAGE 51)

FROM LH BATTERY (-)

(SEE PAGE 17)
FUSIBLE LINK FROM
FUEL
HEATER
(SEE PAGE 51)
RIGHT BANK GLOW PLUG
TO FUEL PUMP RELAY
(SEE PAGE 49)

8 0 6 .8 PPL/WHT

GLOW PLUG
503-.5 GRA
CONTROLLER
531 .8 LT GRN/BLK

J
509 .8 BLU
150 1.0 BLK
509 .8 BLU
, 509 .8 BLU
V s— S108
5 0 9 .8 BLU - __________ J

y
TO GLOW PLUGS WAIT LAMP
(SEE PAGE 84)

w
5 0 3 .8 BLU
503 .8 BLU ■ XI S109
503 .8 BLU
503 .8 BLU 7 \ 503-1.0 ORN 1503-.5 GRA mm
S2 FUSIBLE LINK
G102 FUSIBLE
LINK
12020227

12052287 COLD ADVANCE

531-.8 LT GRN/BLK
|5 °3 | 1503 | Cl 20 RELAY
531

TOECM
- ^ ■ * 9 0 1 -.8 DRK GRN i s S D
(SEE PAGE 62)
RPO LEGEND TO S121
LH6 — 6.2L (378 CU. IN.) V8 (SEE PAGE 62)
M 3 9-.8 PNKi
j j Jill
U -JI
LEFT BANK GLOW PLUG
FROM RH BATTERY (-) DIESEL ENGINE VINC TO S237 *439-.8 PNK/BLK 439
(SEE PAGE 17) (SEE PAGE 62)

COLD ADVANCE
531-.8 LT GRN/BLK:
CONTROL

o
O ADVANCES FUEL
S194

TIMING BY 4° BELOW 35°C (95°F)

JUNCTION
BLOCK o ,2 -3 .0 BLU H > • S2
C129
-531-.8 LT GRN/BLK

o
0 ~ [-© 2 3 " FUSIBLE LINK 2977253

V
CIRCUIT OPERATION G 111 ..................................................................RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r........................................ 1 2 9 — 25
G300 ..................................................................Near fuel tank, on fra m e ........................................................... 1 3 6 — 53
The Diesel Fuel Filter System combines six functions The fuel then passes through the Primary and Second­
S110....................................................................Engine harness, near junction b lo c k ...................................... 1 3 0 — 28
into a single package: ary filters. Next the fuel flows through the water coalescer.
S114....................................................................Engine harness, RH front of c o w l............................................ 1 2 6 — 16
1 . It heats diesel fuel to prevent wax-plugging of the filter; Here the droplets of water in the fuel are combined into
S121....................................................................Engine harness, LH front of c o w l............................................ 1 2 9 — 25
2. It combines very small droplets of water in the fuel into larger drops, the drops fall to the water reservoir in the
S131....................................................................Engine harness, near base of junction block c o v e r .............. 1 2 6 — 16
larger drops and separates the water from the fuel; filter. When fuel flows from the Fuel Filter Assembly to the 528 9 ...Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near grommet . . . .1 3 4 — 44
3. It filters the diesel fuel; injection pump, it is clean and free of water. 529 0 ...Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near grommet . . . .1 3 4 — 44
4. It detects the presence of excess water in the fuel; and The Solid State Water-ln-Fuel Sensor applies voltage 529 1 ...Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near grommet . . . .134 — 44
5. It provides a means to drain the water it has separated. to a Probe. When the Probe touches water, the Module
The Fuel Filter Assembly consists of the Fuel Heater, closes a switch. This completes a circuit to ground to light
the Water-ln-Fuel Sensor and a Filter. The Filter contains the SERVICE FUEL FILTER Indicator.
the “ coalescer” (the device that combines small droplets A tim e delay c ircu it in the W ater-ln-Fuel M odule
of water into larger ones) and the filter/separator. grounds the Indicator bulb briefly to test the bulb each
An electric fuel pump delivers diesel fuel from the tank time the system is turned on. TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—DIESEL ENGINE FUEL CONTROLS
to the fuel filter. As fuel enters the filter, it passes first The Fuel Heater is operated by a built-in thermostatic FU E L H E A TE R D O ES NOT O PER A TE
through the Fuel Heater. The heater contains a thermos­ switch. When the switch is closed, battery voltage is ap­
tatic switch. The switch opens or closes, to turn the heater plied to the heater from the GAGES Fuse. TEST RESULT ACTION
off or on, depending on the temperature of the fuel.
1. Disconnect fuel heater connector Battery voltage. GO to step 2.
C127. Place ignition switch to RUN
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figu No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse
position. Connect voltmeter from
(GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
PNK/BLK (39) wire at fuel heater
Assembly Line Diagnostic Link (ALDL) and REPAIR open in PNK/BLK (39)
connector C127 to ground.
Connector.................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n................. . . .131 — 32 wire from fuel heater to fuse block.
Cold Advance C o n tro l.................................. Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r ..................... . . .129 — 26 2. Connect voltmeter from PNK/BLK Battery voltage. REPLACE fuel heater.
Cold Advance Temperature S w itch............. RH side of engine, near rear in je c to r.............................. . . .128 — 22 (39) wire to BLK (150) wire at fuel
Fast Idle S o le n o id ......................................... Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r ..................... . . .129 — 26 No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
heater connector C127. (150) wire from fuel heater to
Fuel Control In-Line F u s e ............................ RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. . . .126 — 16
Fuel Filter A s s e m b ly ..................................... Top RH side of engine........................................................ . .128 — 23 ground terminal G106.
Fuel H e a te r.................................................... Top RH side of engine, in filter assem bly........................ . .128 — 23
Fuel P u m p ...................................................... Below rear of engine, on LH frame r a il............................ . .136 — 52
Fuel Pump R e la y ........................................... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. . . .126 — 16 S E R V IC E FU E L F IL T E R IN D IC A T O R LIG H TS W ITH NO W A T E R IN FU EL
Fuel Shutoff V a lv e ......................................... Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r ..................... . . .129 — 26 TEST RESULT ACTION
Fuse B lo c k ...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l.......................... . . .132 — 37
Glow Plug C o n tro lle r..................................... Top RH side of engine, above valve c o v e r................... . . .128 — 24 Place ignition switch in RUN SERVICE FUEL FILTER indicator LOCATE and REPAIR short to
Ignition S w itc h ............................................... RH side of steering colum n............................................... . . .131 — 35 position. Disconnect water-in-fuel stays on. ground in YEL (508) wire.
Oil Pressure Sender/Switch (VIN C) (VIN J) LH rear of e n g in e .................................... ......................... . . .129 — 25 sensor connector C126.
Transmission Kickdown S o le n o id ............... LH side of M40 transm ission............................................. . . .127 — 21 SERVICE FUEL FILTER indicator REPLACE water-in-fuel sensor.
Water-ln-Fuel Sensor..................................... Top RH side of engine, in filter assem bly........................ . . .128 — 23
goes out.
C100 (D iesel)................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l..................... . . .130 — 28
C101................................................................. Top RH side of engine, above valve cover at c o n tro lle r. . . .128 — 24
C123................................................................ Top LH side of engine, above valve cover, at S E R V IC E FU E L F IL T E R IN D IC A T O R DOES N O T L IG H T B R IE FLY W IT H
shutoff v a lv e ................................................................... . . .129 — 26
IG N IT IO N S W IT C H TU R N ED TO RUN
C124................................................................ Top LH side of engine, above valve cover, at
solenoid........................................................................... . . .129 — 26 TEST RESULT ACTION
C126................................................................ Top RH side of engine, at filter assem bly........................ . . .128 — 23
C127................................................................. Top RH side of engine, at filter assem bly........................ . . .128 — 23 1 . Disconnect water-in-fuel sensor Battery voltage. GO to step 2 .
C128................................................................ RH side of engine, near rear in je c to r.............................. . . .128 — 22 connector C126 and place ignition
No voltage reading. CHECK condition of fuse
C129................................................................. Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r..................... . . .129 — 26 switch in RUN. Connect a
(GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
C131................................................................. LH side of M40 transm ission............................................. . . .127 — 21 voltmeter from PNK/BLK (39) wire
and REPAIR open in PNK/BLK (39)
C132.............................................................. .. RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. . . .126 — 16 at fuel sensor connector C126 to wire from fuel sensor to fuse block.
C136................................................................. RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. . . .126 — 16 ground.
C168................................................................ LH rear of e n g in e .............................................................. . . .129 — 25 2. Connect voltmeter from PNK/BLK Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
C193....................... ........................................ Engine compartment, lower LH c o w l.............................. . . .130 — 28 (39) to BLK (150) wire at
Behind LH side of, l/P, at instrument c lu s te r ................. . . .132 — 37 No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
C201................................................................ water-in-fuel sensor connector
RH side of steering colum n............................................... . . .131 — 35 (150) wire from fuel sensor to
C203................................................................ C126.
Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n................. . . .131 — 32 ground terminal G106.
C272................................................................
C 273/274........................................................ Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor........................ . . .134 — 44 3. Connect voltmeter from YEL (508) Battery voltage. REPLACE water-in-fuel sensor.
C406................................................................ LH middle of frame r a il...................................................... . . .136 — 53 wire at water-in-fuel sensor No voltage. CHECK Service Fuel Filter lamp. If
C407................................................................ LH middle of frame r a il...................................................... . . .136 — 52 connector C126 to ground. lamp is good, LOCATE and
C411................................................................ LH middle of frame r a il..................................................... . . .136 — 52
REPAIR open in YEL (508) wire.
G 1 0 6 .............................................................. RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. . . .126 — 16

DIESEL ENGINE FUEL CONTROLS

48
 JUNCTION
BLOCK

Ao
o
o- 2-.5 GRA
FUSIBLE LINK

o
o
V TO ECM
(LH6 ONLY) ^
(SEE PAGE 61)

FUEL PUMP OIL

PRESSURE SWITCH

440-1.0 ORN

920-1.0 PNK/BLK

FROM GLOW PLUG 806-.8 PPL/'

CONTROLLER
(SEE PAGE 46)

FUEL
PUMP
RELAY

806-.8 PPL/WHT

920-1.0 PNK/BLK

450-1.0 BLK/WHT

490-.8 RED/WHT

LH6 — 6.2L (378 CU. IN.) V8

DIESEL ENGINE VIN C
 COLD l/P CLUSTER
ADVANCE CONNECTOR
CONTROL

2977253
C129

WATER
IN FUEL
SENSOR

FUEL
HEATER

FUEL SHUT
OFF VALVE
 COLD
ADVANCE l/P CLUSTER
FAST IDLE CONNECTOR
TEMPERATURE
SWITCH

WATER
IN FUEL
SENSOR

FUEL
HEATER

front FUSE BLOCK rear

DIESEL ENGINE FUEL CONTROLS (RPO LH6)

51
CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—AUXILIARY COOLING FAN
Battery voltage is applied to the Cooling Fan Relay at C O O L IN G F A N DOES N O T RUN
terminal E at all times and to terminal F when the Ignition
Switch is in RUN, BULB TEST or START. When the Cool­ TEST RESULT ACTION
ing Fan Switch closes at 107°C (225°F), circuit 935 is
grounded and the Cooling Fan Relay energizes. Battery 1 . Disconnect fan temperature switch Cooling fan does not run. GO to step 2 .
voltage is applied across the Cooling Fan Motor and the connector C140. Connect a fused
Cooling fan runs. REPLACE cooling fan temperature
Cooling Fan runs. jumper from DK GRN (935) wire at
switch.
fan temperature switch connector
C140 to ground.
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure 2. Disconnect fan relay connector Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
Auxiliary Cooling Fan................................... Front of vehicle, inside engine com partm ent. . . . ............... 139 — 61 C141. Connect test lamp from
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (GAGES)
Auxiliary Cooling Fan R e la y ...................... On LH front fender, near front of cow l................... ............... 124 — 11 BRN (39) wire at fan relay
and/or LOCATE and REPAIR open
Auxiliary Cooling Fan S w itch...................... RH side of engine, above exhaust m anifold......... ............... 123 — 7 connector C141 to ground.
in BRN (39) wire from fan relay to
Fuse B lo c k .................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l............... ............... 132 — 37 fuse block.
l/P Cluster C o n n e c to r................................ Behind LH side of l / P ............................................. ............... 132 — 37
Junction B lo c k ............................................. RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r.............................. ............... 126 — 16 3. Connect fused jum per from DK Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
C 100 (G asoline)........................................... Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l........... ............... 127 — 19 GRN (935) wire at fan temperature
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
C139............................................................... Wiring harness, front of v e h ic le ............................ ............... 139 — 61 switch connector C140 to ground.
GRN (935) wire.
C140............................................................... Wiring harness, RH side of e n g in e ........................ ............... 123 — 7 Connect test lamp from BRN (39)
C141............................................................... Wiring harness, LH rear of engine com partm ent. ............... 124 — 11 wire to DK GRN (935) wire at fan
C 20 1 ............................................................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P .......................... ............... 132 — 37 relay connector C141.
G 1 0 5 ............................................................ Behind RH headlamp, on fe n d e r .......................... ............... 135 — 47 4. Connect test lamp from RED (2 ) Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
S103.............................................................. Front lamps harness, behind RH headlam p........ ............... 135 — 47 wire at fan relay connector C141 to
S115.............................................................. Engine harness, LH front of c o w l.......................... ............... 127 — 19 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
ground.
S213............................................................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37 RED (2) wire and fusible link.
5. Connect 30 amp fused jum per Cooling fan does not run. GO to step 6.
from RED (2) wire to BLK/WHT
Cooling fan runs. REPLACE cooling fan relay.
(702) wire at the fan relay
connector C141.
6. Leave 30 amp fused jum per Test lamp lights. GO to step 7.
connected. Disconnect cooling fan
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
connector C139. Connect a test
BLK/RED and BLK/WHT (702)
lamp from BLK/RED (702) at
wires from cooling fan to fan relay.
cooling fan connector C139 to
ground.
7. Connect test lamp from BLK/RED Test lamp lights. REPLACE cooling fan.
(702) to BLK (151) wires at cooling
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
fan connector C139.
(151) wire from cooling fan to
ground terminal G105.

C O O L IN G FAN R U N S C O N TIN U O U S LY
TEST RESULT ACTION
1 . Place ignition switch in RUN Cooling fan runs. GO to step 2 .
position and with engine coolant
Cooling fan does not run. REPLACE cooling fan temperature
temperature below 107°C (225°F),
switch.
disconnect fan temperature switch
connector C140.
2. Disconnect fan relay connector Test lamp lights. CHECK for short in DK GRN (935)
C141. Connect test lamp from wire from fan relay to fan
BRN (39) to DK GRN (935) wires at temperature switch.
fan relay connector C141.
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE cooling fan relay.

AUXILIARY COOLING FAN

52
 JUNCTION
ID
BLOCK □
«50|jf237 I I
7501; ^ “ I I
400^177
o
o R H
_J°Qi
ZX ZI
o FUSIBLE
LINK
l/P CLUSTER
CONNECTOR
□-EZJ
^pi92
o / o*(419
o- -------
2-.S GRA1 S2

V TO HOT FUEL
HANDLING MODULE
(SEE PAGE 42)
Z3-0E
8
Tso]-»^o

7 0 2 -1 .0 BLK/WHT

39 .8 BRN
S115

TO DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS

♦
(CANADA ONLY. SEE PAGE 22, 23)
33 490 31
94 29
14 I 25 92 98 ! TO
9 \5 D CONVENIENCE
AUXILIARY COOLING 12 L 93 3
CENTER

t
140 (SEE PAGE 14)
FAN RELAY : 593 11
i t J) 35 250
696 2
18 nI
91 401 400 :
24 30 ,9 3? 6
11

12020184
C100

:39 .8 PNK/BLK :
AUXILIARY COOLING FAN S213

A
TEMPERATURE SWITCH
CLOSES AT 107°C (225°F) N W /M W V V W W V i
^ HOT IN RUN OR START <
^VWVA^A/\V^AAA/VVA
702 1.0 BLK/RED 7 0 2 -1 .0 BLK/WHT U ------------- LT"
151-1.0 BLK
jp Q □
A c HTR
□ DWIPER
O □ □ a /E □ □
5SD 0 0 □ □ □

AUXILIARY iQ Q CLP) 0 □ ~JV I ^ S i a /® □ □

FROM RIGHT HAND iak e park
COOLING HEADLAMP (BASE)
RPO LEGEND ACC *AT7 “1

FAN (SEE PAGE 22) C i □ □ O O □ □ si/® □ □ a /® □ □ a /is

L19- 7.4L (454 CU. IN.) V8
FROM RIGHT HAND
HEADLAMPS (DUAL)
GAS ENGINE VINN DOOOOOOO □ el/ e □ □ a /is □ □ □ □
mz=n
STOP HA? CRANK
(SEE PAGE 23) C60 ■AIR CONDITIONING; H II H U 11 H
RH GROUND ( Q 151-2 .0 BLK I 1151 -.8 BLK FROM RH PARK & FRONT, MANUAL
G105
TURN SIGNAL LAMPS i— _____ IL— <
(SEE PAGE 30) FRONT REAR
1 51-.8 BLK FROM RH HORN FUSE BLOCK
(SEE PAGE 32)
COMPONENT LOCATION Page - Figure COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure

AIR Switch (VIN H) (VIN K)............................ RH front of e n g in e ..................................................................... 121 - 1 C 117 ( V I N Z ) ................................................. RH side of e n g in e ....................................................... .............124 — 10
AIR Switch (VIN N )......................................... RH front of engine, above air p u m p ....................................... 123 — 7 C118 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... Top of engine, in throttle b o d y .................................. .............121 — 1
AIR Switch (VIN Z ) ......................................... RH front of engine..................................................................... 124 - 10 C 118 (VIN N ) ......................................... ........ Top of engine, in throttle b o d y .................................. ...........123 — 7
Assembly Line Diagnostic Link (ALDL) C 118 ( V I N Z ) ......................................... ........ Top of engine, in throttle b o d y .................................. .............124 — 10
Connector.................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................131 — 32 C132........................................................ ........ RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........................126 — 16
Coolant Temperature Sensor C133 (VIN H) (V IN K )............................ ........ RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r.......................... ........... 121 — 1
(VIN H) (VIN K ) ........................................... RH front of engine, at front of valve cover.............................. 122 — 4 C133 ( V I N Z ) ......................................... ........ RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r.......................... ...........124 — 10
Coolant Temperature Sensor (VIN Z ) ......... LH front of engine, at coolant o u tle t.......................................125 — 13 C134 (VIN N ) ......................................... ........ RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r.......................... ...........123 — 7
EGR Valve Solenoid (VIN H) (VIN K ) ........... RH side of engine, above valve cover.....................................121 — 1 C135 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................ ........ LH rear of e n g in e ....................................................... ........... 122 — 4
EGR Valve Solenoid (VIN Z ) ........................ Top of engine, RH s id e ............................................................ 124 — 10 C135 (VIN N ) ......................................... . . . . LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ............. ...........123 — 8
Electronic Control Module (E C M )............... Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r ..........................134 — 44 C135 ( V I N Z ) ......................................... ........ LH rear of e n g in e ....................................................... ...........125 — 13
Electronic Spark Control Sensor C136........................................................ . . . . RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........... ...........126 — 16
(VIN H) (VIN K) . .......................................... RH side of engine, above valve cover.....................................121 — 1 C14 2 (VIN H )(V IN K )............................ ........ RH side of engine, above valve cover........................ ........... 121 — 1
Electronic Spark Control Sensor (VIN Z ) . . . RH side of engine, above valve cover.....................................125 — 13 C142 (VIN N ) ......................................... ........ RH rear of engine, above valve cover........................ ...........123 — 7
Electronic Spark Timing Distributor C142 ( V I N Z ) ......................................... . . . . RH side of engine, above valve cover........................ ...........124 — 10
(VIN H) (VIN K ) ........................................... Top rear of engine..................................................................... 122 — 4 C143 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................ Top RH front of e n g in e ............................................... ........... 122 — 4
Electronic Spark Timing Distributor C143 (VIN N ) ......................................... . . . . Top RH front of e n g in e ............................................... ...........123 — 9
(VIN N ) ........................................................ Top rear of engine..................................................................... 123 — 7 C143 ( V I N Z ) ......................................... . . . . Top RH front of e n g in e ............................................... ...........125 — 13
Electronic Spark Timing Distributor C144 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................ . . . . Lower RH front of e n g in e ........................................... ........... 121 — 1
( V IN Z ) ........................................................ Top rear of engine..................................................................... 125 — 13 C144 ( V IN Z ) ......................................... . . . . LH rear of e n g in e ....................................................... ...........125 — 13
Electronic Vacuum Regulator Valve (VIN K) RH side of engine, above valve cover.....................................121 — 1 C145(VIN H )(V IN K )............................ . . . . RH side of engine, above valve cover........................ ........... 121 — 1
Electronic Vacuum Regulator Valve (VIN N) RH side of engine, above valve cover.....................................123 — 7 C145 ( V I N Z ) ......................................... . . . . RH side of engine, above valve cover........................ ...........124 — 10
Fuel Control In-Line F u s e ............................ RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........................126 — 16 C147 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................ . . . . RH side of engine, above valve cover........................ ........... 121 — 1
Fuel Injectors (VIN H) (VIN K ) ...................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .....................................121 — 1 C147 (VIN Z ) ......................................... . . . . Top of engine, RH s id e ............................................... ...........124 — 10
Fuel Injectors (VIN N)..................................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .....................................123 — 7 C148 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................ . . . . RH front of engine ....................................................... ........... 121 — 1
Fuel Injectors (VIN Z ) ..................................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .....................................124 — 10 C148 (VIN N ) ......................................... . . . . RH front of engine, above air p u m p .......................... ...........123 — 7
Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch C148 ( V I N Z ) ......................................... . . . . RH front of engine....................................................... ...........124 — 10
(VIN H) (V IN K )........................................... LH rear of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ..........................122 — 4 C149 (VIN K ) ......................................... . . . . Wiring harness, RH side of e n g in e ............................ ........... 121 — 1
Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch C149 (VIN N ) ......................................... . . . . Wiring harness, RH side of e n g in e ............................ ...........123 — 7
(VIN N ) ........................................................ LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ..........................123 — 8 C225........................................................ . . . . Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r ............. ...........134 — 44
Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch (VIN Z). . . . LH rear of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ..........................125 — 13 C272........................................................ . . . . Below LH side of l/P, left of steering c o lu m n ........... ...........131 — 32
Fuel Pump R e la y ........................................... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........................126 — 16 C 273/274................................................ . . . . Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor................. ...........134 — 44
Fuse B lo ck ...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P above kick panel.................................. 132 — 37 G107 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................ . . . . Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t .............................. ...........122 — 4
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor G107 (VIN N ) ......................................... . . . . Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t.............................. ...........123 — 9
(VIN H) (V IN K )........................................... RH rear of engine, near RH valve c o v e r................................ 121 — 1 G108 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................ . . . . LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r................... ........... 122 — 4
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor (VIN N)......... RH rear of engine, near RH valve c o v e r................................ 123 — 7 G108 ( V IN Z ) ......................................... . . . . Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t.............................. ...........125 — 13
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor (VIN Z ) ......... RH rear of engine, near RH valve c o v e r................................ 124 — 10 S114........................................................ . . . . Engine harness, RH front of c o w l.............................. ...........126 — 16
Junction B lo c k ................................ ............... RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r............................................... 126 — 16 S117 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................ . . . . RH side of e n g in e ....................................................... ........... 121 — 1
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor S117 (VIN N ) ......................................... . . . . RH side of e n g in e ....................................................... ...........123 — 7
(VIN H) (VIN K ) ........................................... RH side of engine, above valve cover.....................................121 — 1 S117 (V IN Z )........................................... . . . . RH side of e n g in e ....................................................... ...........124 — 10
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor S122 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................ . . . . RH side of e n g in e ....................................................... ........... 121 — 1
(VIN N ) ..................... .................................. RH rear of engine, above valve co ve r.....................................123 — 7 S122 (VIN N ) ......................................... . . . . RH side of e n g in e .......................................... ............ ...........123 — 7
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor S122 (VIN Z )........................................... . . . . RH side of e n g in e ....................................................... ...........124 — 10
( V IN Z ) ........................................................ RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... 1 2 4 - 10 S123(VIN H )(V IN K ) ............................ . . . . LH rear of e n g in e ....................................................... ........... 122 — 4
Oxygen Sensor ............................................. LH rear of engine, at exhaust manifold c o lle c to r................. 127 — 19 S123 (VIN N ) ......................................... . . . . Top RH front of e n g in e ............................................... ...........123 — 9
Throttle Position Sensor (VIN H) (VIN K ) . . . Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector...........121 — 1 S125 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............................ . . . . RH front of engine....................................................... ........... 121 — 1
Throttle Position Sensor (VIN N ) ................. Center RH side of e n g in e ........................................................ 123 — 7 S125 (VIN N ) ......................................... . . . . RH front of engine, above air p u m p .......................... ...........123 — 7
Throttle Position Sensor (VIN Z ) ................. Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector...........124 — 10 S125 (VIN Z ) , .................................. .... RH front of e ng in e ....................................................... ...........124 — 10
C 1 00 (G asoline)................. ..................... Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................127 — 19 S126. ........................ ............................. . . . . Engine harness, RH front of c o w l.............................. ...........126 — 16
C113 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark S127........................................................ . . . . Engine harness, RH front of c o w l.............................. ...........126 — 16
timing d istrib u to r................................................................... 122 — 4 S212........................................................ . . . . l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above
C 1 1 3 (V IN N ).................................................. Top rear of engine, near electronic spark steering colum n....................................................... ...........132 — 37
timing d is trib u to r...................................................................123 — 7 S212/S214..................................... .... l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r ................................ ...........132 — 37
C113 ( V I N Z ) .................................................. Top rear of engine, near electronic spark S238........................................................ . . . . Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P ...................... ...........134 — 44
timing d is trib u to r.................................................................. 125 — 13 S239(VIN H ) ( V IN Z ) ............................ . . . . Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P ...................... ...........134 — 44
C 114................... ............................................. RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........................126 — 16
C116. . . . ......................................................... Wiring harness, LH front of cowl at Antilock
Brake m o d u le .......................................................................127 — 19
C 117 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... RH side of e n g in e .....................................................................121 — 1
C117 (VIN N) . . . . ..................................... RH side of e n g in e .....................................................................123 — 7

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE—GASOLINE

CIRCUIT WIRE CIRCUIT WIRE
COLOR CAVITY DESCRIPTION COLOR CAVITY DESCRIPTION
NO. SIZE NO. SIZE
46 5 .8 D K G R N /W H T A1 F U E L P U M P R E LA Y D R IVE C1 N O T USED
A2 N O T U SED 436 .8 BRN C2 A IR S W IT C H S O L E N O ID
A3 N O T USED 444 .8 LT G R N /B L K C3 S T E P P E R C O IL B LO W
43 5 .8 GRA A4 EGR S O L E N O ID 443 .8 LT G R N /W H T C4 S T E P P E R C O IL B HIGH
41 9 .8 B R N /W H T A5 S Y S T E M C H EC K LA M P 441 .8 LT B L U /W H T C5 S T E P P E R C O IL A HIGH
43 9 .8 PN K /B LK A6 12V IG N IT IO N FU SED 442 .8 LT B L U /B L K C6 S T E P P E R C O IL A LO W
*4 2 2 .8 T A N /B L K A7 A U T O T R A N S K IC K D O W N R ELA Y *4 4 6 .8 LT BLU C7 A U T O T R A N S K IC K D O W N R E LA Y
4 56 .8 T A N /B L K A7 U P S H IF T LA M P C8 N O T U SED
461 .8 O R N /W H T A8 S E R IA L D A TA 806 .8 P P L /W H T C9 C R A N K D IS C R E T E FU S E D
451 .8 W H T /B L K A9 A S S ’Y LINE D IA G . LIN K 410 .8 YEL C10 CO O LANT TEM PERATURE
437 .8 B R N/RED A 10 S P E E D S IG N A L 432 .8 LT GRN C11 M A N IF O L D A B S O L U T E PR ESS
4 55 .8 PPL A11 5V R E TU R N A C12 N O T USED
4 50 .8 B L K /W H T A 12 S Y S T E M R ETU R N 417 .8 DK B L U /W H T C13 T H R O T T L E P O S IT IO N S E N S O R
41 6 .8 GRA C14 5V S E N S O R R EFER E N C E
4 40 .8 ORN B1 12V B A T T E R Y FU SED C15 N O T USED
120 .8 T A N /W H T B2 ELEC FU EL P U M P FU S E D FEED 440 .8 ORN C16 12V B A T T E R Y FU SE D
4 53 .8 BLK/RED B3 D IS T R IB U T O R REF LO W
B4 N O T USED 450 .8 B L K /W H T D1 S Y S T E M R ETU R N
4 30 .8 P P L /W H T B5 D IS T R IB U T O R REF HIGH 452 .8 BLK D2 5V R E TU R N B
B6 N O T USED D3 N O T USED
457 .8 Y EL/R ED B7 S P A R K R E TA R D C O N T R O L 423 .8 W HT D4 HEI S P A R K T IM IN G
59 .8 DK GRN B8 A IR C O N D IT IO N 424 .8 T A N /B L K D5 HEI B Y P A S S
B9 N O T USED 413 .8 TA N D6 O X Y G E N S E N S O R LO W
*4 3 4 .8 O R N /B LK B10 P A R K /N E U T R A L S W ITC H 412 .8 PPL D7 O XY G E N S E N S O R HIG H
B11 N O T USED D8 N O T USED
B12 N O T USED D9 N O T USED
D10 N O T USED
D11 N O T USED
* A U TO TRANS ONLY D12 N O T USED
D13 N O T USED
468 .8 GRN D 14 IN JE C TO R B DRIVE
D15 N O T U SED
46 7 .8 BLU D16 IN JE C T O R A D R IVE

* A U TO TRANS ONLY (M D 8 ONLY)

 ELECTRONIC
SPARK
TIMING
(EST)

ELECTRONIC VACUUM REGULATOR VALVE

(EVRV)
** N 1 i D
<*> II H
n 1I N y
(L05, LI9, LB4
HEAVY DUTY <N 0 1 1 S
ONLY)

* JiL-
n B | 4 4 4 .8 LT GRN/BLK
4 4 3 .8 LT GRN/WHT
N 1
4 4 1 -.8 LT BLU/WHT
44 2 .8 LT BLU/BLK
4 5 0 .8 BLk/WHT ■
42 3 - 8 WHT ~
4 3 0 .8 PPL/WHT
AIR 4 2 4 .8 TAN/BLK
SWITCH 4 5 3 .8 BLK/RED
43 5 .8 GRA
■ 4 3 5 .8 GRA m i
4 3 6 .8 BRN " ■
43 6 .8 BRN ■ ■ ■
4 1 3 .8 TAN m

4 5 0-1.0 BLK/WHT
4 5 0 -1 .0 BLK/WHT

4 6 8 .8 GRN ■ ■ ■ ■
INJECTOR-2 46 7 .8 BLU mmmm
46 5 .8 DK GRN/WHT
120-.8 TAN/WHT s k
4 3 9 .8 PNK/BLK =
4 3 9 .8 PNK/BLK w=m
INJECTOR-1 4 9 0 .8 RED/WHT
481 .8 RED h m
4 4 0 -1 .0 ORN
4 4 0 -1 .0 ORN
31 4 3 9 .8 PNK/BLK

440 45 0-.8 BLK/WHT

920

FUEL PUMP OIL

PRESSURE SWITCH
465

^ 1I
450
FUEL
PUMP 920
RELAY 490
LB4 — 4.3L (262 CU. IN.) V6 GAS ENGINE VIN Z
EXHAUST GAS L03 — 5.0L (305 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN H
1 _ 440
RECIRCULATION LOS — 5.7L (350 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN K
(EGR) L19 — 7.4L (454 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN N
OUTPUTS (RPO LB4, L03, L05, L19) SOLENOID
(LB4, L03)
 Ao JUNCTION
BLOCK
ECM
CONNECTORS

o f
419-.8 BRN/WHT

o 2-.5 GRA I
FUSIBLE LINK
>S2
TO SYSTEM
CHECK LP
(SEE PAGE 85)
o ^ 4 2 2 - .8 T A N /B L K S ^

o
V ■440-1.0 ORNl
GROMMET 100
12033937-8 TO AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
1440-1.0 ORN I KICKDOWN RELAY
1 I r — — S114
K (SEE PAGE 65)
44 4-.8 L T G R N /B L K R » 444-.8 LT GRN/BLK
I443-.8 LT GRN/WHT mm 5 « 4 4 3 -.8 L T GRN/WHT UPSHIFT
LAMP (MANUAL
■441-.8 LT BLU/WHT m M l 441-.8 LT BLU/WHT TRANSMISSION
S442-.8 LT BLU/BLK i£l SA 442-.8 LT BLU/BLK ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 85)
B450-.8BLK/WHTI ■ K 450-.8 BLK/WHT
:423-.8 WHT = : ~ .: : 423-.8 WHT
430-.8 PPL/WHT ■ ■430-.8 PPL/WHT
5<S(424-.8 TAN/BLK K P5C424-.8 TAN/BLK
453-.8 BLK/RED ■ ■ ■ 453-.8 BLK/RED
435-.8GRABBH 435-.8 GRA
435-.8 GRA
I436-.8 BRN I 436-.8 BRN
I436-.8 BRN I I436-.8 BRN
I ■
I413-.8 TANI 1413-.8 TAN 446-.8 LT BLU
• 450-1.0 BLK/WHT I F450-1.0 BLK/WHTl TO AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
■450-1.0 BLK/WHT a ■ 450-1.0 BLK/WHT KICKDOWN RELAY
(SEE PAGE 65)
^ ■ 4 6 8 -.8 GRN I ■ H 4 6 8 -.8 GRN
H i 467-.8 BLUl ■ ■ 467-.8 BLU 806-.8 PPL/WHT - ►

465-.8 DK GRN/WHT' 0 465-.8 DK GRN/WHT TO FUSE BLOCK

(SEE PAGE 13)
5<120-.8 TAN/WHTI 2 M 1 2 0 -.8 TAN/WHTP!- 12045575
ES*439-.8 PNK/BLK 0Z C225
439-.8 PNK/BLK
MP439-.8 PNK/BLK fa PS«a439-.8 PNK/BLK 5 440-.8 ORN
>5a490-.8 RED/WHT ■
I48 1-.8 R E D IM H 481-.8 RED
" " " " " " " i | K S «— I . 439-.8 PNK/BLK
1439-.8 PNK/BLK

1U
*S439-.8 PNK/BLKI 5439-.8 PNK/BLKi I5439-.8 PNK/BLK;
450-.8 BLK/WHTi ■ 450-.8 BLK/WHT
TO AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION KICKDOWN RELAY TO STOP/TCC SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 78) 439-.8 PNK/BLK
(SEE PAGE 65) I422-.8 TAN/BLK 4 8 1 -.8 R E D « H i

li
HX439-.8 PNK/BLK r X i l W> 439-.8 PNK/BLKRS<5<
r>AA/WVWVV\A/VV\VV; S238 to ELECTRONIC
436-.8 B R N H H
> HOT IN START OR RUN < z I SPARK CONTROL
■ O. (SEE PAGE 58)

J
ECM/IGN avv/ w ^na^ vvsaaaaa A I439-.8 PNK/WHTi I439-.8 P N K /W H TH
10 AMP ENGINE
S212
FROM CONVENIENCE CENTER
------ (SEE PAGE 14)

^A G
6S u u
QlO L^J L20AJ U 0
ACHTS Q u W
A
IPf*
CCtCH
c FROM l/P CLUSTER,
(SEE PAGE 84)

FROM PARK/NEUTRAL S W .
(SEE PAGE 65)
K2£#439-.8 PNK/BLK5

1C{3C1°*J 0 D t3
^_0ACB|J TO ENG 419-.8 BRN/YEL
MIG
N BffAKE ****l* ACC»A TTU (SEE PAGE 78) y TO l/P CLUSTER CONN

G»*»J3*k O □ G O O O l30ACBI 696-.8 WHT/BLK

(SEE PAGE 84)
PANU n % 436-.8 BRN

o d \o o sSTO s
Pha;o o I450-.8 BLK/WHT
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
n Yr n ii ii ii ii i II MODULE—OUTPUTS
YJ-----------^ J 12020043

FRONT
REAR C272 (RPO LB4, L03, L05, L19)
INJ A FUSE BLOCK ECM/IGN
57
10 AMP 10 AMP ALDL
I481-.8 REDI
 THROTTLE MANIFOLD '4 3 9 .8 PNK/BLK
POSITION SENSOR ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE JUNCTION TO SYSTEM

1452 SENSOR BLOCK ■440-.8 ORN* B 1E*E CHECK LP

u B *c : (SEE PAGE 85)
4 5 2 .8 BLK i E m ___
1417 4 1 7 .8 DK B U I/W H T E flf
2-.5 GRA □ «EE
4 1 6 .8 GRA' FUSIBLE LINK
59 .8 DK GRN EH15EH
GROMMET 100 □ « E >

432^
4 4 0 -1 .0 ORN. 1 2 0 3 3 9 3 7 -8 4 5 7 .8 YEL/RED 4 1 9 -.8 BRN/WHT
I E m 7ee

416 "
TO FUEL PUMP RELAY ED8EH " A
< (SEE PAGE 43) (SEE PAGE 74) [Z h E 3
12020403 TO PARK/NEUTRAL SW
4 1 6 .8 GR TO OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
C142 (SEE PAGE 65)
(SEE PAGE 431 S114 lllll
4 1 0 .8 YEL 4 5 5 .8 PPL i

0: 4 5 2 .8 BLK 43 2 - 8 LT GRN
41 7 .8 DK BLU/W HT:
4 3 4 .8 ORN/BLK 12047946
C225
ECM CONNECTOR
450-.8 BLK/WHT
COOLANT 4 1 6 .8 GRA
455- 8 PPL*
TEMP
= ■ 4 3 7 .8 BRN/RED
SENSOR
1452 .8 BLK ■=— =*= 461-.8 ORN/WHT •
S123
jj*= *= » 451-.8 WHT/BLK

1412 4 5 7 .8 YEL/RED
'4 5 0 -.8 BLK/WHT * 3 H 4 5 0 1 1 | a 361

I4 5 2 -.8 BLK I GEPO

4 9 6 - 8 DK BLU n 3Ezb
‘ 4 1 2 .8 PPL'
Li
14 2 3 I 4 | 4 4 3 |

12015375 I 0 1___ B I I N D
4 1 3 .8 TAN 1
Cl 44 I J3
*4 1 0 .8 YEL'
ELECTRONIC SPARK : 4 3 9 - 8 PNK/BLK =
CONTROL (ESC) SENSOR I I * QoB
'4 5 0 -1 .0 BLK/WHT
jijii" ■* ■ I b 1 M 1 I V 1 □ ’=EE'
S 450-1.0 BLK/WHT
M n K 1-
4 3 9 - 8 PNK/BLK w I I
12V IGNITION FUSED I x 5 §
SPARK RETARD
ESC GROUND
TcP : 4 5 7 .8 YEL/RED
5 5 *
ao
*
a>
ECM
CONNECTOR
E E D ^E iB T^
-j -j
ESC SENSOR INPUT 1496 Is CD
00
00
00
o
«-
o
<- 12045575 | 4 6 7 jl6 |« 4 0
i4 8 6 .8 BRN* C225
O O o o
to in irt ifl
It "t
•4 9 6 .8 DK BLU1 '4 4 0 .8 ORN
R i i U ■ ■
ESC GROUND (Q ) GROUND *416 .8 GRA
HYBRID G107 G108 417-.8D K BLU/WHT
FUNCTION
•4 3 2 .8 LT GRN
--------------- 1 •4 1 0 .8 YEL
LB4.L03, L05 ONLY 450-.8 BLK/WHT R I u a i i
FROM CONVENIENCE CENTER
496
OXYGEN (SEE PAGE 14)
12015791 TO STOP/ TCC SWITCH 43 9 .8 PNK/BLK
FROM l/P CLUSTER CONNECTOR
C116 (SEE PAGE 78)
ECM/IGN (SEE PAGE 84) 1-1.0 BLK/WHTs
ECM/IGN TfcOM FUEL PUMP
10 AMP S HOT IN START OR RUN < 10 AMP FROM PARK/ NEUTRAL SW (SEE PAGE 43) 1
W V w w w w w w vA (SEE PAGE 65)
I''
FROM FUEL PUMP RELAY
(SEE PAGE 43)
TJ u S212
4 3 9 .8 PNK/VVHT i • 4 3 9 -.8 PNK/WHT pa FROM HOT FUEL HANDLING ,

f e d
1 AC.*1
0 0 A C MTS
u u
WIKD
□ □ sim □ □ ENGINE
MODULE (L05, L19 ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 42) ,
l/P FROM EVRV (LOS. L19 ONLY)
Q i C i O O Q □ □ □ 450-.8 BLK/WHT (SEE PAGE 56)
ALDL «r
ACC ««

Q & J L '‘' 0 bO A c Bl : II m
H >G*» BHAM PAH* lP
u Q
ACC M T T "
s i z e □ □

n V
G ° a j 0 0 U 0 GO/IS □ □ s in s □ □ W B lj : 4 3 9 -.8 PNK/BLK
i M l %
i— « TO EGR
O Q O O G ^ O □ 0 U s i J 51/13 □ □ s im □ □ □ □ 1461 .8 ORN =^j (SEE PAGE 56)
STOP NA^ CRANK

..... ........ i i ii ii ii ii i r - r . ii TO AIR SWITCH

□
m i

* ...... .. , : i --------------------------------------------- | L _ (SEE PAGE 56)

j i ___________ p— :451 -.8 WHT/BLK
FRONT FUSE BLOCK rear i 4 5 0 .8 BLK/WHT « S TO EVRV (L05. L19 ONLY)
1<£>1JL (SEE PAGE 56)
ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE—INPUTS 1001II
12020043
439-.8 PNK/BLK
(RPO LB4, L03, L05, L19) ir p o l e g e n d ] v— C272 1 2 0 4 1 2b4
12 02 0 2 1 3
C273
CO LB 4 — 4.3L (262 CU. IN.) V6 GAS ENGINE VIN Z L05 — 5.7L (350 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN K C273/274
3 0 L03 — 5.0L (305 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN H L19 — 7.4L (454 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN N
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure CIRCUIT WIRE
Assembly Line Diagnostic Link NO. SIZE COLOR CAVITY DESCRIPTION
(ALDL) C o n n e c to r................................ Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n.......... .............131 — 32
Check Engine Lamp Driver Module 432 .8 LT GRN A1 M ANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESS
(Remote).................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor..............................134 — 44
LH top of e n g in e ........................................................ .............129 — 26 417 .8 DK BLU A2 THROTTLE POSITION SW ITCH
Cold Advance C o n tro l.............................. . .
Cold Advance R e la y ................................ RH front of cow l.......................................................... .............126 — 16 410 A3 NOT USED
Coolant Temp S e n s o r.............................. Top LH side of e n g in e ............................................... .............129 — 25 A4 NOT USED
Diagnostic Connector C151...................... LH front of cowl, taped to h a rn e s s .......................... .............130 — 28
A5 NOT USED
EGR Dump Solenoid V a lv e ...................... LH top of engine, near LH valve c o v e r ................... .............129 — 25
EGR Pulse Solenoid V a lv e ...................... LH top of engine, near LH valve c o v e r ..................... .............129 — 25 451 .8 BLK A6 ASS Y LINEDIAG. LINK
Electronic Control Module C onnecto r. . . Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r ........... .............134 — 44 A7 NOT USED
Engine Speed S e n s o r.............................. Top rear of engine...................................................... .............129 — 25 121 .8 WHT A8 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
EPR Solenoid Valve................................... LH top of engine, near LH valve c o v e r ................... .............129 — 25
437 .8 BRN A9 SPEED SIGNAL
Fuse B lo c k.................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l................. .............132 — 37
Glow Plug C o n tro lle r................................ Top RH side of engine, above valve c o v e r............. .............128 — 24 487 .8 W H T/D K GRN A 10 LAMP DRIVE
Junction B lo c k ........................................... RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r ................................ .............126 — 16 A11 NOT USED
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor 416 .8 GRA A 12 5 V REF. VOLT
( V IN C ) .................................................... LH front of cowl, near wiper m o to r.......................... .............130 — 28
Rectifier A ssem bly..................................... Below RH side of l/ P .................................................. .............134 — 44
LH side of e n g in e ...................................................... .............129 — 26 452 .8 BLK C1 GROUND
Throttle Position Sensor (VIN C ) ............. . .
Transmission Converter Clutch 450 .8 B L K /W H T C2 SYSTEM GROUND
S olenoid.................................................. LH side of MD 8 tra n s m is s io n .................................. .............127 — 20 C3 NOT USED
C100 (D iesel)............................................. Engine compartment on LH front of c o w l............... .............130 — 28 C4 NOT USED
C101............................................................ Top RH side of engine, above valve c o v e r............. .............128 — 24
Wiring harness, top LH side of e n g in e ................... .............129 — 26 *4 2 2 .8 TAN/BLK C5 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
C117............................................................
C120............................................................ .. RH front of cow l.......................................................... .............126 — 16 901 .8 DK GRN C6 COLD ADVANCE
C121............................................................ .. Top rear of engine...................................................... .............129 — 25 C7 NOT USED
C129............................................................ Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r ............. .............129 — 26
C8 NOT USED
C142............................................................ LH front of cowl, near wiper m o to r.......................... .............130 — 28
C143............................................................ Top RH front of e n g in e ............................................. .............129 — 25 C9 NOT USED
C152............................................................ LH side of MD 8 tra n sm iss io n .................................. .............127 — 20 435 .8 GRA C 10 EGR DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
C153............................................................ Wiring harness, LH side of e n g in e .......................... .............129 — 25 C11 EGR SOLENOID
902 .8 LT BLU
C154............................................................ Wiring harness, LH side of e n g in e .......................... .............129 — 25
Wiring harness, LH side of e n g in e .......................... .............129 — 25 538 .8 DK GRN C 12 EPR SOLENOID
C155............................................................
C225............................................................ . . Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r........... .............134 — 44 C 13 NOT USED
C227............................................................ Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor............... .............134 — 44 439 .8 PNK/BLK C14 1 2 V IGNITION FUSED
C272............................................................ Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n......... .............131 — 32
C 15 NOT USED
C273/274 .................................................... Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor............... .............134 — 44
C293............................................................ Below RH side of l/ P ................................................. .............134 — 44 440 .8 ORN C 16 1 2 V BATTERY FUSED
G 111 .......................................................... RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r........................ .............129 — 25
S 103............................................................ . . Front of engine com partm ent.................................. .............135 — 47
* AUTO TRANS ONLY
S 1 1 0 ............................................................ Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............. .............130 — 28
S 114............................................................ Engine harness, RH front of c o w l............................ .............126 — 16
S121............................................................ Engine harness, LH front of c o w l............................ .............129 — 25
S129............................................................ Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r ............. .............129 — 26
S131............................................................ . . Engine harness, near base of junction
block c o v e r ............................................................ .............126 — 16
S211............................................................ l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ............................ .............132 — 37
S212............................................................ l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above
steering colum n...................................................... .............132 — 37
S214............................................................ l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ............................ .............132 — 37
S235................................ ........................... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P ................... .............134 — 44
S236............................................................ Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P ................... .............134 — 44
S237............................................................ Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P ................. .. .............134 — 44
 i l JUNCTION
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR

12015410
C227
TO EGR DUMP
(SEE PAGE 62)
TO EGR VALVE
(SEE PAGE 62)
TO EPR VALVE
(SEE PAGE 62)
439-.8 PNK/BLKt TO COLD ADVANCE
RELAY
12 0 4 1 2 5 5 (SEE PAGE 47)
C 274

S212 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE-

TO STOP/ TCC SWITCH
FRONT FUSE BLOCK REAR (SEE PAGE 78) 439._8p n k /WHT
 RECTIFIER
ASSEMBLY
COLD ADVANCE
RELAY

COLD
ADVANCE = * 5 3 1 - 8 LT GRN/BLK' 531 .8 LT GRN/BLK*
CONTROL S194
2977253
FROM A/C
C129 COMPRESSOR ^ 150 .8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 74)
FROM WATER IN
FUEL SENSOR 150 .8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 51)
FROM W/S w ™ ,
WIPER MOTOR ^ 1 5 0 -1 .0 BLK
(SEE PAGE 108)
FROM RWAL ^ 50-1.0 BLK
MODULE
(SEE PAGE 78)
ENGINE 1150 1.0 BLKi S110
GROUND
G106
FROM FUEL
HEATER 1 50-.8 BLK
902 (SEE PAGE 51)
EGR DUMP 90 2 .8 LT BLU ■ -> 902-.8 LT BLU
SOLENOID H S237
439 4 3 9 - 8 PNK/BLK- '4 3 9 - 8 PNK/BLK
VALVE
*439 .8 PNK/BLK
-4 3 9 -.8 PNK/BLK

EGR PULSE
SOLENOID VALVE
£ 439
43 5 .8 GRAi
439- 8 PNK/BLK
435-.8 GRA

EPR SOLENOID 439- 8 PNK/BLK

VALVE 538 .8 DK GRN 538 .8 DK GRN

39-.8 PNK/BLK TO FUEL HEATER

(SEE PAGE 51)
/
S121 # , TO WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
(SEE PAGE 51)
RPO LEGEND
: 39-.8 PNK/BLK TO COLD ADVANCE/ FAST IDLE TEMP SW
LH6 — 6.2L (378 CU. IN.) (SEE PAGE 51) i 39 .8 PNK/BLK
V8 DIESEL ENGINE VIN C

ENGINE

94
9
29
141
15 g
GLOW PLUG
CONTROLLER
12 J ,
593 11
I ( TO LOW COOLANT
531 .8 LT GRN/BLK:
696 MODULE
18 £ 39-.8 PNK/BLK
150 1.0 BLK 24 30
9In
.J (SEE PAGE 61)
TO CONVENIENCE
39-.8 PNK/BLK a ^ CENTER
((SEE PAGE 14)
TO l/P CLUSTER
; 39 .8 PNK/BLK ■ ► CONNECTOR
S236 (SEE PAGE 84)
12 02 0 1 8 4
C100
 6.2L(378 CU. IN.)V 8
DIESEL ENGINE VIN C

TO STOP/
TCC SWITCH .
ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE-
(SEE PAGE 78)
FRONT FUSE BLOCK REAR S212
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure

Electronic Control Module (E C M )......... ... Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r ................... . . .134 — 44
In-Line R e s is to r....................................... ... RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r..................................... . . .134 — 44
Junction B lo c k ......................................... ... RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r......................................... . . .126 — 16
Park/Neutral S w itch................................ ... Top of steering column, under l/P ..................................... . . .131 — 36
Rear Wheel Antilock (RWAL) Brake
Module (G a so lin e ).............................. ... LH front of cowl, mounted on brake master cylinder . .. . . .127 — 19
Rectifier Assem bly................................... ... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P,
near blower m o to r.......................................................... . . .134 — 44
R e s isto r.................................................... ... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near grommet . . . .134 — 44
Stop/TCC S w itc h ..................................... ... Below LH side of l/P, on brake pedal support a r m ......... . . .130 — 30
Transmission Kickdown R e la y ............. ... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. . . .126 — 16
Transmission Kickdown S o le n o id ......... ... LH side of M40 transm ission............................................. . . .127 — 21
C156.......................................................... ... LH rear of engine, at transmission assem bly................. . . .127 — 21
C157.......................................................... ... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. . . .126 — 16
C158.......................................................... ... LH side of M40 transm ission............................................. . . .127 — 21
C159.......................................................... ... LH front of cowl, at RWAL m o d u le ................................... . . .127 — 19
C160.......................................................... ... Rear of engine, at base of transm ission.......................... . . .126 — 17
C225.......................................................... ... Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r................... . . .134 — 44
C271.......................................................... ... Below LH side of l/P, on brake pedal support................. . . .130 — 30
C273/274 .................................................. ... Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor........................ . . .134 — 44
C293.......................................................... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P,
near blower m o to r.......................................................... . . .134 — 44
C298.......................................................... ... Top of steering column, under l/P ..................................... . . .131 — 36
S132.......................................................... ... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P ............................ . . .134 — 44
S214.......................................................... ... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ..................................... . . .132 — 37
S215................. ......................................... ... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P,
n e a rg ro m m e t................................................................. . . .134 — 44

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION KICKDOWN SOLENOID

64
 RECTIFIER
JUNCTION
ASSEMBLY
BLOCK

8900826 H tG ilB IH
C293

TRANSMISSION
KICKDOWN
RELAY

420 .8 PPL

422 .8 TAN/BLK

TRANSMISSION
KICKDOWN REAR BRAKE
SOLENOID ANTI LOCK
MODULE
CONNECTOR

TO FOUR
WHEEL DRIVE
HARNESS FROM ALDL
(IF EQUIPPED) (SEE PAGE>58)
12015791
Cl 60
STOP/TCC
SWITCH FROM CLUSTER
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR (SEE PAGE 85)
C271

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION KICKDOWN SOLENOID (GAS ENGINE ONLY)

65
C IR C U IT O P E R A T IO N 5. Place blower switch in LO, MED, or Test lamp does not light. REPLACE blower switch.
The Blower Motor delivers air to the interior of the vehi- runs at its slowest speed. With the Blower Switch in MED, HI. Connect a test lamp from
Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
cle. Its speed is controlled by the Blower Switch and the one of the Blower Resistors is bypassed and the Blower blower switch connector C211 at
wires to blower motor.
Blower Resistors. When the Ignition Switch is in RUN, Motor runs faster. When the Blower Switch is set to HI, wire that applies to position of
battery voltage is applied to the Blower Switch. With the battery voltage is applied directly to the Blower Motor and switch to ground. LO is YEL (51)
Blower Switch in LO, voltage is applied across both Bio- the Blower Motor runs at its fastest speed, wire, MED is LT BLU (72) wire, and
wer Resistors and the Blower Motor. The Blower Motor HI is ORN (52) wire.

C O M P O N E N T L O C A T IO N Page - Figure B LO W E R M O T O R D O E S N O T O P E R A T E IN HI B UT O N LY IN LO A N D /O R M ED

Blower M o to r.................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, below c o w l......................................... 1 3 4 — 45 TEST RESULT ACTION
Blower R e s is to rs ........................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on top of p lenum ................................ 134 — 45 1 . Connect test lamp from ORN (52) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2 .
Blower S w itc h ................................................ l/P, RH s id e ................................................................................ 133 — 41 wire at blower switch connector
Fuse B lo c k ...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l................................ 1 3 2 — 37 Test lamp does not light. REPLACE blower switch.
C211 to ground.
Headlamps S w itch......................................... LH side of l/P ..............................................................................1 3 2 — 37
Heater L a m p s ................................................ Behind RH side of l / P ...............................................................1 3 3 — 41 2. Connect test lamp from ORN (52) Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Panel and Interior Lamps Control Switch .. LH side of l/P ..............................................................................132 — 37 wire at resistor connector C212 to ORN (52) wire from resistor to
C204................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P ...............................................................1 3 2 — 37 ground. blower switch.
C208................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P ...............................................................1 3 2 — 37
C209................................................................. Behind center of l/P ...................................................................1 3 2 — 37 B L O W E R M O T O R D O E S N O T O P E R A T E IN LO A N D /O R M ED B U T O N LY IN HI
C210................................................................. Behind RH side of l / P ...............................................................1 3 3 — 41 TEST RESULT ACTION
C211................................................................. Behind RH side of l / P ...............................................................1 3 3 — 41
C212................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ................................ 1 3 4 — 45 1 . Place blower switch in position Test lamp lights. GO to step 2 .
C213................................................................. Behind RH side of l / P ...............................................................1 3 4 — 45 where blower motor does not work.
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE blower switch.
C214................................................................. Behind RH side of l / P ...............................................................1 3 4 — 45 Connect test lamp from either YEL
G202 ............................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra c k e t................................ 1 3 1 — 32 (51) LO wire or LT BLU (72) MED
S 207................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above wire (depending on switch
steering colum n..................................................................... 1 3 2 — 37 position) at blower motor switch
S 210................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above LH side of connector C21 1 to ground.
steering colum n..................................................................... 1 3 2 — 37
2. Connect test lamp from either YEL Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
521 6 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, and (51) LO wire or LT BLU (72) MED
steering colum n..................................................................... 1 3 2 — 37 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
wire (depending on switch
521 7 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above LH side of wire(s) (51 or 72) from resistor to
position) at resistor connector
steering colum n..................................................................... 1 3 2 — 37 blower switch.
C212to ground.
5218 (Without A / C ) ....................................... Heater harness, behind center of l / P .....................................1 3 3 — 41
S243................................................................. Behind RH side of l / P ...............................................................1 3 3 — 41 3. Connect test lamp from ORN (52) Test lamp does not light. REPLACE resistor.
wire at resistor connector C212 to
ground.

H E A T E R P A N E L LA M PS DO N O T W O R K
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—HEATER TEST RESULT ACTION
B L O W E R M O T O R D O E S N O T O P E R A T E A T A LL
1 . Check condition of fuse (PANEL Fuse is not blown. GO to step 2 .
TEST RESULT ACTION LPS). Fuse is blown. LOCATE and REPAIR source of
1 . Check condition of fuse (A/C HTR). Fuse is not blown. GO to step 2 . overload. Then, REPLACE fuse.
Fuse is blown. LOCATE and REPAIR source of 2 . Remove a heater lamp. Connect Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
overload. Then, REPLACE fuse. test lamp from GRA (8) wire at
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 4.
heater lamp connector C210 to
2 . Disconnect blower motor Test lamp lights. GO to step 3. ground.
connector C213. Connect a test Test lamp does not light. GO to step 4.
lamp from ORN (52) wire at blower 3. Connect test lamp from GRA (8) Test lamp lights. REPLACE bulb.
motor connector C213 to ground. wire to BLK (150) wire at heater
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
lamp connector C210.
3. Connect a test lamp from ORN (52) Test lamp lights. REPLACE blower motor. (150) wire from heater lamp to
wire to BLK (150) wire at blower ground terminal G202.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
motor connector C134. 4. Turn headlamp switch ON. Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
ground BLK (150) wire to ground
terminal G202. Connect test lamp from BRN (9) at
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
panel lamp switch connector C208
4. Connect a test lamp from BRN (50) Test lamp lights. GO to step 5. BRN (9) wire.
to ground.
wire at blower switch connector Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C21 1 to ground. 5. Connect test lamp from DK GRN Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
BRN (50) wire. (44) wire at panel lamp control
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE panel lamp switch.
switch connector C208 to ground.

HEATER (Troubleshooting continued on page 68)

66
 HEADLAMPS SWITCH

8 .5 GRA m HEATER
150 .5 BLK LAMP
TO CONVENIENCE CENTER
(SEE PAGE 14)

TO A/C CONTROLLER (IF EQUIPPED)

(SEE PAGE 74)

TO RADIO 8- 5 GRA m
(SEE PAGE 96)
HEATER
150 .5 BLK * LAMP

7 2 -2 .0 LT BLU

5 0 -2 .0 BRN BLOWER
SWITCH
5 2 -2 .0 ORN

5 1 -2 .0 YEL

<
cc
<
cc
o o
TO CONVENIENCE >- «- 00 00
CENTER
(SEE PAGE 14)

TO INST
CLUSTER CONN
(SEE PAGE 84) S243 f
I I
TO RADIO 8-.5 GRA m m •
(SEE PAGE 96)
150-2.0 BLK S218

50 -2.0 BRN*

RESISTORS

FROM LH JAMB SW C212

(SEE PAGE 92) 2965104

FROM SAFETY BELT SW

(SEE PAGE 86)

FROM CONV CENTER

(SEEPAGE 14)
52 -2.0 ORN
FROM INST CLUSTER CONN
(SEE PAGE 84)
BLOWER
FROM CIGAR LIGHTER
(SEE PAGE 93)
MOTOR

150 .8 BLK > FROM RADIO 1150-2.0 BLK

(SEE PAGE 96)

HEATER
67
 H E A T E R P A N E L L A M P S DO N O T W O R K — C O N T IN U E D The Mode Valve Motor operates in a manner similar to Should any of the Motors stall when changing a Valve
that for the Air Inlet Valve and Temperature Valve and is location, voltage is removed by the Heater and A/C Con­
6. Connect test lamp from GRA (8) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open GRA positioned according to the Mode selected. For full A/C, troller, after 45 seconds, to protect the Motor. This
wire at connector C209 to ground. (8) wire from connector C209 to the potentiometer output is about 0.2 volts and for full sequence will be repeated each time there is a change in
heater lamp. DEFROST, the output is about 4.8 volts. In the Heat the Mode setting.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open GRA Mode, the potentiometer output is about 2.5 volts.
(8) wire and DK GRN (44) wire from
connector C209 to panel lamp COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
switch.
A/C Clutch R e la y ......................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ............................ . .134 — 45
CIRCUIT OPERATION
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN C) (VIN J ) . .. RH front of engine................................................................ . .128 — 22
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN H) (VIN K) . . , RH front of engine................................................................ . .121 — 1
BLOWER CONTROLS A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN N ) ................. RH front of engine................................................................ . .123 — 7
When the refrigerant pressure rises to a point where cool­
ing is required again, the A/C Accumulator Switch closes
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN Z )................... RH front of engine................................................................ . .124 — 10
Battery voltage is applied at all times to Terminal 1 of A/C Compressor Clutch Diode
the Low Blower Relay through RED (2) wire. When the to re-energize the A/C Compressor Clutch.
(VIN H )(V IN K )........................................... RH front of engine, in A/C compressor c o n n e c to r........... . .121 — 1
Heater and A/C Controller is OFF, both the Low Blower The A/C Compressor Clutch Diode is connected across
A/C Compressor Clutch Diode (VIN N) . . . . RH front of engine, in A/C compressor c o n n e c to r........... . .123 — 7
and High Blower Relays are de-energized. In this state the terminals of the A/C Compressor Clutch. Whenever
the clutch is de-energized, the magnetic field around it
A/C Compressor Clutch Diode (VIN Z) RH front of engine, in A/C compressor c o n n e c to r........... . .124 — 10
there is no voltage path through the relay contacts to the A/C C o n tro lle r............................................... Front center of l/P ................................................................ . .133 — 43
Blower Motor so the Blower Motor does not run. collapses, generating an induced voltage in the clutch
coil. The Diode provides a path for the current resulting
A/C Cycling Switch (VIN C) (VIN J ) ............. RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccum ulator............................ . .128 — 22
With the Blower Mode in Low, terminals 951 and 963 of A/C Cycling Switch (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............. RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccum ulator............................ . .121 — 1
the Heater and A/C Controller are grounded, energizing from the induced voltage so that other circuit components
A/C Cycling Switch (VIN N ) .......................... RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccum ulator............................ . .123 — 7
the Low Blower and High Blower Relay. Voltage is applied are not damaged by it.
A/C Cycling Switch (VIN Z ) .......................... RH rear of engine, on A/C accu m u la to r............................ . .124 — 10
through the closed contacts of the Low Blower Relay, the
Air Inlet Valve Motor....................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on plenum ....................................... . .134 — 46
YEL wire and the two Blower Resistors to the Blower AIR DELIVERY Air Inlet Valve Motor Pressure S w itc h ......... On A/C compressor.............................................................. . .124 — 10
Motor. The Blower Motor is a variable speed motor which The Valves which control the flow of air through the Blower M o to r.................................................. Below RH side of l/ P ............................................................ . .134 — 45
runs at a speed proportional to the voltage applied to the Heater and A/C Module are positioned by electric Motors. Blower R e sisto rs........................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ............................ . .134 — 45
Motor. With both Blower Resistors in the circuit, the There is one Motor and one Position Potentiometer for Compressor Clutch Diode (VIN C) (VIN J ) .. RH front of engine, in A/C compressor clutch connector. . .128 — 22
applied voltage is low and the Blower runs slowly. each Valve. The Position Potentiometer indicates the Electronic Control Module (E C M )............... Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r ..................... . .134 — 44
In the Medium speed position, Terminal 963 of the position of the Valve at any time to the Heater and A/C Fuse B lo ck...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l............................ . .132 — 37
Heater and A/C Controller is not grounded which de-ener­
Controller by means of a voltage level. Headlamps S w itch......................................... Front LH side of l/P .............................................................. . .132 — 37
gizes the High Blower Relay. In the de-energized state, There are two drive circuits for each Motor in the Con­ High Blower R elay......................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ............................ . .134 — 45
the contacts of the Relay shunt one of the Blower Resis­ troller which can operate the Motors in either direction. Interior Lamps S w itc h .................................. Front LH side of l/P .............................................................. . .132 — 37
tors allowing the Blower Motor to operate at increased When the Motors are not running, both outputs are held at Junction B lo c k ................................................ RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r........................................... . .126 — 16
speed. ground by the two drivers. When any Motor is to operate, Low Blower R e la y ......................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ............................ . .134 — 45
With the Blower Mode in High, the Low Blower Relay is one of the drivers supplies approximately 75 volts to one Mode Door M otor........................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on plenum ....................................... . .133 — 43
de-energized and the High Blower Relay is energized. side of the Motor depending on the direction it is to run. Temperature Door M otor.............................. Behind RH side of l/P, on plenum ....................................... . .134 — 46
The voltage path is then through the normally closed con­ The Air Inlet Valve is normally in the position which C 1 10 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ..................................... RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccu m u la to r............................ . .128 — 22
tacts of the Low Blower Relay, the DK GRN/WHT (963) C 1 10 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .....................................
allows outside air to enter the system. In this position, the RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccu m u la to r............................ . .121 — 1
wire and the closed contacts of the High Blower Relay to Air Inlet Valve Potentiometer returns about 4.9 volts to the C 1 10 (VIN N ) .................................................. RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccu m u la to r............................ . .123 — 7
the Blower Motor. With battery voltage applied directly to C 1 10 ( V IN Z ) ..................................................
Heater and A/C Controller. When the A/C Button is RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccu m u la to r............................ . .124 — 10
the Motor, it runs at maximum speed. depressed, and if the temperature setting is at full Cold C162 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ..................................... RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.............................. . .128 — 22
and the blower is set to MED or HI, the Air Inlet Valve C162 (VIN H) (V IN K )..................................... RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.............................. . .121 — 1
COMPRESSOR CONTROLS Motor will move the valve to the recirculating position 30 C162 (VIN N ) .................................................. RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.............................. . .123 — 7
The Compressor for the Air Conditioning System is seconds after the Air Inlet Pressure Switch closes. C162 (VIN Z) . . . ............................................ RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.............................. . .124 — 10
driven by the engine by means of a belt drive and the A/C The Air Inlet Valve is opened again, 5 minutes after the C163 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ..................................... RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.............................. . .128 — 22
Compressor Clutch. The Clutch allows the Compressor to Air Inlet Pressure Switch opens. It opens immediately if C163 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.............................. . .121 — 1
be disengaged when Air Conditioning is not required. the temperature setting is raised, the blower speed is C163 (VIN N ) .................................................. RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.............................. . .123 — 7
Operation of the Compressor depends on the particular reduced to Low, or the air flow is directed to the floor C163 ( V IN Z ) .................................................. RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.............................. . .124 — 10
A/C Mode selected at the Heater and A/C Controller. outlets. C204................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .......................................................... . .132 — 37
When the Ignition Switch is in RUN, battery voltage is The Temperature Valve Motor positions the Tempera­ C208................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .......................................................... . .132 — 37
applied through the A/C-HTR Fuse to the coil and con­ ture Valve according to the Temperature setting of the C209................................................................. Behind center of l/P.............................................................. . .133 — 41
tacts of the A/C Clutch Relay. With A/C ON selected, Heater and A/C Controller. For the full Cold temperature C213................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, at blower motor................................ . .134 — 45
Term inal 966 of the H eater and A/C C o n tro lle r is setting, the Valve is in the cold position and the Tempera­ C214................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, at blower motor................................ . .134 — 45
grounded which energizes the A/C Clutch Relay. The ture Valve Potentiometer returns about 0.5 volts to the C215................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on plenum ....................................... . .133 — 43
contacts of the Relay close and battery voltage is applied Heater and A/C Controller. As the temperature setting is C216................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on plenum ....................................... . .134 — 46
through the closed contacts and the normally closed A/C changed to full HOT, the Temperature Valve is moved to C217................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r .......................... . .134 — 46
Accumulator Switch to the coil of the A/C Compressor the warm positions, and the potentiometer output rises to C218................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ............................ . .134 — 45
Clutch. The coil is energized and the A/C Compressor about 4.9 volts. For a temperature setting in the mid C219................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ............................ . .134 — 45
Clutch engages. range, the Temperature Valve is positioned to a point C220................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ............................ . .134 — 45
If the refrigerant pressure drops to a point which may where the potentiometer output is the same as the prepro­
cause icing of the evaporator, the A/C Accum ulator grammed value for the selected setting.
Switch opens, de-energizing the A/C Compressor Clutch.

AIR CONDITIONING
C221 ........................................... ................. Behind RH side of l/P, on top of p lenum ........................ ___ 134 — 45 6. Disconnect air inlet pressure Battery voltage. GO to step 7.
C222............................................... ................. Behind center of l/P, at A/C c o n tro lle r.......................... ___ 133 — 43 switch connector C163. Connect
C223............................................. ................. Below RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r ...................... . . . .134 — 45 No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
voltmeter from DK GRN (59) wire
C225 ......................................... ............... Below RH side of l/P, at E C M ......................................... ___ 134 — 44 GRN (59) wire from A/C
at A/C compressor clutch
G 1 0 6 ....................................... ............... On RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover ........ ___ 126 — 16 compressor clutch to A/C pressure
connector C162 to ground.
G 1 0 9 ....................................... ................. On RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover......... ___ 126 — 16 cycling switch.
G202 ....................................... ............... Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra c k e t ...................... ___ 131 — 32 7. Connect voltmeter from DK GRN Battery voltage. REPLACE A/C compressor clutch.
S 1 1 0 ............................................. ................. Engine harness, near junction b lo c k ............................ ___ 130 — 28 (59) wire to BLK (150) wire at A/C
S 118 ......................................... ............... Engine harness, near junction b lo c k ......................... ___ 127 — 19 No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
compressor clutch connector
S12 7 (VIN H )( V IN K ) ................ ............... Engine harness, below junction b lo c k ........................ ___ 121 — 1 (150) wire from A/C compressor
C162.
S127 (VIN N ) ........................... ............... Engine harness, below junction b lo c k ........................ ___ 123 — 7 clutch to ground terminal G106
S127 (VIN Z ) ............................. ............... Engine harness, below junction b lo c k ........................ ___ 124 — 10 (Diesel) or G109 (Gasoline).
S 207 ......................................... ................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ................................... ___ 132 — 37
S210 ......................................... ............... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ............................... . . . .132 — 37 A IR IN L E T V A L V E M O T O R D O E S N O T O P E R A TE
S217 ......................................... ............... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, near TEST RESULT ACTION
steering colum n ....................................................... ___ 132 — 37
S218 (With A /C ) ........................ ............... A/C harness, behind center of l/P, above A/C duct . . . ___ 133 — 43 1 . Disconnect negative battery A resistance reading of 35 to 45 GO to step 2 .
S219 ......................................... ............... A/C harness, behind RH side of l / P ........................... . . . .134 — 46 terminal and A/C controller ohms.
S 220 ......................................... ............... A/C harness, behind RH side of l / P ........................... ___ 134 — 46 connector C222. Place ignition
A resistance reading less or LOCATE and REPAIR open in
S221 ......................................... ............... A/C harness, above p le n u m ....................................... ___ 134 — 45 switch to OFF. Connect ohmmeter
greater than 35 to 45 ohms. PNK/WHT (906) wire and LT
S222 ......................................... ............... A/C harness, above p le n u m ....................................... ___ 134 — 45 between PNK/WHT (906) wire and
GRN/BLK (905) wire. If wires are
S281 ......................................... ............... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, near LT GRN/BLK (905) wire at A/C
good, REPLACE air inlet valve
steering colum n ....................................................... . . . .132 — 37 controller connector C222.
motor.
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—AIR CONDITIONING 2. Connect ohmmeter from BLK/WHT A resistance reading less than 20K GO to step 3.
(907) wire to PPL (361) wire at A/C ohms.
A /C C O M P R E S S O R C L U T C H D O E S N O T EN G A G E controller connector C222.
A resistance reading greater than LOCATE and REPAIR open PPL
TEST RESULT ACTION 20K ohms. (361) wire. If wire is good,
NOTE: Outside temperature must be REPLACE air inlet valve motor.
above 16°C (60°F) in order to properly 3. Connect ohmmeter from BLK/WHT A resistance reading less than 20K GO to step 4.
diagnose system. (907) wire to TAN (363) wire at A/C ohms.
controller connector C222.
1 . Disconnect A/C clutch relay Battery voltage. GO to step 2 . A resistance reading greater than LOCATE and REPAIR open in
connector C221. Place ignition 20K ohms. TAN (363) wire. If wire is good,
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
switch in RUN position and A/C replace air inlet valve motor.
BRN (50) wire that did not have
switch ON. Connect voltmeter from
battery voltage. 4. Connect negative battery terminal A reading less than 0.5 volt. GO to step 5.
each of the BRN (50) wires at A/C
and A/C controller connector
clutch relay connector C221 to A reading greater than 0.5 volt. If air inlet pressure switch does not
C222. Place ignition switch to
ground. close and system provides normal
RUN, blower to MED, A/C
cooling, REPLACE switch. If
2. Connect voltmeter from BRN (50) Battery voltage. GO to step 5. controller to VENT-Upper,
switch closes, LOCATE and
wire (winding side of A/C clutch LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK temperature selector to COLD and
No voltage. REPAIR open in BLK/WHT (157)
relay) to BLU/WHT (966) wire at A/C to ON. Connect voltmeter from
BLU/WHT (966) wire. If wire is wire.
clutch relay connector C221. BLK/WHT (157) at A/C controller
good, GO to step 3.
connector C222 to ground.
3. Turn A/C switch OFF. Connect Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
NOTE: Voltage will not be correct until
voltmeter from DK BLU/WHT (966) LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
No voltage. A/C refrigerant pressure closes air inlet
at A/C controller connector C 222 to BLU/WHT (966) wire from A/C pressure switch.
ground. controller to A/C clutch relay.
5. Connect voltmeter from PNK/WHT A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. GO to step 6.
4. Turn A/C switch ON. Connect A reading of less than 0.5 volt. A/C controller is operating (906) wire to LT GRN/BLK (905)
voltmeter from DK BLU/WHT (966) properly. GO to step 5. A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller.
wire at A/C controller connector
wire at A/C controller connector 7.5 volts.
A reading greater than 0.5 volt. REPLACE A/C controller. C222.
C222 to ground.
NOTE: Take reading while air inlet
5. Disconnect A/C pressure cycling A/C clutch engages. GO to step 6. valve motor is running which occurs
switch connector C 1 1 0 and turn about 30 seconds after voltage at
A/C clutch does not engage. CHECK for open switch. If switch is
A/C switch to ON. Connect a fused BLK/WHT (157) wire is correct.
open and refrigerant pressure is
jum per between LT GRN (66) wire
normal, REPLACE A/C pressure 6. Turn A/C switch to OFF. Connect A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. CHECK that all linkages are not
and DK GRN (59) wire at A/C cycling switch.
pressure cycling switch connector voltmeter from PNK/WHT (906) binding. If they are free, REPLACE
C110. wire to LT GRN/BLK (905) wire at air inlet valve motor.
A/C controller connector C222.
A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller.
7.5 volts.
 N O N E O F T H E A IR V A L V E S O P E R A T E C O R R E C T L Y TEST RESULT ACTION
TEST RESULT ACTION
7. Place A/C controller to A reading of 3 to 5.5 volts. GO to step 8.
1. Place ignition switch in RUN, Battery voltage. GO to step 2 . VENT-Lower. Connect voltmeter
A reading less or greater than 3 to LOCATE and REPAIR short in
blower switch to MED, heater and from RED (362) wire at A/C
No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (A/C 5.5 volts. RED (362) wire from A/C controller
A/C controller to VENT-Upper, controller connector C222 to
HTR). If fuse is good, LOCATE and to mode door motor. If wire is good,
temperature selector to COLD and ground.
REPAIR open in BRN (50) wire PERFORM diagnostic procedures
A/C switch to OFF. Connect from A/C controller to fuse following symptom “ Mode Door
voltmeter from BRN (50) wire at block. Motor Does Not Operate” tests.
A/C controller connector C222 to
ground. 8 . Connect voltmeter from DK BLU A reading of less than 1 volt. GO to step 9.
(902) wire at A/C controller
2. Connect voltmeter from BRN (50) Battery voltage. GO to step 3. A reading greater than 1 volt. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
connector C222 to ground.
wire to BLK (150) wire at A/C BLU (902) wire. If wire is good,
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK PERFORM diagnostic procedures
controller connector C222. (150) wire from A/C controller to following symptom “ Temperature
ground terminal G202. Door Motor Does Not O perate”
3. Connect voltmeter from RED (2) Battery voltage. GO to step 4. tests.
wire to BLK (150) wire at A/C No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in 9. Place temperature selector to A reading of 3 to 5.5 volts. GO to step 10.
controller connector C222. RED (2) wire and fusible link from HOT. Connect voltmeter from DK
A reading less or greater than 3 to LOCATE and REPAIR short in DK
A/C controller to junction block. BLU (902) wire at A/C controller
5.5 volts. BLU (902) wire. If wire is good,
connector C222 to ground.
4. Connect voltmeter from TAN (363) A reading of 3.5 to 6 volts. GO to step 5. PERFORM diagnostic procedures
wire at A/C controller connector following symptom “ Temperature
A reading less or greater than 3.5 LOCATE and REPAIR open in Door Motor Does Not Operate”
C222 to ground.
to 6 volts. TAN (363) wire. If wire is good, tests.
REPLACE A/C controller.
1 0. Connect voltmeter from BLK (907) A reading of 3 to 5.5 volts. GO to step 1 1 .
5. Connect voltmeter from TAN (363) A reading of 3.5 to 6 volts. GO to step 6. wire at A/C controller connector
wire to PPL (361) wire at A/C A reading less or greater than 3 to LOCATE and REPAIR short in BLK
A reading less or greater than 3.5 REPLACE A/C controller. C222 to ground.
controller connector C222. 5.5 volts. (907) wire. If wire is good,
to 6 volts. PERFORM diagnostic procedures
6. Connect voltmeter from RED (362) A reading of less than 1 volt. GO to step 7. following symptom “ Air Inlet Valve
wire at A/C controller connector Motor Does Not Operate” tests.
A reading greater than 1 volt. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C222 to ground. RED (2) wire from A/C controller to 1 1 . Place A/C controller to A reading of 1 to 2 volts. CHECK linkage between valve and
mode door motor. If wire is good, VENT-Upper, temperature selector motor.
PERFORM diagnostic procedures to COLD and A/C to ON. Connect
A reading less or greater than 1 to LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
following symptom “ Mode Door voltmeter from BLK (907) wire at
2 volts. (907) wire. If wire is good,
Motor Does Not Operate” tests. A/C controller connector C222 to
PERFORM diagnostic procedures
ground. following symptom “ Air Inlet Valve
Motor Does Not Operate” tests.
 M O D E D O O R M O T O R D O ES N O T O P E R A T E
TEST RESULT ACTION
TEST RESULT ACTION
1 . Disconnect negative battery A reading of 50 to 70 ohms. GO to step 2 .
terminal and A/C controller 1. Disconnect negative battery A reading of 50 to 70 ohms. GO to step 2 .
A reading less or greater than 50 to LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT terminal and A/C controller
connector C222. Place ignition BLU (901) and LT GRN (900) A reading less or greater than 50 to LOCATE and REPAIR open in
70 ohms. connector C222. Place ignition
switch to OFF. Connect ohmmeter wires. If wires are good, REPLACE 70 ohms. WHT (903) wire and DK GRN (904)
from LT BLU (901) wire to LT GRN switch to OFF. Connect ohmmeter
temperature door motor. wire. If wires are good, REPLACE
(900) wire at A/C controller from WHT (903) wire to DK GRN
mode door motor.
connector C222. (904) wire at A/C controller
connector C222.
2. Connect ohmmeter from DK BLU A reading of less than 20K ohms. GO to step 3.
(902) wire to PPL (361) wire at A/C 2. Connect ohmmeter from RED A reading of less than 20K ohms. GO to step 3.
A reading greater than 20K ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL (362) wire to PPL (361) wire at A/C
controller connector C222. (361) wire. If wire is good, A reading greater than 20K ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL
controller connector C222.
REPLACE temperature door (361) wire. If wire is good,
motor. REPLACE mode door motor.
3. Connect ohmmeter from DK BLU A reading of less than 20K ohms. GO to step 4. 3. Connect ohmmeter from RED A reading of less than 20K ohms. GO to step 4.
(902) wire to TAN (363) wire at A/C (362) wire to TAN (363) wire at A/C
A reading greater than 20K ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in A reading greater than 20K ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
controller connector C222. controller connector C222.
TAN (363) wire. If wire is good, TAN (363) wire. If wire is good,
REPLACE temperature door REPLACE mode door motor.
motor. 4. Connect negative battery terminal A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. GO to step 5.
4. Connect negative battery terminal A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. GO to step 5. and A/C controller connector
A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller.
and A/C controller connector C222. Place ignition switch to
A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller. 7.5 volts.
C222. Place ignition switch to RUN, blower to MED and A/C
7.5 volts. controller to DEFROST. Connect
RUN, blower switch to MED, and
temperature setting to FULL HOT. voltmeter from WHT (903) wire to
Connect voltmeter from LT BLU DK GRN (904) wire at A/C
(901) wire to LT GRN (900) wire at controller connector C222.
A/C controller connector C222. NOTE: Take voltage reading
NOTE: Take voltage reading immediately after setting temperature
immediately after setting temperature and while temperature door motor is
and while temperature door motor is running.
running. 5. Place A/C switch to ON. Connect A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. CHECK linkages for binding. If
5. Move temperature setting to FULL A reading of 6 to 7.5 volts. CHECK for binding linkages. If voltmeter from WHT (903) wire to linkages are free, REPLACE mode
COLD. Connect voltm eter to LT linkages are free, REPLACE DK GRN (904) wire at A/C door motor.
BLU (901) wire to LT GRN (900) temperature door motor. controller connector C222.
A reading less or greater than 6 to
wire at A/C controller connector A reading less or greater than 6 to REPLACE A/C controller. NOTE: Take voltage reading 7.5 volts. REPLACE A/C controller.
C222. 7.5 volts. immediately after setting temperature
NOTE: Take voltage reading and while temperature door motor is
immediately after setting temperature running.
and while temperature door motor is
running.
 TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION

1 . Disconnect blower motor Battery voltage. GO to step 2. 1 . Place ignition switch to RUN, A/C Battery voltage. GO to step 2 .
connectors C213 and C214. Place controller to VENT-Upper and
No voltage. GO to step 3. No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (A/C
ignition switch in RUN position, blower speed to HI. Connect
HTR). If fuse is good, LOCATE and
A/C controller to VENT-Upper and voltmeter from BRN (50) wire at
REPAIR open in BRN (50) wire
blower speed to HI. Connect high blower relay connector C220
from high blower relay to fuse
voltmeter from PPL (65) wire at to ground.
block.
blower motor connector C213 to
ground. 2. Place blower switch to LO. A reading of less than 0.5 volts. GO to step 3.
Connect voltmeter from DK
2. Connect voltmeter from PPL (65) Battery voltage. REPLACE blower motor. No voltage or a reading greater CHECK DK GRN/WHT (963) wire
GRN/WHT (963) wire at A/C
wire to BLK (150) wire at blower than 0.5 volts. for an open. If wire is good,
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK controller connector C222 to
motor connectors C213 and C214. REPLACE A/C controller.
(150) wire from blower motor to ground.
ground terminal G202.
3. Place blower switch to HI. Connect Battery voltage. REPLACE high blower relay.
3. Place A/C controller to OFF. Battery voltage. GO to step 4. voltmeter from DK GRN/WHT
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
Connect voltmeter from RED (2 ) (908) wire at high blower relay
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in GRN/WHT (908) wire. If wire is
wire at A/C controller connector connector C220 to ground.
RED (2) wire and fusible link. good, REPLACE low blower relay.
C 222 to ground.
4. Connect voltmeter from RED (2) Battery voltage. GO to step 5. B LO W E R M O T O R D O E S NOT RUN IN M ED
wire to BLK (150) wire at A/C No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK TEST RESULT ACTION
controller connector C222. (150) wire from A/C controller to
ground terminal G202. 1. Disconnect low blower relay Battery voltage. GO to step 2 .
connector C219. Place ignition
5. Connect voltmeter from BRN (50) Battery voltage. GO to step 6. No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
switch to RUN, A/C controller to
wire to BLK (150) wire at A/C BRN (50) wire.
No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (A/C VENT-Upper and blower speed to
controller connector C222. HTR). If fuse is good, LOCATE and LO. Connect voltmeter from BRN
REPAIR open in BRN (50) wire. (50) wire at low blower relay
connector C219 to ground.
6. Connect voltmeter from DK Battery voltage. GO to step 7.
GRN/WHT (963) wire at A/C 2. Connect voltmeter from BRN (50) Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
controller connector C222 to wire to LT BLU (951) wire at low
GRN/WHT (963) wire. If wire is No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
ground. blower relay connector C219.
good, REPLACE high blower relay. BLU (951) wire. If wire is good,
CHECK A/C controller. Refer to
7. Connect voltmeter from LT BLU Battery voltage. GO to step 8 .
symptom “ Blower Motor Does Not
(951) wire at A/C controller No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT Operate in Any Mode.”
connector C222 to ground. BLU (951) wire. If wire is good, 3. Connect voltmeter from RED (2) Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
REPLACE low blower relay.
wire at low blower relay connector
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
8. Place A/C controller to A reading of less than 0.5 volts. GO to step 9. C 219to ground.
RED (2) wire and fusible link.
VENT-Upper and blower speed to A reading greater than 0.5 volts. REPLACE A/C controller.
LO. Connect voltmeter from DK 4. Turn ignition switch to OFF and A reading of 1.5 ± 0.7 ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
GRN/WHT (963) wire at A/C disconnect blower resistor TAN (63) wire. If wire is good,
controller connector C222 to connector C218. Connect REPLACE high blower relay.
ground. ohmmeter from YEL (51) terminal
A reading less or greater than 1 .5 REPLACE blower resistor.
to TAN (63) terminal on blower
9. Connect voltmeter from LT BLU A reading of less than 0.5 volts. A/C controller operating properly. ± 0.7 ohms.
resistor.
(951) wire at A/C controller A reading greater than 0.5 volts. REPLACE A/C controller.
connector C222 to ground.
 BLO W ER M O T O R D O ES N O T RUN IN LO D IS P L A Y D O E S N O T DIM P R O P E R LY
TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1 . Disconnect blower resistor A reading of 0.7 ± 0.5 ohms. GO to step 2 . 1 . Place ignition switch to RUN, A/C Battery voltage. GO to step 2 .
connector C218 and ignition switch controller to OFF, headlamp switch
A reading less or greater than 0.7 REPLACE blower resistor. No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
to OFF. Connect ohmmeter from to PARK and dimming control to
± 0.5 ohms. GRA (8) wire.
YEL (51) terminal to PPL (65) full brightness. Connect voltmeter
terminal on blower resistor. from GRA (8) wire at A/C controller
connector C222 to ground.
2. Disconnect low blower relay Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
connector C219. Place ignition No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in 2. Adjust dimming control to Battery voltage. REPLACE dimming control.
switch to RUN, A/C controller to BRN (50) wire. minimum brightness position. A voltage less than battery voltage GO to step 3.
VENT-Upper and blower speed to Connect voltmeter from GRA (8) but not zero.
LO. Connect voltmeter from BRN wire at A/C controller connector
(50) wire at low blower relay C222 to ground.
connector C219 to ground.
3. Connect voltmeter from BRN (9) Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
3. Connect voltmeter from BRN (50) Battery voltage. GO to step 3. wire at A/C controller connector No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
wire to LT BLU (951) wire at low No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT C222 to ground. BRN (9) wire.
blower relay connector C219. BLU (951) wire. If wire is good,
4. Turn headlamp switch to OFF Any voltage greater than zero. LOCATE and REPAIR a short in
CHECK A/C controller. Refer to
position. Connect voltmeter from GRA (8) wire.
Symptom “ Blower Motor Does Not
GRA (8) wire at A/C controller No voltage.
Operate in Any Mode.” REPLACE A/C controller.
connector C222 to ground.
4. Connect voltmeter from RED (2) Battery voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in YEL
wire at low blower relay connector (51) wire. If wire is good,
C219 to ground. REPLACE low blower relay.
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
RED (2) wire and fusible link.
 A
O
S110 (DIESEL)
S118 (GASOLINE)
HEADLAMPS SWITCH

O GROUND 1 5 0 -1 .0 BLK

O
JUNCTION G106 (DIESEL)
BLOCK O G109 (GASOLINE)

O
o-
w
2-.8RSTIALL EXCL19)
2 .5 GRA (L19)
FUSIBLE LINK

A/C
PRESSURE
59 .8 DK GRN
CYCLING
59-.8 DK GRN
SWITCH 66 .8 LT GRN
OPENS BELOW
155 kPa (22 PSI)
CLOSES ABOVE
317 kPa (46 PSI)

[I
A/C 150-.8 BLK
COMPRESSOR 59 .8 DK GRN
CLUTCH 59-.8 DK GRN

A/C
AIR INLET 157 )
VALVE MOTOR
PRESSURE SWITCH
CLOSES AT 157 .8 GRA'
1455-1750 kPa
(210-255 PSI);
OPENS ABOVE 12015375
1150 kPa (165 PSI) - C163
MINIMUM PRESSURE
DIFFERENTIAL OF C60 — FRONT MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONING 15 0.8B L K
300 kPa (45 PSI).
FROM INST CLUSTER CONN
L19 — 7.4L (454 CU. IN.)V8
(SEE PAGE 84)
GAS ENGINE VIN N PANEL LPS
LH6 — 6.2L (378 CU. IN.) V8 5 AMP 1 5 0 ’8 FROM CIGAR LIGHTER
DIESEL ENGINE VIN C nVw m w (SEE PAGE 93)
LL4 — 6.2L (378 CU. IN.) V8 > HOT IN RUN £ .8 BLK
HD DIESEL ENGINE VIN J FROM RADIO
l^ \M /W V W V ^ (SEE PAGE 96)
 A/C CONTROLLER

MODE
DOOR
MOTOR

TEMP
DOOR
MOTOR

AIR
INLET
VALVE
MOTOR

RESISTOR

LOW
BLOWER
RELAY

HIGH
BLOWER
RELAY

BLOWER
MOTOR
CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—BRAKE SYSTEMS
Battery voltage is applied to the Brake Indicator when Indicator when there is low brake fluid pressure in one of B R A K E IN D IC A T O R R E M A IN S O N W IT H IG N IT IO N SW ITC H IN RUN A N D P A R K BRAKE O F F
the Ignition Switch is in RUN, BULB TEST, or START. the two hydraulic brake systems. This could be caused by
Two Switches are connected to the Brake Indicator. a leak in one of the brake lines. Refer to Section 5 in the TEST RESULT ACTION
When either one of these Switches closes, ground is pro­ Service Manual for Switch reset procedure. This can only
vided and the Indicator lights. The Brake Indicator is also be accomplished after the faulty system has been pre­ 1 . Disconnect park brake switch Brake indicator lamp does not go GO to step 2 .
connector C226. out.
connected to the Rear Wheel Antilock Brake Module. pared.
The Park Brake Switch provides a ground when the The Rear Wheel Antilock Brake Module grounds the Brake indicator lamp goes out. CHECK adjustment of park brake
Park Brake is applied. The Park Brake Indicator lights to Brake Indicator when the Module senses a fault in the switch. If adjustment cannot be
alert the driver. Antilock Brake System. For Rear Wheel Antilock Brake corrected, REPLACE brake switch.
The Brake Pressure Switch closes to light the Brake Diagnosis refer to Section 5A in the Service Manual.
2. Disconnect brake pressure Brake indicator lamp does not go GO to step 3.
warning switch connector C164. out.
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
Brake indicator lamp goes out. CHECK for a possible leak or loss
of fluid in the brake system.
Assembly Line Diagnostic Link 3. Disconnect rear wheel antilock Brake indicator lamp does not go CHECK wiring between instrument
(ALDL) C o n n e c to r..................................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n..................... .131 — 32 module connector C159. out. cluster and each switch and
Brake Pressure Warning Switch (Diesel) .. Mounted on brake master cylin d e r....................................... .130 — 28 module for a short to ground. If
Brake Pressure Warning Switch (Gasoline) Mounted on brake master c ylin d e r....................................... .127 — 19 wiring is good, the problem is in
Fuse B lo c k ...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l.............................. .132 — 37 the instrument cluster.
Ignition S w itc h ............................................... RH side of steering colum n.................................................... .131 — 35
Below LH side of l/P, near convenience c e n te r ................. .132 — 37 Brake indicator lamp goes out. CHECK for an inoperative antilock
In-Line D io d e ..................................................
l/P Cluster C o n n e c to r.................................. Behind LH side of l / P ............................................................ .132 — 37 brake system. Refer to Section 5A
Park Brake S w itch ......................................... Below LH side of l/P, on top of park brake asse m b ly......... .132 — 37 in Service Manual for a diagnostic
circuit check.
Rear Wheel Antilock Brake Module
(D iesel)........................................................ Mounted on brake master cylin d e r....................................... .130 — 28
B RAKE IN D IC A T O R D O ES N O T L IG H T DURING A W A R N IN G C O N D IT IO N
Rear Wheel Antilock Brake Module
Mounted on brake master cylin d e r....................................... .127 — 19 O R D U R IN G T H E A N T IL O C K SYSTEM CHECK
(Gasoline)....................................................
Resistor 510 ohm ........................................... Below RH side of l/ P .............................................................. .134 — 44 TEST RESULT ACTION
Stop/TCC S w itch ........................................... Below LH side l/P, on brake pedal support a r m ................. .130 — 30
C100 (D iesel)................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l.......................... .130 — 28 1. Disconnect park brake switch Brake indicator lamp does not GO to step 2 .
C 1 00 (Gasoline)............................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l.......................... .127 — 19 connector C226. Connect a fused come on.
C159................................................................ LH front of cowl, at antilock brake m o d u le .......................... .127 — 19 jumper from park brake switch
Brake indicator lamp does come CHECK adjustment of park brake
C160................................................................. Rear of engine, at base of transm ission.............................. .126 — 17 connector C226 to ground.
on. switch. If adjustment cannot be
C164 (D iesel)................................................. LH front of cowl, at brake master c y lin d e r.......................... .130 — 28 corrected, REPLACE brake switch.
C164 (Gasoline)............................................. LH front of cowl, at brake master c y lin d e r.......................... .127 — 19
C201................................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near headlamp sw itc h ............. .132 — 37 2. Disconnect brake pressure Brake indicator lamp does not GO to step 3.
C203................................................................ RH side of steering column, at ignition s w itc h ................... .131 — 35 warning switch connector C164. come on.
C223................................................................ Behind RH side of l/P, below blower m o to r ........................ .134 — 45 Connect a fused jumper from
Brake indicator lamp does come REPLACE brake pressure warning
C226................................................................ Below LH side of l/P, on top park brake assem bly............. .132 — 37 TAN/WHT (33) wire at park brake
on. switch.
C271................................................................ Below LH side l/P, near brake pedal support a r m ............. .130 — 30 switch connector C226 to ground.
C272................................................................ Behind LH side l/P, left of steering colum n.......................... .131 — 32 3. Disconnect rear wheel antilock Brake indicator lamp does not CHECK wiring and in-line diode (if
C273/274........................................................ Below RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r ............................ .134 — 44 module connector C159. Connect come on. equipped) between instrument
G106, G 1 0 9 .................................................... On RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover............... .126 — 16 a fused jumper from TAN/WHT cluster and each switch and
S 110 ................................................................ Engine harness, near junction b lo c k .................................. .130 — 28 (33) wire at antilock module module for an open. If wiring is
S118................................................................ Engine harness, near junction b lo c k .................................. .127 — 19 connector C159 to ground. good, the problem is in the
S133 (D iese l)................................................. Engine harness, LH front of c o w l......................................... .130 — 28 instrument cluster.
S133 (G asoline)............................................. Engine harness, LH front of c o w l...................................... .127 — 19
l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ......................................... .132 — 37 Brake indicator lamp does come CHECK for an inoperative antilock
S205................................................................
l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37 on. brake system. Refer to Section 5A
S212................................................................
Below RH side of l/ P .............................................................. .134 — 44 in the Service Manual for a
S215................................................................
.132 — 37 diagnostic circuit check.
S223 (Manual Brakes O nly).......................... Behind center of l/P................................................................
S240................................................................ Behind and below RH side of l/P ........................................... .134 — 44

BRAKE SYSTEMS
76
 Q
□EH ]- □
□

r
□EsDs
33-.8 TAN/WHT □(♦Sojw □
□Qso);; □ l/P CLUSTER
□ CONNECTOR
□
□ D
REAR WHEEL
ANTI LOCK IN-LINE
□CD 3 9 -.8 m m i r i ■> »

MODULE
□ □ TO IGNITION
DIODE □ □
CONNECTOR
(POWER □ □
BRAKES
33 .8 TAN/WHT ONLY)
□ □
□ □
□ □
□QD“
GAS ENGINE
12065803 nF° □
DIESEL ENGINE
12052415
C201

33 .8 TAN/WHTi '• S133

rmm 33-. 5 TAN/WHT

33-.8 TAN/WHT 33 .5 TAN/WHT
TO DAYTIME
BRAKE 33 .5 TAN/WHT RUNNING
LAMP
PRESSURE
MODULE
W ARNING (CANADA ONLY
SW ITCH SEE PAGE 22, 23)
(CLOSED WITH
UNEQUAL BRAKE ENGINE
PRESSURE)

GAS
: 94 29 ENGINE
9
14
15
ONLY
12 J 140
11
: 593 (<
: 18
: 24 30 9 In
19 y
39 401 400

IGNITION SW ITCH ■=!=

PARK
BRAKE
SW ITCH
CLOSED
WITH PARK
BRAKE ON

BRAKE WARNING SYSTEM

77
 TO TCC AUTO TRAIMS RPO LEGEND l/P
(DIESEL LH6 ONLY) CLUSTER
(SEE PAGE 62) LB4 — 4.3L (262 CU. IN.) V6 GAS ENGINE VIN Z CONNECTOR
LH6 — 6.2L (378 CU. IN.) V8 DIESEL ENGINE VIN C nFaTfcl |Q
420-.8 P P L ™ ^ - TO RECTIFIER AUTO TRANS LL4 — 6.2L (378 CU. IN.) HD V8 DIESEL ENGINE VIN J □G°DSE 3
(SEE PAGE 64 GAS ENGINE OR L03 — 5.0L (305 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN H £[237
PAGE 62 DIESEL LH6) |2 so ;
L05 — 5.7L (350 CU. IN.) V8 GAS ENGINE VIN K nFoofcPTiC
. . l[
UnO G Ht
RESISTOR □ O
5 1 0 OHM □ □ “
.5 0 WATT □ □ •1 1 6
□
(EXCEPT RPO LL4)
nl□ 1
'
*1*561
□ □ 'F l § | [
□ □ •U K
□ □ “ EDI

GROUND in 150
IGNITION ■ 1 250
^ —140
BATTERY
SPEED INPUT ■ ■ 696
FAIL LAMP ■ I 33
BRAKE SWITCH . . . .

ANTILOCK
MODULE

BRAKE
PRESSURE
WARNING
SWITCH FROM FUEL PRESSURE SW ^ 1 50 .8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 48)
DIESEL —
ONLY FROM WATER IN FUEL SENSOR J»1 50 .8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 48)
FROM W/S WIPER MOTOR ^ 150-1.0 BLK
(SEE PAGE 108)
FROM A/C COMPRESSOR (IF EQUIPPED) ^ 1 50-.8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 74)
ECM IGN
10 AMP
FROM FUEL HEATER Jp 150 .8 BLK
DIESEL (SEE PAGE 48)
ONLY FROM GLOW PLUGS 150 1.0 BL
(SEE PAGE 44)

REAR WHEEL ANTILOCK BRAKING

> HOT IN RUN Z
78 i-v W V W W V -*
CIRCUIT OPERATION TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
The Temperature Indicator goes on to warn of over­ Fuel Sender and Pump (G a s o lin e )............. LH middle of truck frame ra il................................................. .136 — 53
FUEL GAGE heating when the Temperature Switch is closed. The Fuel Tank Sender (D iesel)............................ In fuel tank................................................................................ .136 — 52
The pointer of the Fuel Gage is moved by the magnetic Temperature Switch is closed when the temperature rises Fuse B lo c k...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l.............................. .132 — 37
fields of two coils. The coils are at right angles to each above 260°F. When the Ignition Switch is in START or Headlamp Dimmer S w itch.......................... LH side of l/P, on steering c o lu m n ....................................... .131 — 36
other. Battery voltage is applied to the E coil and the BULB TEST, the Tem perature Indicator is grounded Headlamps S w itch.......................................... LH side of l/P ........................................................................... .132 — 37
circuit divides at the opposite end of the coil. One path through the Ignition Switch and the Indicator lights. Heater L a m p s ............................................. Behind RH side of l / P ............................................................ .133 — 41
continues to ground through the F coil. Another goes to Ignition S w itc h ............................................. RH side of steering colum n.................................................... .131 — 35
ground through the variable resistor of the Fuel Gage LOW COOLANT INDICATOR l/P C lu s te r.................................................... LH side of l/P ........................................................................... .132 — 37
Sender. Low Coolant M o d u le .................................... Rear of engine compartment, center front of c o w l............. .130 — 29
The Low Coolant Indicator comes on to warn the driver
When the tank is low, the resistance of the Sender is Low Coolant P r o b e ..................................... RH rear of engine compartment, inside coolant reservoir . .130 — 29
when a low level of coolant exists in the radiator. Battery
low. A large flow of current passes through the E coil and
voltage is applied to the Low Coolant Module. When a low Oil Pressure Sender (VIN H) (VIN K ) ......... LH rear of e n g in e ................................................................... .122 — 4
the Fuel Gage Sender resistor. This moves the pointer
coolant condition exists, a signal is sent to the Low Cool­ Oil Pressure Sender (VIN N ) ....................... LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ........................ .123 — 8
toward E on the scale. When the tank is full, the Sender Oil Pressure Sender (VIN Z ) ...................... LH rear of e n g in e ................................................................... .125 — 13
ant Module from the Low Coolant Sensor. The Low Cool­
resistance is high. More current now flows through the F Oil Pressure Sender/Switch
ant Module will provide a ground to the Low Coolant
coil, moving the pointer toward F on the scale. (VINC) (VIN J ) ........................................... LH rear of e n g in e ................................................................... .129 — 25
Indicator.
With two coils operating the pointer, the Gage is not
The Low Coolant Sensor is not a switch that opens and Oil Pressure Switch (VIN H) (VIN K)........... LH rear of e n g in e ................................................................... .122 — 4
affected by changes in the system’s battery voltage.
closes. It has a very high resistance to ground, more than Oil Pressure Switch (VIN N )........................ LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ........................ .123 — 8
50,000 ohms, when the engine coolant level is low. This Oil Pressure Switch (VIN Z ) ........................ LH rear of e n g in e ................................................................... .125 — 13
OIL PRESSURE GAGE causes the Low Coolant Module to light the Low Coolant Panel and Interior Lamps Control Switch . . LH side of l/P ........................................................................... .132 — 37
The engine oil pressure is displayed by the Oil Pressure Indicator. With more of the Sensor covered by coolant, its Speed S e n s o r............................................... Rear of engine, LH side of transm ission.............................. .126 — 17
Gage. The pointer of the Gage is moved by two coils, and resistance decreases. When the fluid level is good, the Water-ln-Fuel Sensor (D iesel)................... . Top RH side of engine, at filter assem bly............................ .128 — 23
its operation is similar to that of the Fuel Gage. resistance will be less than 1 0,000 ohms. With the Sensor Water Temperature Sensor (D ie s e l)......... LH side of engine, above exhaust m a n ifo ld ........................ .129 — 25
The Oil Pressure Sender is connected to the junction of resistance between 10,000 and 50,000 ohms, the Sensor C 1 00 (D iesel)................................................ Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l.......................... .130 — 28
the two coils. It has low resistance when the oil pressure is is partly covered and the fluid is not low enough to cause C 1 00 (Gasoline)........................................... Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l .......................... .127 — 19
low, and 90 ohms resistance when the oil pressure is the warning to be displayed. C107.............................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l.......................... .130 — 28
high. This changing resistance changes the current flow C109 (VINC) (VIN J ) .................................. Upper LH front of engine, at generator................................ .129 — 25
through the coils. The magnetic fields of the coils move OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR C109 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................. Upper LH front of engine, at generator................................ .121 — 1
the pointer from low to high. C109 (VIN N ) ................................................ Upper LH front of engine, at generator................................ .123 — 7
The Oil Pressure Indicator comes on to warn the driver C109 (VIN Z ) ............................................... Upper LH front of engine, at generator................................ .124 — 10
when the engine oil pressure is low. Battery voltage is C126 (VINC) (VIN J ) ................................... Top RH side of engine, at filter assem bly............................ .128 — 23
TEMPERATURE GAGE applied to one side of the bulb. A ground path is provided C150.............................................................. LH side of transmission (manual, 4 wheel d r iv e ) ............... .126 — 17
The Temperature Gage is also operated by two coils. by the Oil Pressure Switch. It is closed when the oil pres­ C159............................................................... LH front of cowl, at antilock brake m o d u le .......................... .127 — 19
Battery voltage is applied to both coils. One is grounded sure is below 27 kPa (4psi). This tests the bulb when the C164 (D iesel)............................................... LH front of cowl, at brake master c y lin d e r.......................... .130 — 28
directly and the other is grounded through the Tempera­ Ignition Switch is turned on to start the engine. After the C164 (Gasoline)........................................... LH front of cowl, at brake master c y lin d e r.......................... .127 — 19
ture Sender. This has 55 ohms resistance at 260°F (hot engine starts and normal oil pressure builds up, the Oil C165 (D iesel)............................................... RH rear of engine compartment, inside coolant reservoir . .130 — 29
coolant) and its resistance becomes greater at low tem­ Pressure Switch opens. The Oil Pressure Indicator goes C166 (D iesel)............................................... RH rear of e n g in e ................................................................... .128 — 22
peratures. It is approximately 1400 ohms at 100°F. This out. C167 (VIN H) (V IN K ).................................... LH rear of e n g in e ................................................................... .122 — 4
causes the current through the Sender and one coil to C167 (VIN N ) ............................................... LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ........................ .123 — 8
increase as the coolant tem perature increases. This SHIFT INDICATOR C167 (VIN Z ) ............................................... LH rear of e n g in e ................................................................... .125 — 13
moves the pointer. C 168 (D iesel)............................................... LH side of e n g in e ................................................................... .129 — 25
With Manual Transmission, the SHIFT Indicator lights
when the vehicle should be shifted to the next higher gear C169 (D iesel)............................................... Wiring harness, LH side of engine, above exhaust
VOLTMETER for better fuel economy. Battery voltage is applied to one m anifold................................................................................ .129 — 25
The Voltmeter measures the electrical system’s volt­ side of the bulb. The other side of the bulb is switched to C170.............................................................. Rear of engine compartment, center front of c o w l............., .130 — 29
age with the Ignition Switch in RUN, BULB TEST, or ground by the ECM which uses engine data such as rpm, C201.............................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near headlamp sw itch ............., .132 — 37
START. With the engine stopped, the Voltmeter indicates vehicle speed and intake manifold vacuum to compute an C203.............................................................. RH side of steering column, at ignition s w itc h ................... , .131 — 35
Battery condition. With the engine running, the Voltmeter efficient shift point. C204.............................................................. Behind LH side of l / P ............................................................ , .132 — 37
indicates Charging System operation. C205.............................................................. LH side of l/P, on steering c o lu m n ......................................., .131 — 36
C206.............................................................. Behind l/P, on LH side of steering c o lu m n .......................... . .131 — 35
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure C207.............................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, near LH s h ro u d ................................ , .132 — 37
C208.............................................................. . Behind LH side of l / P ............................................................ . .132 — 37
A/C C o n tro lle r............................................... Front center of l/ P .....................................................................1 3 3 — 43 C209.............................................................. , .131 — 32
Antilock Module (D ie s e l).............................. Mounted on brake master c ylin d e r.........................................130 — 28 C210.............................................................. Behind RH side of l / P ............................................................ .133 — 41
Antilock Module (G asoline).......................... Mounted on brake master cy lin d e r.........................................127 — 19 C222.............................................................. Behind center of l/P, at A/C c o n tro lle r................................ .133 — 43
Brake Pressure Warning Switch (Diesel) .. Mounted on brake master c ylin d e r.........................................130 — 28 C225.............................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r ....................... , .134 — 44
Brake Pressure W arning Switch (Gasoline) Mounted on brake master cylin d e r.........................................127 — 19 C227.............................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor............................. .134 — 44
Check Engine Lamp Driver Module (VIN C) Below RH side of l/ P ................................................................ 1 3 4 — 44 C 273/274...................................................... Below RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r ............................. .134 — 44
Convenience C e n te r.................................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of C406.............................................................. LH middle of frame r a il.........................................................., .136 — 53
steering colum n.....................................................................1 3 2 — 37 C407.............................................................. LH middle of frame r a il........................................................... .136 — 52
Directional Signal S w itch.............................. LH side of steering co lu m n ......................................................................—
Engine Temperature Switch (Gasoline) . . . LH side of engine, in cylinder head.........................................127 — 19
G202 ......................................... ................... Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra c k e t.......................... . . .131 — 32 FU E L G A G E IN D IC A T E S E M P T Y W H E N THERE IS FU EL IN T H E T A N K
S124 (D iesel)............................ ................... RH side of engine ............................................................... .. .128 — 22
................... Engine harness, LH front of c o w l..................................... . . .130 — 28 TEST RESULT ACTION
S133 (D ie se l)............................
S 133 (G asoline)........................ ................... Engine harness, LH front of c o w l..................................... . . .127 — 19 Disconnect fuel tank sender Fuel gage indicates full. REPAIR/REPLACE fuel gage
S205................... ....................... ................... l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near headlamp s w itch ......... . . .132 — 37 connector C407 and place ignition sender.
S207........................................... ................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above switch to RUN.
steerng c o lu m n .............................................................. . . .132 — 37 Fuel gage indicates empty. LOCATE and REPAIR a short in
S210........................................... ................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above LH side of PNK (30) wire. If no short is found,
steering colum n.............................................................. . . .132 — 37 REPLACE fuel gage.
S2 1 1 ........................................... ................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ..................................... . . .132 — 37
S213........................................... ................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P and FU E L G AG E IS IN A C C U R A TE
steering colum n.............................................................. . . .132 — 37
TEST RESULT ACTION
S214........................................... ................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ..................................... . . .132 — 37
S217........................................... ................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above LH side of Disconnect fuel tank sender Gage responds correctly. CHECK BLK/WHT (450) wire for
steering colum n.............................................................. . . .132 — 37 connector C407. Connect one red high resistance. If wire is good,
S218........................................... ................... Heater harness, behind center of l/P, above A/C d u c t.. . . .133 — 43 lead of tester J 33431 -B to PNK REPAIR/REPLACE fuel gage
S223........................................... ................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P .................................... . . .132 — 37 (30) wire and other to ground. Set sender.
S243........................................... ................... Behind RH side of l / P .................................................... . . .133 — 41 resistance dials to 0 ohms and
Gage does not respond correctly. CHECK for high resistance in PNK
S281........................................... ................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, near then to 90 ohms. Fuel gage should
(30) wire. If wire is good,
steering colum n.............................................................. . . .132 — 37 indicate empty and then full. (Allow
REPLACE fuel gage.
time for gage to reach full due to
TROUBLESHOOTING anti-slosh device.)

The following list of symptoms are not covered in this section. The symptoms will be referenced to the appropriate T E M P E R A T U R E G A G E IN D IC A T E S HO T W ITH ENG INE C O O L A N T
subject located within this manual or will show what manual to use. B E LO W O P E R A T IN G T E M P E R A T U R E AND IG N ITIO N S W IT C H IN RUN

SYMPTOM FOR DIAGNOSIS TEST RESULT ACTION

High beam indicator does not operate pro p e rly.......................................................... ..See Headlamps Disconnect temperature sender Temperature gage indicates cold. REPLACE temperature sender.
FASTEN BELTS indicator and alarm do not operate properly.................................. ..See Safety Belt Warning Buzzer connector C169 and place ignition
Temperature gage does not LOCATE and REPAIR a short in
switch to RUN.
Brake indicator is always lit...............................................................................................See Brake Warning System indicate cold. DK GRN (35) wire. If no short is
Brake indicator does not light when park brake is a p p lie d ................... .......................See Brake Warning System found, PERFORM diagnostic
SERVICE ENGINE SOON indicator is always l i t ........................................................ ..See Section 8C of Service Manual procedures under symptom
SERVICE ENGINE SOON indicator does not light with the ignition switch in RUN “ Temperature Gage Is Not
and engine not ru n n in g .................................................................................................See Section 8C of Service Manual Accurate.”
Turn indicator does not operate p ro p e rly ..................................................................... ..See Front Exterior Lights
T E M P E R A T U R E G A G E IN D IC A T E S CO LD A LL TH E T IM E
WAIT indicator does not operate p ro p e rly .....................................................................See Section 6E of Service Manual
SERVICE FUEL FILTER indicator does not operate p ro p e rly .................................. ..See Diesel Engine Fuel Controls TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect temperature sender Temperature gage indicates hot. REPAIR/REPLACE temperature
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—INSTRUMENT PANEL: GAGES AND INDICATORS connector C169. Ground the DK sender.
FUEL GAGE INDICATES FULL OR BEYOND AT ALL TIM ES GRN (35) wire at temperature
Temperature gage does not LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
sender connector C169.
RESULT ACTION indicate hot. GRN (35) wire. If wire is good,
TEST
REPLACE temperature gage.
1. Disconnect fuel tank sender Fuel gage indicates full. LOCATE and REPAIR a short in
connector C407 and place ignition PNK (30) wire. If no short is found, T E M P E R A T U R E IN D IC A T O R S T A Y S ON A T A LL TIM ES W ITH IG N IT IO N S W IT C H IN RUN
switch to RUN. Connect a fused REPUVCE fuel gage.
TEST RESULT ACTION
jumper from PNK (30) wire at fuel Fuel gage indicates empty. GO to step 2.
tank sender connector C407 to 1 . Disconnect temperature sender Indicator stays on. GO to step 2.
ground. connector C169 and place ignition
Indicator goes out. REPLACE temperature sender.
2. Connect fused jumper from PNK Fuel gage indicates full. LOCATE and REPAIR open in switch to RUN. Observe
(30) wire to BLK/WHT (450) wire at BLK/WHT (450) wire. temperature indicator.
fuel tank sender connector C407. REPAIR/REPLACE fuel gage Disconnect DK GRN (35) wire at Indicator stays on. LOCATE and REPAIR short in DK
Fuel gage indicates empty.
sender. ignition switch connector C203. GRN (35) wire. If wire is good,
Observe temperature indicator. REPLACE instrument cluster.
Indicator goes out. REPLACE ignition switch.
 T E M P E R A T U R E G A G E IS N O T A C C U R A T E O IL P R E S S U R E G A G E IN D IC A T E S H IG H P R E S S U R E A T A L L T IM E S (G A G E E Q U IP P E D )
O R O IL P R E S S U R E IN D IC A T O R D O E S N O T L IG H T
TEST RESULT ACTION
TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect temperature sender Gage indicates correctly. REPLACE temperature sender.
connector C169. Connect red lead Disconnect oil presure sender Oil pressure gage indicates low REPLACE oil pressure sender.
Gage is not correct. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
from J 33431 -B tester to DK GRN connector C167 (Gasoline) or pressure or indicator lights.
GRN (35) wire. If wire is good,
(35) wire and other lead to ground. REPLACE temperature gage. C168 (Diesel) and place ignition
Oil pressure gage indicates high
Adjust resistance dials to 1400 switch to RUN. Connect a fused
pressure or indicator does not LOCATE and REPAIR open in
ohms and then to 55 ohms. jum per from TAN (31) wire at oil
light. TAN (31) wire and bulb. If wire and
Temperature gage should indicate pressure sender connector C167
bulb are good, REPLACE oil
cold then hot. (Gasoline) or C168 (Diesel) to
pressure gage or instrument
ground.
cluster if equipped with indicator
T E M P E R A T U R E IN D IC A T O R DOES N O T L IG H T W IT H T H E EN G IN E C O O L A N T O V E R H E A T E D
light.
TEST RESULT ACTION
O IL P R E S S U R E G A G E IS N O T A C C U R A T E
Disconnect temperature sender Indicator lights. REPLACE temperature sender.
connector C169 and place ignition TEST RESULT ACTION
Indicator does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in bulb
switch to RUN. Connect fused and DK GRN (35) wire. If wire and Disconnect oil pressure sender Oil pressure gage indicates
jum per from DK GRN (35) wire at bulb are good, REPLACE connector C167 (Gasoline) or correctly. REPLACE oil pressure sender.
temperature sending connector instrument cluster. C168 (Diesel). Connect one red
C169 to ground. Observe Oil pressure gage does not LOCATE and REPAIR open in
lead of J33431-B tester to TAN (31)
temperature indicator. indicate correctly. TAN (31) wire. If wire is good,
wire at oil pressure sender
REPLACE oil pressure gage.
connector C167 (Gasoline) or
C H E C K G A G ES OR T E M P E R A T U R E IN D IC A T O R D O ES N O T L IG H T C168 (Diesel) and other lead to
W IT H IG N ITIO N S W IT C H IN B U LB T E S T O R S T A R T ground. Set resistance dials to
TEST RESULT ACTION 0 ohms and then to 90 ohms. The
oil pressure gage should indicate
Disconnect half of ignition switch Temperature or check gages REPLACE ignition switch. low pressure and then high
connector C203 that contains DK indicator lights. pressure.
GRN (35) wire. Connect a fused Temperature or check gages does LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
jum per from DK GRN (35) wire at V O L T M E T E R IS N O T A C C U R A T E
not light. GRN (35) wire from ignition switch
ignition switch connector C203 to to instrument cluster. TEST RESULT ACTION
ground. Place ignition switch to
RUN. Do not place ignition in RUN Place ignition switch to RUN Voltage reading is same as Voltmeter is good.
position until fused jum per is position. Connect a voltmeter vehicle’s voltmeter.
grounded. between positive and negative
Voltage reading is different from LOCATE and REPAIR open in
terminals of the battery.
O IL P R E S S U R E G A G E IN D IC A T E S L O W P R E S S U R E W H E N O IL P R E S S U R E IS G O O D vehicle’s voltmeter. PNK/BLK (39) wire and BLK (150)
(G A G E E Q U IP P E D ) OR O IL P R E S S U R E IN D IC A T O R IS A L W A Y S LIT wire at instrument cluster. If wires
are good, REPLACE voltmeter.
TEST RESULT ACTION
S P E E D O M E T E R IS IN O P E R A T IV E O R IN A C C U R A TE
Disconnect oil pressure sender Oil pressure gage indicates high REPLACE oil pressure sender.
connector C167 (Gasoline) or pressure or indicator light goes TEST RESULT ACTION
C168 (Diesel) and place ignition out.
switch to RUN. 1 . Disconnect instrument cluster Battery voltage. GO to step 2 .
Oil pressure gage indicates no or LOCATE and REPAIR short TAN connector C201 and place ignition
low pressure or indicator light (31) wire. If wire is good, No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (BRAKE).
switch to RUN. Connect voltmeter
stays on. REPLACE oil pressure gage or If fuse is good, LOCATE and
from BRN/WHT (250) wire at
instrument cluster if equipped with REPAIR open in BRN/WHT (250)
instrument cluster connector C201
indicator light. wire.
to ground.
2. Connect voltmeter from BRN/WHT Battery voltage. Refer to speed sensor in
(250) wire to BLK/WHT (450) wire Emissions Manual (gas engines) or
at instrument cluster connector Service Manual (diesel engines)
C201. for further diagnosing.
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
BLK/WHT (450) wire from
instrument cluster to ground.
 L O W C O O L A N T IN D IC A T O R D O E S N O T L IG H T W IT H C O O L A N T LE V E L L O W (D IE S E L O N L Y )
TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect low coolant probe Low coolant indicator lights. REPLACE low coolant probe.
connector C166 and place ignition Low coolant indicator does not
switch to RUN. Observe low light. GO to step 2 .
coolant indicator light.
2. Disconnect low coolant module Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
connector C170. Connect No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
voltmeter from PNK/BLK (39) wire
PNK/BLK (39) wire.
at low coolant module connector
C170 to ground.
3. Connect voltmeter from PNK/BLK Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
(39) wire to BLK (150) wire at low No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
coolant module connector C170.
(150) wire.
4. Connect voltmeter from GRA (69) Battery voltage. GO to step 5.
wire at low coolant module
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open or
connector C170 to ground.
short to ground in GRA (69) wire
going from low coolant module to
instrument cluster.
5. Connect voltmeter from PNK/BLK Battery voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR short to
(39) wire to YEL/BLK (68) at low ground in YEL/BLK (68) wire from
coolant module connector C170. low coolant module to low coolant
probe.
No voltage. REPLACE low coolant module.

L O W C O O L A N T IN D IC A T O R IS L IT W H E N C O O L A N T LEVEL IS G O O D
TEST RESULT ACTION
Connect a fused jum per from low Low coolant indicator goes out. REPLACE low coolant probe.
coolant probe connector C166 to
Low coolant indicator stays lit. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
ground. Place ignition switch to
YEL/BLK (68) wire. If wire is good,
RUN and observe low coolant
follow diagnostic procedures listed
indicator light.
under symptom “ Low Coolant
Indicator Does Not Light With
Coolant Level Low.”

INSTRUMENT PANEL: GAGES AND INDICATORS

82
 A/C CONTROLLER HEADLAMPS SWITCH
BATTERY
DIM
PARK 8 - ■ILLUMINATION
IGNITION 11 — ■HI-BEAM
GROUND □E°D; 14 — ■LEFTTURN
PRESSURE SWITCH □[•sofc 15 - ■RIGHT TURN
A GROUND 25 — ■ALTERNATOR
MODE DOOR FEEDBACK □ S 30 — ■FUEL GAGE
POTENTIOMETER 31 — ■OIL PRESS
+ 5 VOLT 33 — • PARK/ANTILOCK
TEMPERATURE DOOR 35 — ■ENGINE TEMPERATURE
MOTOR + □ O ' 39 — ■IGNITION
TEMPERATURE DOOR □ O 150 — ■GROUND
MOTOR -
TO FEEDBACK
□□-ED O 237 —
400 —
■SEAT BELT LAMP
• SPEED SENSOR HI
POTENTIOMETER
□ D 401 — ■SPEEDSENSOR LO
MODE DOOR MOTOR +
□ □ ZEUD 419 — •SERVICE ENGINE
MODE DOOR MOTOR - □ □ ZjHD 437A- ■SPEED SIGNAL (CRUISE)
RECIRCULATING DOOR □ □ □ □ 437B- •SPEED SIGNAL (ECM)
MOTOR + □ Q D “ ODD 2 50- IGNITION
RECIRCULATING DOOR 8 .35 GRA '
HP 450- GROUND
MOTOR -
RECIRCULATING DOOR FEED­
B E D - 30|D 456-
592 -
SHIFT LAMP
DRLMODULE
BACK POTENTIOMETER 696' SPEED SIGNAL (RWAL)
FAN RELAY #1
FAN RELAY #2
AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH 4 ” 966 9
RELAY
INSTRUMENT
PANEL CLUSTER
(GAS ENGINES)
12065803
C201

FROM A/C BLOWER MOTOR

(SEE PAGE 74)

ILLUMINATION
437k,
401
□ 14 -
HI-BEAM
LEFTTURN
4 37[(~1
15 - RIGHT TURN
450
25 - ALTERNATOR
2S0|» n 30 - FUELGAGE
400 □ 31 - OIL PRESSURE
696 fc □ 33 - PARK/ANTI LOCK
35 - ENGINE TEMPERATURE
TO CONVENIENCE CENTER □ 39 - IGNITION
(SEEPAGE 14) 13 □ 69 - LOW COOLANT
TO RADIO □ 150- GROUND
(SEE PAGE 96) □ 237- SEAT BELT LAMP
FROM CONVENIENCE CENTER □ 400- SPEED SENSOR HI
(SEE PAGE 14) 592Q 401- SPEED SENSOR LO
437A SPEED SIGNAL (CRUISE)
□ 437B SPEED SIGNAL (ECM)
□ □ 250- IGNITION
CD‘ □ 450- GROUND
> HOT IN RUN < 8 .35 GRA □ 489- SERVICE ENGINE
tA A V W W V V ^ \ □ 507- WAIT LAMP
508- WATER SENSOR
592- DRL MODULE
696- SPEED SIGNAL (RWAL)

INSTRUMENT
PANEL CLUSTER
(DIESEL ENGINES)
12052415
C201

HEATER
LAMPS

FROM HEATER
BLOWER MOTOR 12010309
FROM LOW COOLANT MODULE (DIESEL)
GROUND (SEE PAGE 84) (SEE PAGE 66) C 210
5 HOT AT ALL TIMES < G202
 \
WS* 456-.8 TAN/BLK
P&419- .8 BRN/WHT W
LOW O S214 AND
COOLANT ROUNDS** I 450-.8 BLK. WHT I
J rSEE PAGE 57)
PROBE r**°i"ed
(DIESEL) 508-.8 YEL/BLK □ E D M
12020213 TO E m 3c u
TO FUEL PRESS SWITCH
12015791 (SEE PAGE 48) ENGINE ehic ECM □ 4ED r r T ) i j *
I
WATER IN )■« 30 f [4 1

FUEL SENSOR S124 • ■ ' 5 * 5 0 8 .8 YEL/BLK C273/274 j

(DIESEL) .QTJ a Q7T]R^ r I
OIL 12047946
PRESSURE
SENDER
(GAS)

TO ECM (DIESEL)

EHJizQ
OIL
PRESSURE [487ll0| I
SWITCH
(DIESEL) m *n n

| !![r”
□ c
QHJeCZl ■5 419-.8 BRN/YEL (GAS)

ALDL
(SEE PAGE [410] 3 C : ■ r ■ m m m m m\ ■ 508 -.8 YEL/BLK (DIESEL)

ENGINE 12004706
CONV. CENTER
(SEE PAGE 14) r* s
S
1 437-.8 BRN/RED ■ ■ ■

PARK/NEUTRAL ■ 437-.8 B R N /W H T « »
PARK/IMEUTRAL SyV > J H I ------- I H '------- ’ ------ ' I S
TEMP

r±>j$
39-.8 PNK/BLK [SEEPAGE
(SEE 6 5 ) | ??25 V. 1 I " J I | 489 .8 YEL (DIESEL) ■■
SWITCH TO WIDE OPEN THROTTLE SWITCH
'*L, I | 12047946 S ^
?S« 450-.8 B L K /W H T « *i
(GAS)
(LL4-AUT0) (SEE PAGE 50)
TO COLD ADVANCE FAST IDLE
TEMP. SWITCH (SEE PAGE 50)
| J^J j 5«39-.8 PNK/BLK*>5

TO AUX COOLING FAN

RELAY (L19 & C60) (SEE PAGE 52)
TO FUEL HEATER 39-.8 P N K / B L K I l| » i * i ^ « l 5 0 - . 8 B L K " » i i ^ » J ^
(SEE PAGE 48)
■ * ^ ™ ’ 507^8D K BLU ( D I E S E L ) " " * * *
WATER
TEMP CHECK
SENSOR | I ^ J , |^W 489-.8 YEL^^L^c c^ —1^ — — ^ 1 | — i^ j k
ENGINE
h 4 8 9 ,8 Y E L m J J S )Y ^ 2 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ M H H ^ ^ a B B M ^ ^ ^ H ^ M a a B 48g..8 Y EL (DIESEL) .N ENGINE !
(DIESEL) LAMP
DRIVER
MODULE
(LH6 DIESEL)

I31-.8 TAN

25-.5 BRN
400 .8 YEL
401-.8 PPL
ANTILOCK
MODULE

FAILURE LAMP 33
BATTERY 140
IGNITION 250
GROUND 150
BRAKE SWITCH 420
SPEED INPUT 695

SPEED
SENSOR

BRAKE
PRESSURE
WARNING
INDICATOR LAMPS SWITCH
12004635
84 C164
450-1.0 BLK/WHT
 14-.8 LT BLU I 14-.8 LT BLU
RPO LEGEND j
15-.8 DK BLU I
FROM 150 .8 BLK LH6 — 6.2L (378 CU. IN.) V8
CONVENIENCE FROM PANEL DIMMER SWITCH (SEE PAGE 83) DIESEL VIN C
CENTER FROM RADIO (SEE PAGE 96) LL4 — 6.2L (378 CU. IN .)V8
(SEE PAGE 14) FROM HEATER A1C (SEE PAGE 74) H.D. DIESEL VIN J
L19 — 7.4L (454 CU. IN.) V8
0 , FROM SAFETY BELT SWITCH (SEE PAGE 86) GAS ENGINE VIN N
8 B L K " ™ ^ FROM CIGAR LIGHTER (SEE PAGE 93) C60 — FRONT MANUAL
5 B L K « B « * FROM LH JAMB SWITCH (SEE PAGE 92) AIR CONDITIONING

8 -IL L U M IN A T IO N
11 -H I BEAM
14 -L E F T TURN
15 - RIGHT TURN
25 -A L T E R N A T O R
30 -F U E L GAGE
31 -O IL PRESSURE
33 -P A R K ANTI-LO C K
35 -E N G IN E TEMP

A
39 -IG N IT IO N

* 1 s
39 .8 PNK/BLK
69 - LO W C O O LA N T

■ n 1 -
150-1.0 B L K *
1 50
237
-G R O U N D
- - S E A T BELT LAM P

1
a i

x u
s

*
456-.8 TAN/BLK (GAS) KHS
69-.8 GRA (DIESEL)
150-.8 BLK mmmm
419-.8 BRN/YEL (GAS)^d
l!
■ *
150 .8 BLK
1150-1.0 BLKi
DIRECTIONAL
SIGNAL SWITCH
400 - - H I G H SPEED SENSOR
- - L O W SPEED SENSOR
4 3 7 A - - SPEED S IG N A L (CRUISE)
4 3 7 B - - SPEED S IG N A L (ECM)
250
419
-( -IG N IT IO N
SERVICE ENGINE
GROUND
237- 8 YEL mm 450
489 SERVICE ENGINE
508-.8 YEL/BLK (DIESEL) % 5 07 W A IT LAM P
508 W ATER IN FUEL
437-.8 BRN/RED
696 SPEED SIG NAL (RW AL)
437-.8 BRN/WHT K tk 150-.8 BLK
489-.8 YEL (DIESEL)
450-.8 BLK/WHT ■ 33-.5TAN/WHT INSTRUMENT
_ ,3 9 .8 J » 35-.8 DK GRN
PNK/BLK S J * 35-.SDK GRN ^ PANEL
33-.5 TAN/WHT CLUSTER
25-.8 BRN

J u

HEADLAMP IGNITION SWITCH __

DIMMER
1 2 0154 54 1450j 12 015792 SWITCH
C406
CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—SAFETY BELT WARNING BUZZER
W ith the Ignition Switch in RUN, BULB TEST, or T H E S A F E T Y B E LT W A R N IN G BUZZER DOES N O T O P E R A T E
START, voltage is applied through the GAGES Fuse to
the Safety Belt Buzzer at the Convenience Center. With TEST RESULT ACTION
the driver’s safety belt not buckled, terminal 39 of the
1 . Connect test lamp from PNK/BLK Test lamp lights. G O to step 2 .
module is grounded through the Safety Belt Switch. The
(39) wire at convenience center to
Fasten Belts Indicator always goes on for about 5 sec­ Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (GAGES)
ground.
onds when the Ignition Switch is turned to RUN, BULB and/or LOCATE and REPAIR open
TEST, or START. in PNK/BLK (39) wire from
convenience center to fuse block.
2. Connect test lamp from BLK (238) Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure wire and BLK (150) wire at
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
Convenience C e n te r............................ .... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n. . . . ............... 137 — 56 convenience center. (150) wire from convenience
Fuse B lo c k ............................................. .... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l............... ............... 132 — 37
center to ground terminal G202.
Safety Belt Retractor S w itc h ............... ... . Under driver’s seat, on floor p a n e l........................ ............... 137 — 56
C275........................................................ ... . Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n. . . . ............... 137 — 56 3. Connect test lamp from BLK (238) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
C328........................................................ . ... Under driver’s seat, on floor p a n e l........................ ............... 137 — 56 wire at safety belt retractor switch
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
G202 ...................................................... . .. . Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra c k e t............... ............... 131 — 32 connector C328 to ground.
(238) wire from safety belt retractor
S207........................................................ ... . l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37 switch to convenience center.
S213........................................................ .... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37
4. Buckle safety belt. Connect test Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
lamp from BLK (150) wire at safety (150) wire from seat belt retractor
belt retractor switch connector switch to ground terminal G202.
C328 to ground. REPLACE safety belt retractor
Test lamp does not light.
switch.

T H E S A F E T Y B E LT W A R N IN G B U Z Z E R O P E R A TE S W HEN S A F E T Y B E LT IS B U C K LE D
TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect safety belt retractor Safety belt buzzer stops. REPLACE safety belt retractor
switch connector C328. switch.
Safety belt buzzer continues. CHECK for a short from BLK (238)
wire to ground. REPAIR as
required.
 CONVENIENCE
CENTER

FROM l/P
CLUSTER CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGE 84) SAFETY BELT
RETRACTOR
FROM PANEL DIMMER SWITCH ] 150-.8 BLK SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 83)

FROM LH JAMB SW ] 1 5 0 .5 BLK

(SEE PAGE 92)

FROM HEATER A/C ] 1150-2.0 BLK

(SEE PAGE 74)
150-3.0 BLK 150 .8 BLK

FROM RADIO )
(SEE PAGE 96)
GROUND FROM CIGAR LIGHTER ]
G202 (SEE PAGE 93)

FROM LOW COOLANT MODULE

(DIESEL, SEE PAGE 84)

FROM DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS

(CANADA, SEE PAGE 22, 23)

238-.8 BLK/WHT
150 .8 BLK i

TO CONVENIENCE CENTER : 3 9 .8 PNK/BLK i 39- 8 PNK/BLK

(SEE PAGE 14) ^^S213
TO l/P CLUSTER CONNECTOR • s39-.8 PNK/BLK C275
(SEE PAGE 84) %%
TO LOW COOLANT MODULE =39 .8 PNK/BLK
TO DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
(DIESEL ONLY) (CANADA, SEE PAGE 22, 23)
(SEE PAGE 84)

> HOT IN START OR RUN <

aWVWWWWVVVVVA
22O □ O Q z Q G □ A C HT*
0 *0 □ □ E l/E □ □
0 **0 G °Q O 0 O S □□
130A C B
a /E □ □
ACC BATt

G O D O D C □ □ ^Src?) U GO/E □ □ Sl/E □ □ El/E

n_____ ru j
G O O D CSC G G
STOP HA/
O O
CRANK
51/19 □ □ S l/E □ □ □ □
i r - n ....n ii ii ~~n~ n —i r ..n—
______ n n
FRONT REAR
FUSE BLOCK
CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
When the ignition switch is in RUN and the four-wheel- antilock brake module. This will keep the antilock braking F O U R -W H E E L D R IV E W IL L N O T D ISEN G A G E
drive control lever is engaged, the transfer case switch system disabled in 4WD mode. The in-line resistor (auto­
closes and battery voltage is applied across the front axle matic transmission only) prevents the transmission con­ TEST RESULT ACTION
actuator. The front axle actuator energizes and the four- verter clutch solenoid from engaging when the front axle
Disconnect transfer case switch 4WD disengages. REPLACE transfer case switch.
wheel-drive gears are meshed. This meshing action of the switch is closed.
connector C172.
four-wheel-drive gears closes the front axle switch, and A transfer case relay is used on one-ton vehicles 4WD does not disengage. CHECK for a mechanical problem
battery voltage is applied through the WHT (156) wire equipped with dual wheels and four-wheel drive. This re­ within the transfer case.
across the four-wheel-drive indicator lighting the bulb. lay is energized when the vehicle is in 4WD mode. From
Battery voltage is also applied through the front axle the transfer case relay, power is supplied to the transfer FO U R -W H E E L D R IV E IN D IC A T O R LAMP W ILL N O T TU R N O FF
switch contacts and the PPL (420) wires to the rear-wheel- case synchronizer.
TEST RESULT ACTION
Disconnect front axle solenoid 4WD indicator lamp goes off. REPLACE front axle solenoid
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure switch connector C173. switch.
Convenience C e n te r.............................. ... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n................... .132 — 37
Four-Wheel-Drive Indicator L a m p ......... ... LH side of floor console........................................................ .131 — 31 F O U R -W H E E L D R IV E W ILL N O T ENGAGE
Front Axle A c tu a to r................................ ... Front of engine, at RH side of differential c a s e ................ .125 — 14 TEST RESULT ACTION
Front Axle Sw itch..................................... ... Front of engine, near differential c a s e .............................. .125 — 14
Fuse B lo ck................................................ .. . Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l............................ .132 — 37 1. Connect test lamp from BRN (50) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
Illumination L a m p .................................. ... LH side of floor console................................ ....................... .131 — 31 wire at transfer case switch
Test lamp does not light. Check condition of fuse (4WD). If
In-Line R e sisto r....................................... ... RH side of l/P, near Blower M otor....................................... .134 — 44 connector C172 to ground.
fuse is good, LOCATE and
Transfer Case R e la y .............................. ... RH front of cow l.................................................................... .126 — 16
REPAIR open in BRN (50) wire
Transfer Case Speed S e n s o r............... ... LH rear of transfer c a s e ...................................................... .126 — 17
from transfer case switch to
Transfer Case S w itc h ............................ . .. Rear of engine, at transfer c a s e ......................................... .126 — 17
convenience center. If wiring is
ClOO(Gas)............................................... .. . Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l........................ .127 — 19
good, LOCATE and REPAIR open
C 1 00 (D iesel)........................................... .. . Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l........................ .130 — 28
in PNK/WHT (350) wire from
C150.......................................................... ... LH rear of transfer case, at speed sensor.......................... .126 — 17
convenience center to fuse block.
C159.......................................................... ... Engine compartment, LH side of master brake cylinder . .130 — 28
C160................................................... ... Rear of engine, at base of transm ission............................ .126 — 17 2. Connect test lamp from LT BLU Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
C171.......................................................... ... Rear of engine, at transmission assem bly........................ .125 — 15 (900) wire at transfer case switch
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE transfer case switch.
C172.......................................................... ... LH front of transfer c a s e ..................................................... .126 — 17 connector C172 to ground.
C173................................................... .. ... LH side of engine compartment, at front a xle ................... .125 — 14 3. Disconnect front axle actuator Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
C174.......................................................... ... LH side of engine compartment, at front a xle ..................... .125 — 14 connector C174. Connect test
C175.......................................................... ... LH side of transm ission.......................................................... .126 — 17 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
lamp from LT BLU (900) wire at
C184........................................................ ... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover..................... .126 — 16 BLU (900) wire from front axle
front axle actuator connector C174
C185........................................................ ... Rear of transfer case............................................................ .126 — 17 actuator to transfer case switch.
to ground.
C201.......................................................... ... Behind LH side of l/P, at instrument c lu s te r........................ .132 — 37
C273.......................................................... ... Below RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r ............................ .134 — 44 4. Connect test lamp from LT BLU Test lamp lights. REPLACE front axle actuator.
C274.......................................................... ... Below RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r ............................ .134 — 44 (900) to BLK (150) wires at front
axle actuator connector C174. GO to step 5 for one-ton vehicles
C285........................................................ .. . Behind LH side of l/P, at convenience center..................... .132 — 37 equipped with dual wheels.
C286.......................................................... ... Behind LH*side of l/P, at convenience center..................... .132 — 37
C329........................................................ ... LH side of floor console.......................................................... .131 — 31 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
C330........................................................ ... LH side of floor console.......................................................... .131 — 31 (150) wire from front axle actuator
G 202 ...................................................... ... Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra cke t.............................. .131 — 32 to ground terminal G202.
S112........................................................ ... RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k .................................. .126 — 16 5. Disconnect transfer case Test lamp lights. REPLACE transfer case
S113................... ■................................... ... Rear of engine, at base of transm ission.............................. .126 — 17 synchronizer connector C185. synchronizer.
S116........................................................ ... Rear of engine, at base of transm ission.............................. .126 — 17 Connect a test lamp from RED
.125 — 15 Test lamp does not light. CHECK wiring going to transfer
S134................................ ....................... ... Indicator light harness, LH side of transm ission................. (901) wire at transfer case
S207........................................................ ... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37 case relay for opens. If wiring is
synchronizer connector C185 to
... Below RH side of l/P, near grom m et.................................... .134 — 44 good, REPLACE transfer case
S215....................... ................................ ground.
... Indicator light harness, left of center console..................... .131 — 31 relay.
S224........................................................
F O U R -W H E E L D R IV E E N G A G E S B U T 4 W D IN D IC A TO R LA M P W IL L N O T L IG H T

PRELIMINARY CHECKS TEST RESULT ACTION

Make sure all mechanical components are operative before diagnosing the electrical portion of the four-wheel-drive 1 . Remove 4WD indicator lamp. Test lamp lights. GO to step 2 .
system. Connect test lamp from WHT (156)
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
To determine whether the vehicle is in Two-Wheel Drive or Four-Wheel Drive, it must be lifted up so the wheels can wire at 4WD indicator lamp
spin freely. connector C330 to ground.
While performing the following diagnostic procedures, the Ignition Switch must be in RUN and 4WD Control Lever
2. Connect test lamp from WHT (156) Test lamp lights. REPLACE 4WD indicator lamp.
must be in the 4WD ENGAGED position. to BLK (150) wires at 4WD
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
indicator lamp connector C330.
(150) wire from 4WD indicator
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE lamp to ground terminal G 202 .
88 (Troubleshooting continued on page 90)
 S207

TRANSFER
CASE FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
SPEED
SENSOR 89
F O U R -W H E E L D R IV E E N G A G E S B U T 4W D IN D IC A T O R LA M P W IL L N O T L IG H T — C O N T IN U E D C208.................................. . . .132 — 37
C231.................................. . . .137 — 56
3. Connect test lamp from BRN (50) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4. C232.................................. .............................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n................. . . .137 — 56
wire at front axle solenoid switch C233.................................. .............................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n................. . . .137 — 56
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (4WD). If
connector C173 to ground. C235.................................. .............................. Lower RH side of l/P .......................................................... . . .140 — 62
fuse is good, LOCATE and
C236.................................. . . .140 — 62
REPAIR open in BRN (50) wire
C237.................................. .............................. LH side of l/P, above a s h tra y ........................................... . . .140 — 62
from front axle solenoid switch to
C238.................................. .............................. Lower LH side of l / P .......................................................... . . .140 — 62
convenience center. If wiring is
C239.................................. .............................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n................. . . .140 — 62
good, LOCATE and REPAIR open
C240.................................. .............................. Behind LH side of l/P, near convenience c e n te r ........... . . .140 — 62
in PNK/WHT (350) wire from
C241.................................. . . .140 — 62
convenience center to fuse block.
C249.................................. .............................. LH side of l/P, right side of ashtray.................................. . . .133 — 42
4. Connect test lamp from WHT (156) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in C287.................................. .............................. RH end of l/P ...................................................................... . . .140 — 62
wire at front axle solenoid switch WHT (156) wire from front axle C288.................................. .............................. LH end of l/ P ...................................................................... . . .140 — 62
connector C173 to ground. solenoid switch to 4WD indicator C334.................................. .............................. Inside center of cab ro o f................................................... . . .140 — 62
lamp. C408.................................. .............................. Rear center outside roof p a n e l......................................... . . .140 — 62
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE front axle solenoid G 1 1 0 ................................ .............................. RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k .............................. . . .124 — 12
switch. G202 ................................ .............................. Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra cke t.......................... . . .131 — 32
S207.................................. .............................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above
steering colum n.............................................................. . . .132 — 37
S209.................................. .............................. l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r ....................................... . . .132 — 37
CIRCUIT OPERATION CARGO LAMP S210.................................. .............................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above LH side of
Voltage is applied at all times through the CTSY Fuse to steering colum n.............................................................. . . .132 — 37
COURTESY, DOME, AND the Cargo Lamp Switch. With the Switch in ON, voltage is S213.................................. .............................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above LH side of
l/P COMPARTMENT LAMPS applied to the Cargo Lamp. The Lamp comes on when a steering colum n.............................................................. . . .132 — 37
ground path is provided through the Panel Dimmer S226.................................. .............................. l/P harness, near RH side of glove box............................ . . .133 — 40
Voltage is applied at all times from the CTSY Fuse to
Switch or either Door Jamb Switch. S227.................................. .............................. l/P harness, behind glove box........................................... . . .133 — 40
the l/P Compartment Lamp, Courtesy Lamps, and Dome
S228.................................. .............................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, above cigar lighter............... . . .133 — 40
Lamp. The Courtesy Lamps and Dome Lamp turn on
IGNITION KEY WARNING S242.................................. .............................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, above cigar lighter............... . . .132 — 37
when a ground path is provided by the Panel Dimmer
Switch or one of the Door Jamb Switches. The l/P Com­ Whenever the key is in the Ignition Switch, the Ignition
partment Lamp has its own switch. The switch turns the Switch is in LOCK, OFF, or ACCY, and the driver’s door is PRELIMINARY CHECK:
lamp on when the l/P Compartment is opened. open, term inal 80 of the Seat Belt Buzzer Module is
grounded. This sounds the alarm. Check condition of CTSY fuse. If fuse is good, refer to appropriate diagnostic procedure.
ASHTRAY LAMP
With the Lamp Switch in HEAD or PARK, voltage is
applied to the Ashtray Lamp. The Lamp turns on. TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—INTERIOR LAMPS AND KEY-IN
WARNING BUZZER
C O U R T E S Y L A M P S DO N O T O PER A TE
C O M P O N E N T L O C A T IO N Page - Figure
TEST RESULT ACTION
Ashtray Lam p.................................................. Center of l/P, above a s h tra y ....................................................140 — 62 1 . Connect test lamp from ORN (40) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2 .
Cargo L a m p.................................................... Rear center outside roof p a n e l............................................... 1 4 0 — 62 wire at courtesy lamp connector
Cargo Lamp S w itc h ....................................... Front LH side of l/ P ...................................................................140 — 62 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C235 or C238 to ground. Check at
Cigar L ig h te r.................................................. LH side of l/P, right side of a sh tra y......................................... 133 — 42 ORN (40) wire.
each courtesy lamp.
Convenience C e n te r..................................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................137 — 56
Courtesy Lamp, L H ....................................... Lower LH side of l / P .................................................................1 4 0 — 62 2. Open right door. Connect test lamp Test lamp lights. REPLACE bulb.
Courtesy Lamp, R H ....................................... Lower RH side of l/ P .................................................................1 4 0 — 62 from ORN (40) wire to WHT (156)
Test lamp does not light. CHECK to make sure jam b switch
Directional Signal Switch.............................. LH side of steering c o lu m n ..................................................................... — wire at courtesy lamp connector
is closing. If switch closes,
Fuse B lo c k ...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l................................ 132 — 37 C235 or C238. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Fuse H o ld e r.................................................... RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k .....................................1 3 8 — 58 WHT (156) wire and BLK (150)
Glove Box L a m p ........................................... RH side of l/P, left of glove b o x ............................................... 1 4 0 — 62 wire.
Headlamp Switch........................................... LH side of l/P ..............................................................................1 3 2 — 37
Interior Lamp S w itc h ..................................... LH side of l/P ..............................................................................1 3 2 — 37
Jamb Switch, L H ........................................... LH end of l/ P ..............................................................................1 4 0 — 62
Jamb Switch, R H ........................................... RH end of l/P ..............................................................................1 4 0 — 62
Junction B lo c k ............................................... RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r............................................... 1 2 6 — 16
Underhood Lam p........................................... RH rear underside of h o o d ......................................................124 — 12
C186................................................................. RH rear underside of h o o d ......................................................124 — 12
C204................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. 1 3 2 — 37
C206................................................................. LH side of steering co lu m n ......................................................1 3 1 — 35
 D O M E LA M P DOES N O T W O R K O R S T A Y S ON A LL T H E T IM E G L O V E B O X LA M P D O ES N O T W O R K
TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1 . Connect test lamp from ORN (40) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2 . 1 . Open glove box door. Connect test Test lamp lights. GO to step 2 .
wire at dome lamp connector C334 lamp from ORN (40) wire at glove
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
to ground. box lamp connector C236 to
ORN (40) wire. ORN (40) wire.
ground.
2. Open both doors and turn panel Test lamp lights. REPLACE bulb if dome lamp did
2. Connect test lamp from ORN (40) Test lamp lights. REPLACE glove box lamp
lamp switch to ON. Connect test not work. If dome lamp stayed ON
wire to BLK (150) wire at glove box assembly.
lamp from ORN (40) wire to WHT all the time, GO to step 3.
lamp connector C236.
(156) wire at dome lamp connector Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
C334. (150) wire from glove box lamp to
ground terminal G202.
3. Disconnect jamb switch Correct readings. GO to step 4.
connectors C500 and C600.
Incorrect readings. REPLACE jamb switch(es) that K E Y -IN W A R N IN G B U Z Z E R D O ES N O T O P E R A T E
Connect ohmmeter from WHT have incorrect reading.
(156) terminal to BLK (150) TEST RESULT ACTION
terminal at jamb switch. Take a
reading with door open and a 1 . Insert key in ignition switch and Test lamp lights. GO to step 2 .
reading with door closed. With open left hand door. Connect a test
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
door open reading must be 0 ohms lamp from PNK/BLK (39) wire at
(GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
and door closed, infinite ohms. convenience center to ground.
and REPAIR open in PNK/BLK (39)
4. Disconnect panel control switch Correct readings. LOCATE and REPAIR open or wire.
connector C208. Connect short in WHT (156) wire and BLK 2 . Connect a test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
ohmmeter from WHT (156) (150) wire. (80) wire at directional signal
terminal to BLK (150) terminal at Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
Incorrect readings. REPLACE panel lamp switch. switch connector C206 to ground.
panel lamp switch. Turn panel GRN (80) wire. If wire is good,
lamp switch to ON and then OFF REPLACE seat belt buzzer.
and take a reading in each 3. Connect test lamp from TAN (159) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
position. When ON, reading must wire at directional signal switch
be 0 ohms and when OFF, reading Test lamp does not light. REPLACE directional signal
connector C206 to ground.
must be infinite ohms. switch.
4. Disconnect left hand jam b switch A reading of 0 ohms. Close door. If reading stays at 0
C ARG O LA M P D O E S N O T W O R K connector C500. Connect ohms, REPLACE jamb switch. If
ohmmeter from TAN (159) terminal reading is infinite GO to step 5.
TEST RESULT ACTION
to BLK (150) terminal on jamb
A reading of infinite ohms. REPLACE left hand jam b switch.
1 . Turn cargo switch ON. Connect Test lamp lights. GO to step 2. switch.
test lamp from ORN (940) wire at 5. Connect ohmmeter from BLK (150) A reading of 0 ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
cargo lamp connector C408 to wire at left hand jamb switch TAN (159) wire from jamb switch to
ground. connector C500 to ground. directional signal switch.
2. Connect test lamp from ORN (940) Test lamp lights. REPLACE bulb. A reading of infinite ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
wire to WHT (156) wire at cargo LOCATE and REPAIR open in (150) wire from jamb switch to
Test lamp does not light.
lamp connector C408. ground terminal G202.
WHT (156) wire from cargo lamp to
panel lamp switch.
3. Connect test lamp from ORN (40) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
wire at cargo lamp switch
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
connector C241 to ground.
ORN (40) wire.
4. Connect test lamp from ORN/WHT Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
(940) wire at cargo lamp switch ORN/WHT (940) wire from cargo
connector C241 to ground. lamp switch to cargo lamp.
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE cargo lamp switch.
 PARK LP k A V M W V v W / M M
2 0 AMP J S
S HOT AT ALL TIMES <
/*V\^VW\AAAAyVWVVV^

RIGHT HAND
150 .8 BLK i JAMB
SWITCH
1 5 6 .8 W HT.

12 0477 81
C287

RIGHT HAND
4 0 .8 ORN
COURTESY
1 5 6 .8 w h t : LAMP

4 0 .8 ORN GLOVE
BOX
150 .8 BLK
LAMP

ASH
9 .8 BRN
TRAY
1 5 0 .8 BLK LAMP
12015892
C237

FROM RADIO
(SEE PAGE 96)
FROM l/P CLUSTER
CONNECTOR ^
(SEE PAGE 84)
FROM SAFETY BELT SW
(SEE PAGE 86) LEFT HAND
40 .8 ORN
FROM HEATER A/C COURTESY
(SEE PAGE 74) 1 5 6 .8 WHT LAMP
FROM LH JAMB SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 92)

FROM LOW COOLANT

MODULE (DIESEL)
(SEE PAGE 84)
FROM DAYTIME RUNNING
LAMP RELAY (CANADA ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 22. 23)
GROUND
G202
 PANEL & INTERIOR LAMPS
CONTROL SWITCH
rD

TO S207 AND | . COURTESY

GROUND G202 ^■150-.8BLK^ I 9
(SEE PAGE 83) 150 ^ ^ jd im J L bright 1 J
156
44

12034060
C208

CARGO
LAMP

ZJ
stall _Q II g _ . n nQ
9 4 0 .8 ORN/WHTi 94 0 .8 ORN

Fs°1o
ii'listCL® nr 156 .8 WHT 156 .8 w h t :

1*3
□D»
•’"■‘"■I i

III
**•"*

%
12033700
C239
4 0 .8 ORNI
12015199 12 0152 71
C240
2977373
C408

Q
CONVENIENCE n 40 .8 ORN ■ 4 0 . 8 ORN 1 -TO RADIO
(SEE PAGE 96)
S242
CENTER q |3 9 )o [;3 7 | |1 5 0 | | ; 3 8 ] o ff
4 0 .8 ORN S i
12065245

bo o
D C G O GOi □ □ DO
O O

iO □ D D O □ □ a/® □ □ a/® □ □ a/®

CARGO
LAMP
SWITCH
r
D O D O GO 0 □ DO a /s □ □ a/® □ □ □ □
n.. i i—ir i i ..ii ii—nr

FRONT REAR

FUSE BLOCK
RPO LEGEND
UF2 — CARGO LAMP
JUNCTION
BLOCK

a O
O UNDERHOOD
LAMP
O FUSE HOLDER ASM ASSEMBLY
5 AMP FUSE
O
O -----— — — — - 2-.8 RED — — I ll

V
12040753
Cl 86

GROUND
G110

UNDERHOOD LAMP ASSEMBLY

95
CIRCUIT OPERATION REMOTE CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—RADIO (AM)
The RADIO Fuse provides main power to the Radio and (Optional) R A D IO D O E S N O T A P P E A R T O W O R K (NO D ISPLA Y L IG H T S , NO S O U N D )
to the Power Antenna. With the Ignition Switch in ACCY or
With the Ignition Switch in ACCY or RUN and the Radio TEST RESULT ACTION
RUN, voltage is applied through the RADIO Fuse and the
Control Head ON, voltage is applied to the Cassette Tape
YEL wire to the On/Off Switch in the Radio. The On/Off
Player through the Radio. 1. Disconnect radio connector C244 Battery voltage. GO to step 2 .
Switch is located in the Radio (without Cassette) or Radio
With the Remote Cassette Tape Player in PLAY, the and place ignition switch to RUN.
Control Head (with Cassette). The circuit is grounded at No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (RADIO).
Tape Player returns a Tape ON signal and the stereo Connect voltmeter from YEL (43)
G202. With the On/Off Switch closed, voltage is applied to If fuse is good, LOCATE and
audio signals to the Radio. The Tape ON signal causes wire at radio connector C244 to
the Solid State Radio circuits to ground. Two wires con­ REPAIR open in YEL (43) wire.
the Receiver circuitry to ignore the signals from the Tuner ground.
nect each speaker to the Radio. The ETR Radio has two
and to send the audio signals from the Tape Player to the 2. Connect voltmeter from YEL (43) Battery voltage.
inputs that other models do not have: Display Dim Signal REMOVE radio and send in for
speakers. With a Cassette Tape in FWD, REV or SEEK,
and Clock Power. wire to BLK (150) wire at radio service.
the Tape Player applies a MUTE signal to the Radio to
The ETR model is an AM/FM Radio that changes sta­ connector C244.
prohibit the audio sound of these functions from being No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
tions electronically. The frequency of preselected sta­ (150) wire from radio to ground
heard. When the EJECT Button is pushed on the Tape
tions can be stored in the electronic memory. The ETR Player, the Tape ON signal is terminated and the Radio terminal G202.
model also provides a digital display of time or station returns to normal operation.
frequency. As in other models, the Panel Lamp Switch C LO C K (IF E Q U IP P E D ) DOES N O T O P E R A TE
controls panel lamp dimming. In the ETR model, dimming
is also controlled by the Radio itself by means of the Dim TEST RESULT ACTION
Display Input Signal.
REMOTE GRAPHIC EQUALIZER (Optional)
Disconnect radio connector C244. Battery voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
The ETR model’s Clock memory and Radio memory With the Ignition Switch in ACCY or RUN and the Radio
Connect voltmeter from ORN (40) service.
functions are powered at all times through the CTSY Control Head ON, voltage is applied to the Graphic Equal­
wire at radio connector C244 to
Fuse. If power to the ETR model is cut off— by disconnect­ izer through the Radio Control Head. As the frequency No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (CTSY).
ground.
ing the Battery, for example—the operator must reset the bands are manually adjusted, this information is sent on If fuse is good, LOCATE and
memory functions when power is restored. the data line through the Radio Control Head to the Radio. REPAIR open in ORN (40) wire.
If the Cassette or Cassette/Equalizer options are in­ The VF dim input allows dimming control of the Graphic
cluded, a separate Radio Control Head is installed. This Equalizer display when the Park or Headlights are ON. P A N E L LA M P D O E S NOT COM E ON
sends information along the data line to the Radio to con­
TEST RESULT ACTION
trol the volume, frequency, and other Radio functions.
Disconnect radio connector C244. Battery voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure Place light switch to PARK and service.
panel dimmer switch to HIGH.
AM R a d io ................................................. . .. Left center of l / P ................................................................... .140 — 63 No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Connect voltmeter from GRY (8)
Cassette Deck/Graphic E qualizer......... . .. Center of l / P ......................................................................... .140 — 63 GRY (8) wire from radio to splice
wire at radio connector C244 to
Fuse B lo c k............................................... ... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l............................ .132 — 37 S217.
ground.
Radio Control H e a d ................................ ... Left center of l / P ................................................................... .132 — 39
Radio Receiver ( F M ).............................. ... Behind LH side of l/P, near steering c o lu m n ................... .140 — 63 D IS P L A Y D IM M IN G F U N C T IO N W ILL NO T O P E R A TE
Speaker, LH F ro n t.................................. ... Under top LH side of l / P ...................................................... .132 — 39
Speaker, LH R e a r ................................... ... Upper LH rear of cab.............................................................. .140 — 63 TEST RESULT ACTION
Speaker, RH Front................................... ... Upper top RH side of l/ P ........................................................ .132 — 39
Speaker, RH R e a r.................................. ... Upper RH rear of c a b ............................................................ .140 — 63 Disconnect radio connector C244. Battery voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
C242.......................................................... ... Under top RH side of l/ P ........................................................ .132 — 39 Place light switch to PARK. service.
C243 (AM R a d io )..................................... ... Left center of l / P ..................................................................... .140 — 63 Connect voltmeter from BRN (9) LOCATE and REPAIR open in
No voltage.
C243 (FM R a d io )..................................... ... Behind LH side of l/P, near steering c o lu m n ..................... .132 — 39 wire at radio connector C244 to
BRN (9) wire from radio to splice
C244 (AM R a d io )..................................... ... Left center of l / P ..................................................................... .140 — 63 ground.
S210.
C244 (FM R a d io )..................................... ... Behind LH side of l/P, near steering c o lu m n ..................... .140 — 63
C245.......................................................... ... Under top LH side of l / P ........................................................ .132 — 39 NO S O U N D OR D IS T O R T E D SO UND FROM A SPEA K ER
C246.......................................................... ... Behind center of l/P ................................................................ .140 — 63
C247.......................................................... ... Behind LH side of l/P, near steering c o lu m n ..................... .140 — 63 TEST RESULT ACTION
C248.......................................................... ... Behind LH side of l/P, near steering c o lu m n ..................... .140 — 63 1. Disconnect suspected speaker Speaker pops. GO to step 2 .
C251.......................................................... ... Behind LH side of l/P, at radio re c e iv e r.............................. .132 — 39 connector C242 or C245. Set
C252.......................................................... ... Beneath LH side of l/P, near convenience c e n te r ............. .132 — 39 No noise. REPLACE speaker.
analog ohmmeter on RX 1 scale.
C453.......................................................... ... Upper RH rear of c a b ............................................................ .140 — 63 Connect ohmmeter across
C454.......................................................... ... Upper LH rear of cab.............................................................. .140 — 63 speaker terminals.
G202 ........................................................ ... Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra c k e t.............................. .131 — 32
S207.......................................................... ... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37 2 . Place ignition switch to RUN and Varying around 1 volt AC. LOCATE and REPAIR speaker
S210.......................................................... ... l/P harness, LH side of l/P, above LH side of steering turn radio ON. Tune radio to a wires between radio and speaker.
colum n.................................................................................. .132 — 37 strong signal. Connect voltmeter
No voltage or greater than 1 volt REMOVE radio and send in for
S217.......................................................... . . . l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37 across outputs for suspect
AC. repairs.
S242.......................................................... . . . l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r ........................................... .132 — 37 speaker. LT GRN (200) and DK
GRN (117) wires for RH speaker.
GRA (118) and TAN (201) wires for
LH speaker.
 C A S S E T T E D EC K D O ES N O T O P E R A TE
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—AM/FM STEREO RADIO WITH OPTIONS
TEST RESULT ACTION
R A D IO D O E S N O T A PPEA R T O W O R K (N O D IS P LA Y L IG H T S , NO S O U N D )
1 . Place ignition switch to RUN, turn Battery voltage. GO to step 2 .
TEST RESULT ACTION
radio ON and a cassette inserted
No voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
1. Disconnect radio connector C244 Battery voltage. GO to step 2 . into tape deck. Connect a
service.
and place ignition switch to RUN. voltmeter from ORN wire radio
No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (RADIO). connector C248 (going to cassette
Connect voltmeter from YEL (43) If fuse is good, LOCATE and deck) to ground.
wire at radio connector C244 to REPAIR open in YEL (43) wire.
ground. 2. Connect voltmeter from RED wire Battery voltage. GO to step 3.
2. Connect voltmeter from YEL (43) Battery voltage. GO to step 3. at radio connector C248 (going to No voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
wire to BLK (150) wire at radio cassette deck) to ground.
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK service.
connector C244. (150) wire from radio to ground 3. Connect voltmeter from ORN wire Battery voltage. GO to step 4.
terminal G202. to BLK wire (LO ground) at radio
No voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
3. Connect radio connector C244. Battery voltage. GO to step 4. connector C248.
service.
Connect voltmeter from RED wire REMOVE radio and send in for
No voltage. 4. Connect voltmeter from ORN wire Battery voltage. GO to step 5.
at radio connector C247 (going to service.
radio control head) to ground. to BLK wire (HI ground) at radio
No voltage. REMOVE radio and send in for
connector C248.
4. Connect voltmeter from RED wire Battery voltage. REMOVE control head and send in service.
to BLK wire at radio connector for service. 5. Connect voltmeter from WHT wire A reading of approximately 4.5
C247 (both wires going to radio REMOVE radio and send in for at radio connector C248 to ground. volts. GO to step 6.
No voltage.
control head). service. A reading less or greater than 4.5 REMOVE cassette deck and send
volts. in for service.
C LO CK D O ES N O T O P E R A T E
6. Connect voltmeter from ORN/WHT A reading of approximately 4.5
TEST RESULT ACTION wire at radio connector C248 to volts. GO to step 7.
ground.
1. Disconnect radio connector C244. Battery voltage. GO to step 2 . A reading less or greater than 4.5 REMOVE cassette deck and send
Connect voltmeter from ORN (40) volts. in for service.
No voltage. CHECK condition of fuse (CTSY).
wire at radio connector C244 to If fuse is good, LOCATE and 7. Connect voltmeter from BRN wire A reading of approximately 4.5
ground. REPAIR open in ORN (40) wire. at radio connector C248 to ground. volts. GO to step 8 .

2. Connect voltmeter from ORN wire Battery voltage. REMOVE radio control head and A reading less or greater than 4.5 REMOVE cassette deck and send
at radio connector C247 (going to send in for service. volts. in for service.
radio control head) to ground. REMOVE radio receiver and send 8. Connect voltmeter from BLU wire Battery voltage. REMOVE cassette deck and send
No voltage.
in for service. at radio connector C248 to ground. in for service.
No voltage. GO to step 9.
PAN EL LA M P D O ES N O T C O M E ON
9. Move tape deck switch to FWD A reading of approximately 8 volts. GO to step 10.
TEST RESULT ACTION and then REV. Connect voltmeter
A reading less or greater than 8 REMOVE cassette deck and send
from BLU at radio connector C248
1 . Place light switch to PARK and Battery voltage. GO to step 2 . volts. in for service.
to ground, taking readings at each
panel dimmer switch to HIGH. LOCATE and REPAIR open in position.
No voltage.
Connect voltmeter from GRA (8) GRA (8) wire from radio to splice 10. Remove cassette from tape deck. Battery voltage. REMOVE cassette deck and send
wire at radio connector C244 to S217. Connect voltmeter from BRN wire in for service.
ground.
at radio connector C248 to ground.
2. Connect voltmeter from BRN wire Battery voltage. REMOVE radio control head and
at radio connector C247 (going to send in for service. G R A P H IC E Q U A L IZ E R D O ES N O T O PER A TE
radio control head) to ground. TEST RESULT ACTION
No voltage. REMOVE radio receiver and send
in for service. GO to step 2.
1. Disconnect graphic equalizer A reading of approximately 10 volts.
connector C246. Place ignition A reading less or greater than 10 REMOVE radio control head and
D IS PLA Y D IM M IN G F U N C T IO N W IL L N O T O P E R A TE switch to RUN and turn radio ON.
volts. send in for service.
TEST RESULT ACTION Connect voltmeter from WHT wire
at graphic equalizer connector
1 . Place light switch to PARK. Battery voltage. GO to step 2 . C246 to ground.
Connect voltmeter from BRN (9)
No voltage. LOCATE and REPAIR open in 2. Place light in to PARK and panel Battery voltage. REMOVE graphic equalizer
wire at radio connector C244 to
BRN (9) wire from radio to splice dimmer switch to HIGH. Connect assembly and send in for service.
ground.
S210. voltmeter from GRA wire at No voltage. REMOVE radio control head and
2. Connect voltmeter from YEL wire Battery voltage. REMOVE radio control head and graphic equalizer connector C246 send in for service.
at radio connector C247 (going to send in for repairs. to ground.
radio control head) to ground.
No voltage. REMOVE radio receiver and send
in for repairs.
 FROM l/P
CLUSTER CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGE 84)

FROM PANEL DIMMER SWITCH FROM LOW COOLANT MODULE

(DIESEL. SEE PAGE 84)
(SEE PAGE 83)
FROM DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
(CANADA. SEE PAGE 22, 23)
11-T
RH
FRONT 200
SPEAKER

TO l/P CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGE 120)

TO CONVENIENCE CENTER
(SEE PAGE 14)

TO HEADLAMP SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 20)

-TO PANEL DIMMER SWITCH

(SEE PAGE 83)
LEFT FRONT - SPEAKER
LEFT FRONT + SPEAKER
TO A/C (IF EQUIPPED)
RIGHT FRONT - SPEAKER
(SEE PAGE 74)
RIGHT FRONT + SPEAKER

AM
GROUND
RADIO TAIL, LICENSE, TO A/C CONTROLLER (IF EQUIPPED)
UNIT PARK & MARKER (SEE PAGE 74)
LAMPFEED
l/P LAMPS

RADIO FEED
BATT FEED TO CONVENIENCE CENTER
(SEE PAGE 14)

f
LH
FRONT 118
SPEAKER
12066645
0245

CTSY
20 AMP

W W W \A A A /W W 'A /V W
> HOT IN ACCY OR RUN £
t-'VWWwvwwvvvv^
 FROM l/P
RH CLUSTER CONNECTOR
REAR (SEE PAGE 84)
SPEAKER

RH
FRONT
SPEAKER

FROM
LOW COOLANT MODULE
RADIO (DIESEL, SEE PAGE 84)
CONTROL FROM DAYTIME
HEAD RUNNING LAMPS
(CANADA, SEE PAGE
22,23)

TO l/P CONNECTOR
(SEEPAGE 120)
TO CONVENIENCE CENTER
(SEE PAGE 14)
TO HEADLAMP SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 20)
TO PANEL DIMMER SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 83)
TO A/C (IF EQUIPPED)
(SEE PAGE 74)

TO A/C CONTROLLER (IF EQUIPPED)

(SEE PAGE 74)

TO CONVENIENCE
4 0 .8 ORN ► C E N T E R
(SEE PAGE 14)

LH
REAR AM/FM STEREO RADIO WITH OPTIONS
SPEAKER
99
 2. Connect test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. REPLACE left window switch.
A permanent magnet (PM) motor operates each of the tio n th ro u g h the BRN w ire . The W indow M otor is wire to BLK (150) wire at left
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
Power Windows. Each Motor raises or lowers the glass grounded through the UP contact. The Motor runs to drive window switch connector C503.
(150) wire from left window switch
when voltage is supplied to it. The direction the Motor the window down. to ground terminal G202.
turns depends on the polarity of the supply voltage. The
Switches control the supply voltage polarity. RH WINDOW SWITCH OPERATION
The Master Door Lock/Power W indow Switch Assem­ LH P O W E R W IN D O W D O E S N O T O P E R A T E OR O N LY G O ES IN O N E D IR E C T IO N
When the Ignition Switch is in RUN or ACCY, battery
bly controls both of the Motors. The RH Window Switch
voltage is applied to the RH Window Switch through the
controls only the RH W indow Motor. TEST RESULT ACTION
ACC IGN Circuit Breaker and the PNK wires to terminal
Each Motor is protected by a built-in circuit breaker. If a
76. When the UP Switch in the RH Window Switch is 1. Place ignition switch in ACCY Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
W ind ow S w itch is held too long w ith the w indow
operated, battery voltage is applied to the RH Window position. Connect test lamp from
obstructed or after the window is fully up or down, the Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Motor through the DK BLU wire. The Motor is grounded PNK (76) wire at left window switch
circuit breaker opens the circuit. The circuit breaker PNK (76) wire from left window
through the BRN wire, the DN contact in the RH Window connector C503 to ground.
resets automatically as it cools. switch to splice S329.
Switch, the TAN wire and the DN contact in the Master
When the Ignition Switch is in RUN, or ACCY, battery
Door Lock/Power Window Switch Assembly. The Motor 2. Connect test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
voltage is applied to the Master Door Lock/Power Window
runs to drive the window up. When the DN switch in the wire to BLK (150) wire at left
Switch Assembly, the ACC IGN Circuit Breaker, and the Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
RH Window Switch is operated, battery voltage is applied window switch connector C503.
PNK wires. When any of the UP Switches are operated, (150) wire from left window switch
to the RH Window Motor in the opposite direction through
battery voltage is applied to the W indow Motor through to splice S530.
the BRN wire. The Motor is grounded through the DK BLU
the DK BLU wire. The Window Motor is grounded through 3. Move and hold left window switch Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
wire, the UP contact in the RH Window Switch, the DK
the DN contact. The Motor runs to drive the window up. to UP position. Connect test lamp
BLU/WHT wire and the UP contact in the Master Door Test lamp does not light. REPLACE left window switch.
When any of the DN Switches are operated, battery volt­ from BRN (165) wire at left window
Lock/Power Window Switch Assembly. The Motor runs to
age is applied to the Window Motor in the opposite direc- switch connector C503 to ground.
drive the window down.
4. Connect test lamp from BRN (165) Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
wire to DK BLU (164) wire at left
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE left window switch.
window switch connector C503.
.137 — 56
Fuse B lo c k ...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l......... .132 — 37 5. Connect test lamp from BRN (165) Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
Window M o to rs ............................................. At rear of each door........................................... .141 — 64 wire at left window motor Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Window Switches........................................... On each door...................................................... 141 — 64 connector C501 to ground.
BRN (165) wire from left window
C258................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering column motor to left window switch.
137 — 56
C259................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering column 6. Connect test lamp from BRN (165) Test lamp lights. REPLACE left window motor.
.137 — 56 wire to DK BLU (164) wire at left
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
C355................................................................ ...Below LH side of l/P, at LH s h ro u d ............................... .135 — 48 window motor connector C501.
BLU (164) wire between left
C356....................................................................Below RH side of l/P, at RH s h ro u d ............................. .135 — 48 window motor and left window
C357....................................................................Below LH side of l/P, at LH s h ro u d ............................... .135 — 48 switch.
C501....................................................................Wiring harness, at front of LH door, at window motor. .141 — 64
C502................................................................ ...Wiring harness, at window switch, LH d o o r ................ .141 — 64 RH P O W E R W IN D O W O N L Y O P E R A T E S FROM D R IV E R ’S S ID E W IN D O W S W IT C H
C503....................................................................Wiring harness, at window switch, LH d o o r ................ .141 — 64
C601....................................................................Wiring harness, at front of RH door, at window motor .141 — 64 TEST RESULT ACTION
C602....................... ............................................Wiring harness, at window switch, RH d o o r................ .141 — 64
1. Place ignition switch in ACCY Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
G202 .............................................................. ...Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra c k e t...................... 131 — 32
position. Connect test lamp from
S207.................................................................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
PNK (76) wire at right window
.132 — 37 PNK (76) wire from right window
switch connector C602 to ground.
S329. .135 — 48 switch to splice S329.
5530. .141 — 64 2. Move right window switch to UP Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
5 53 1. .141 — 64 position. Connect test lamp from
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE right window switch.
BRN (667) wire at right window
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—POWER WINDOWS switch connector C602 to ground.
B O T H P O W E R W IN D O W S DO N O T O P E R A TE 3. Move right window switch to Test lamp does not light. REPLACE right window switch.
TEST RESULT ACTION DOWN position. Connect test lamp
from DK BLU (666) wire at right
1. Place ignition switch in ACCY Test lamp lights. GO to step 2. window switch connector C602 to
position. Connect test lamp from ground.
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
PNK (76) wire at left window switch
(ACC/IGN). If fuse is good,
connector C503 to ground.
LOCATE and REPAIR open in
PNK (76) wire from window switch
to fuse block.
 TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Place ignition switch to ACCY Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
position. Position and hold right Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
window switch to UP. Connect test
lamp from BRN (667) wire at right
window motor connector C601 to
ground.
2. Connect test lamp from BRN (667) Test lamp lights. REPLACE right window motor.
wire to DK BLU (666) wire at right Test lamp does not light. GO to step 4.
window motor connector C601.
3. Connect a test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
wire at left window switch Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
connector C502 to ground.
PNK (76) wire from left window
switch to fuse block.
4. Connect test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
wire to DK BLU/WHT (166) wire at Test lamp does not light. GO to step 5.
left window switch connector
C502.
5. Connect test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. REPLACE left window switch.
wire to BLK (150) wire at left LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
Test lamp does not light.
window switch connector C502.
(150) wire from left window switch
to splice S530.
6. Connect test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. GO to step 8.
wire to TAN (167) wire at left
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 7.
window switch connector C502.
7. Connect test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights. REPLACE left window switch.
wire to BLK (150) wire at left
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
window switch connector C502.
(150) wire from left window switch
to splice S530.
8. Connect test lamp from PNK (76) Test lamp lights at both wires (166 REPLACE right window switch.
wire to DK BLU/WHT (166) wire and 167).
and then to TAN (167) wire at right Test lamp lights at only one wire or LOCATE and REPAIR open in
window switch connector C602.
not at all. wires (166 and 167) from right
window switch to left window
switch.
 FROM PANEL DIMMER SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 83)
FROM l/P CLUSTER CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGE 84)
FROM LH JAMB SW
(SEE PAGE 92)
FROM HEATER A/C
(SEE PAGE 74)
FROM RADIO
(SEE PAGE 96)
FROM CIGAR LIGHTER
(SEE PAGE 93)
FROM SAFETY BELT SW
(SEE PAGE 87)

FROM LOW COOLANT MODULE

(DIESEL ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 84)

FRONT
FUSE BLOCK
CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—REAR DEFOGGER
With the Ignition Switch in RUN, voltage is applied to The first time the Rear Defogger Switch is activated, the REAR W IN D O W D E FO G G E R D O ES N O T W O R K AND ON IN D IC A T O R D O ES N O T LIG H T
the Rear Defogger Control. When the Rear Defogger Timer-Relay will allow the Rear Defogger to operate for 10
Control Switch is moved to the ON position, voltage is minutes. Each time after the Rear Defogger Switch is TEST RESULT ACTION
then applied to the Rear Defogger Timer Relay. The con­ activated, the Timer-Relay will allow the Rear Defogger to
tact closes, which provides voltage to the ON Indicator operate for a maximum of 5 minutes. The Timer-Relay will 1. Disconnect rear defogger switch Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
and the Rear Defogger. The rear window will become reset to 10 minutes when the Ignition Switch is turned connector C264 and place ignition
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of circuit breaker
warm to remove fog from the surface of the window. OFF and then back to the RUN position. switch in RUN position. Connect
(ACC/BATT). If circuit breaker is
The contact in the Rear Defogger Control will stay The Timer also shuts off at any time the Rear Defogger test lamp from ORN (60) wire at
good, LOCATE and REPAIR open
closed until the Rear Defogger Control Switch is turned Control On-Off Switch is depressed to OFF. rear defogger switch connector
in ORN and ORN/BLK (60) wire.
off, or the timer cycle is complete. C264 to ground.
2. Connect test lamp from PNK/BLK Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
(39) wire at rear defogger switch
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
connector C264 to ground.
(GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure and REPAIR open in PNK/BLK (39)
wire.
Convenience C e n te r................................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n..................... .132 — 37 3. Connect a test lamp from Test lamp lights. REPLACE rear defogger switch.
Fuse B lo c k .................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l.............................. .132 — 37 PNK/BLK (39) to BLK (150) wires at
Headlamps S w itch....................................... LH side of l/P ........................................................................... .132 — 37 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
rear defogger switch connector
Panel and Interior Lamps Control Switch . LH side of l/P ........................................................................... .132 — 37 (150) wire rear defogger switch to
C264.
Rear Defogger S w itc h ................................ LH side of l/P, right of steering colum n................................ .133 — 40 ground terminal G202.
C204.............................................................. Behind LH side of l / P ............................................................ .132 — 37
C208.............................................................. Behind LH side of l / P ............................................................ .132 — 37 ON IN D IC A T O R W O R K S B U T REAR W IN D O W DEFO G G ER D O ES N O T D E FR O S T
C260.............................................................. Behind LH side of l / P ............................................................ .139 — 49 TEST RESULT ACTION
C261.............................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at convenience center..................... .137 — 56
C262.............................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at convenience center..................... .137 — 56 1. Place ignition switch in RUN Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
C263.............................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at convenience center..................... .137 — 56 position and turn on rear defogger
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL
C264.............................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, right of steering c o lu m n ................. .133 — 40 switch. Connect test lamp from
and PPL/WHT (293) wires from
C460.............................................................. RH side of inner cab, below RH side of rear w in d o w ......... .135 — 49 PPL (293) at rear window to rear window to rear defogger
C461.............................................................. LH side of inner cab, below LH side of rear w indow ........... .135 — 49 ground. switch.
G202 ............................................................ Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra c ke t.............................. .131 — 32
G407 ............................................................ RH side of inner cab, below RH side of rear w in d o w ........ .135 — 49 2. Connect test lamp from PPL (293) Test lamp lights. REPAIR rear defogger as required.
S207.............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37 wire to BLK (150) wire at rear
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
S210.............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above LH side of window. (150) wire from rear window to
steering colum n................................................................... .132 — 37 ground terminal G407.
S213.............................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37
S217............................................................... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37 REAR D E FO G G E R P A N E L LAMP DOES N O T W O R K
TEST RESULT ACTION

Turn headlamps ON and position Test lamp lights. REPLACE panel light bulb.
dimmer control to BRIGHT.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Connect test lamp from GRA (8) GRA (8) wire from rear defogger
wire at rear defogger switch switch to fuse block.
connector C264 to ground.

REAR DEFOGGER
104
 TO CONVENIENCE
CENTER 9 . 8 BRN
(SEE PAGE 14)

TO RADIO
(SEE PAGE 96)

TO A/C CONTROLLER
(IF EQUIPPED)
(SEE PAGE 74)

TO l/P HARNESS
(SEE PAGE 22, 23)

yJSMA/W W AAAM M 'Vj

5 HOT IN START OR RUN <
^ v \A aaaa /w w v w w ^

PANEL LPS
5 AMP

5 HOT AT ALL TIMES <

>VVV^AV//W VVVVW ^

FROM LOW COOLANT MODULE

(DIESEL, SEE PAGE 84)

TO DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS

(CANADA ONLY, SEE PAGE 22,23) rl50-.8 BLK FROM RADIO
(SEE PAGE 74) CONVENIENCE CENTER
CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—POWER DOOR LOCKS
When a Door Lock Switch is operated, both of the doors to operate the Door Locks. When the Door Lock Switch is
P O W E R D O O R LO C K S DO N O T O P E R A T E FRO M E IT H E R S W IT C H
will lock or unlock. Each lock can also be operated manu­ released, the circuit is opened and the Motors turn off.
ally. The locks are operated by reversible motors that A similar action occurs with either of the Door Lock TEST RESULT ACTION
receive voltage from the PWR/ACC Circuit Breaker. The Switches closing to the UNLOCK position. Now the TAN
Door Lock Switches operate to turn the Motors on by wires to the Motors supply battery voltage and the GRA 1. Place ignition switch in ACCY Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
applying battery voltage to one of the term inals and wires are grounded. The polarity of the voltage to the position. Connect a test lamp from
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
ground to the other terminal. Motors has reversed. The Motors run in the opposite di­ ORN/BLK (60) wire at left lock
(ACC/BATT). If fuse is good,
When either Door Lock Switch is moved to the LOCK rection to unlock the doors. switch connector C505 to ground.
LOCATE and REPAIR open in
position, it completes the circuit to the Motors. Voltage is The Door Lock Switches are usually closed for just a ORN/BLK (60) wire from lock
applied to the GRA wire and to the Door Lock Motors, moment. If the Door Lock Switches are held closed, a switch to fuse block.
which are grounded by the TAN wire from the other term i­ circuit breaker in each Motor will open to protect against
nal of the Motor through the other switch contact to the damage. The circuit breakers close automatically when 2. Connect test lamp from ORN/BLK Test lamp lights. CHECK splices S600 and S601 for
BLK wire and ground G202. The Motor in each door runs they cool off. (60) wire to BLK (150) wire(s) at left an open.
lock switch connector C505.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
(150) wire(s) from lock switch to
ground terminal G202.
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure

Convenience C e n te r............................ .... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n..................... , .132 — 37 B O T H S W IT C H E S O N LY OPEN O N E D O O R LO C K
Door Lock M otors................................... .... In lower center of each d o o r ..................... ........................... , .141 — 64 TEST RESULT ACTION
Door Lock S w itches.............................. .... On lower front of each door................................................... .141 — 64
Fuse B lo c k ............................................. .... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l.............................. .132 — 37 1. Place ignition switch in ACCY Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
C265........................................................ ... . Below RH side of l/P, at RH s h ro u d .................................... .135 — 48 position. Move one of the lock
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C289........................................................ .... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering column, switches to UNLOCK position.
GRA (295) wire.
to convenience c e n te r........................................................ .137 — 56 Disconnect connector C504 or
C357........................................................ .... Below LH side of l/P, at LH shroud ....................................... .135 — 48 C603 at motor that is not working.
C504........................................................ .... Wiring harness, at lower center of LH door, at m o to r......... .141 — 64 Connect test lamp from GRA (295)
C505........................................................ .... Wiring harness, at lower front of LH door, at sw itc h ........... .141 — 64 wire at lock motor connector C504
C603........................................................ .... W iring harness, at lower center of RH door, at m otor......... .141 — 64 or C603 to ground.
C604........................................................ .... W iring harness, at lower front of RH door, at sw itch........... .141 — 64
G202 ...................................................... 2. Connect test lamp from GRA (295) Test lamp lights. REPLACE lock motor.
.... Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra c k e t.............................. .131 — 32
S207........................................................ wire to TAN (294) wire at
.... l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
S332........................................................ inoperative lock motor connector
.... Body harness, at LH s h ro u d ................................................. .135 — 48 TAN (294) wire.
C504 or C603.
S530........................................................ .... LH door harness, near front of d o o r ..................................... .141 — 64
S600........................................................ .... RH door harness, near front of d o o r..................................... .141 — 64
S601........................................................ .... RH door harness, near front of d o o r.................................... .141 — 64 P O W E R D O O R LO C K S O N L Y W O R K FROM O N E LO C K S W IT C H
TEST RESULT ACTION
Place ignition switch in ACCY Test lamp lights. REPLACE inoperative lock switch.
position. Connect test lamp from
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
ORN/BLK (60) wire at inoperative
ORN/BLK (60) wire from lock
lock switch connector C505 or
switch to splice S332.
C604 to ground.
 FROM HEADLAMP LOW BEAM
FROM l/P RELAY (DIESEL ONLY)
CLUSTER CONNECTOR (SEE PAGE 23)
(SEE PAGE 84)
RIGHT 2 9 4 -2 .0 TAN *

FROM PANEL DIMMER SWITCH

LOCK 2 9 5 -2 .0 GRA1
i 1 5 0 .8 BLK
(SEE PAGE 83) MOTOR
FROM LH JAMB SW > 15 0.8B L K
(SEE PAGE 92)
FROM HEATER A/C 1150-2.0 BLK
(SEE PAGE 74)

GROUND 150 3 .0 BLK

194 194 194 S601
A A
G202 294 294 294
2 9 5 -2 .0 GRA'
S o -
RIGHT 19 4-2.0 BLK/RED
FROM RADIO
LOCK
60 ? 60 ? _ 60

(SEE PAGE 96) 2 9 4 -2 .0 TAN

FROM CIGAR LIGHTER SWITCH o
296 295
0 295

(SEE PAGE 93) % » - 6 0 -2 .0 ORN/BLKe

195 195 195 12065866
V
FROM SAFETY BELT SW
C604
(SEE PAGE 86)
LOCK UNLOCK NEUTRAL ■ *“ * 1 9 5 2.0 LT BLU
FROM LOW 150-.8 BLK FROM DAYTIME RUNNING
COOLANT MODULE (DIESEL ONLY) LAMPS (CANADA ONLY)
(SEE PAGE 84) (SEE PAGE 22, 23)
1 9 4-2.0 BLK/WHT 1 9 4-2.0 BLK/RED

CONVENIENCE 6 0 -2 .0 ORN/BLK 60 2.0 ORN/BLK

CENTER
'1 9 5 -2 .0 LT BLU 1 9 5 -2 .0 LT BLU
FROM
' 2 9 5 -2 .0 GRA 2 9 5 -2 .0 GRA POWER WINDOWS
(SEE PAGE 102)
I I
1294-2.0 TAN 2 9 4 -2 .0 TAN
6 0 -2 .0 ORN/BLKa S332
12015345 12015344
C365

60 -2 .0 ORN/BLK

60 2.0 ORN/BLK

150-2.0 BLK 150-2.0 BLK S530

150-2.0 BLK
195 2.0 LT BLU 195 2.0 LT BLU

2 9 5 -2 .0 GRA 2 9 5 -2 .0 GRA

2 9 4 -2 .0 TAN 2 9 4 -2 .0 TAN

194-2.0 BLK/WHT 1 9 4-2.0 BLK/RED

12015345 12015344
C357

150 150 150

ACC/BATT C\ A
195 2.0 LT BLU
30 AMP 194 194 194
CIRCUIT BREAKER % > -
LEFT 150-2.0 BLK
LOCK 60 ? 60 ? 60
194 2.0 BLK/RED
SWITCH o o

Q °Q Q D QpQ D □ G O
195 195 195
A
60 -2 .0 ORN/BLK
150 A ............. 150 150

C 15AJ
TUHNBU
G ap
4W 0
QsQ CTSV
0 0 \ G °5
LOCK UNLOCK NEUTRAL
QsQ 0 * 0 QsQ □ □
IC M IG * MAKE PA«K lP
150 2.0 BLK

G ifcji A3 O O G C O □
PANU IPS

b o o 0 GSTOPsHAZ3 O 0 OC«AO RPO LEGEND

LEFT 2 9 4 2.0 TAN
□Ti " ii ii n ~ n = -u : ii ii AU3 — POWER DOOR LOCKS
LOCK 29 5 2.0 GRA
MOTOR
12004140
C504
CIRCUIT O P E R A T IO N - COMPONENT LOCATION Page — F igure
CONVENTIONAL WIPER
Fuse B lo ck ............................................. .... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l.......................... . . .132 — 37
WIPERS Washer M o to r ....................................... .... Above LH wheelhouse, in washer fluid front reservoir. . . . .135 — 47
Wiper Motor (D ie s e l)............................ .... Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l............................ . . .130 — 28
When the Wiper/W asher Switch is in LO, battery volt­ run at high speed. When the W iper/W asher Switch is Wiper Motor (G a so lin e )........................ .... Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l............................ . . .127 — 19
age is applied through the GRA wire directly to the low turned to OFF, the wipers complete the last sweep at low Wiper S w itc h ......................................... .... LH side of steering colum n............................................... . . .131 — 36
speed brushes of the W iper Motor. The W iper Motor runs speed and park. C100 (D iesel)......................................... .... Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l...................... . . .130 — 28
at low speed. C100 (G asoline)..................................... . . .. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l...................... . . .127 — 19
When the Wiper/W asher Switch is in HI, battery voltage PARK C102........................................................ .... Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l...................... . . .130 — 28
is applied through the PPL wire to the high speed brushes C176........................................................ .... Above LH wheelhouse, in washer fluid front reservoir.. . . .135 — 47
When the wipers are turned off, the Wiper Motor runs at
of the Wiper Motor. The motor operates at a higher speed. C177 (D iesel)......................................... .... Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l............................ . . .130 — 28
low speed until the wiper blades reach the PARK position.
The Park Switch is open only when the wiper blades are C177 (G asoline)..................................... .. . . Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l............................ . . .127 — 19
At that time the Park/Run Relay opens and shunts the
in the PARK position. In all other positions, the Park Wiper Motor to stop it immediately. The wiper blades re­ C266........................................................ .... LH side of steering colum n............................................... . . .131 — 35
Switch is closed. When the W iper/W asher Switch is G 1 0 4 ...................................................... .... Behind LH headlamp, on radiator s u p p o rt...................... . . .122 — 5
main in the PARK position.
moved to OFF, battery voltage at the WHT wire is applied G 1 0 6 ...................................................... .. . . On RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........... . . .126 — 16
through the Park Switch, the ORN wire, the W iper/ G 1 0 9 ...................................................... .. . . On RH front of cowl, behind junction block cove r........... . . .126 — 16
MIST
W asher Switch, and the GRA wire to the low speed S104........................................................ .... Front lamps harness, behind LH headla m p................... . . .135 — 47
brushes of the W iper Motor. The W iper Motor continues to When the control is moved to MIST and released, the S110........................................................ .... Engine harness, near junction b lo c k .............................. . . .130 — 28
run at low speed until the wiper blades reach the PARK wipers make one sweep at low speed and return to PARK. S118........................................................ .. . . Engine harness, near junction b lo c k .............................. . . . 1 2 7 - 19
position. At that time the Park Switch opens and stops the The circuit operation is the same as low speed.
Wiper Motor.
The Wiper Motor is protected by a circuit breaker which PULSE TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—WIPER/WASHER
opens if the current through the Motor rises to a high level. With the Wiper/Washer Switch in PULSE (Delay), volt­
This may happen if the wiper blades are blocked by ice or WIPERS DO NOT OPERATE IN ANY MODE
age is applied to the GRA wire, the W iper Motor Module,
snow. The circuit breaker resets automatically after it and the Solid State Control Board. Voltage is applied to TEST RESULT ACTION
cools off. the Park/Run Relay coil which is momentarily grounded
1. Disconnect wiper switch connector Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
by the Pulse/Speed/Wash Control circuit and the relay
WASHER closes. Battery voltage is supplied through the closed
C266. Connect test lamp from Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (WIPER).
WHT (93) wire at wiper switch
The Washer Motor is energized whenever the Washer contacts of the relay to run the W iper Motor. The relay If fuse is good, LOCATE and
connector C266 to ground.
Switch is pressed and runs as long as the Washer Switch remains energized as long as the contacts of the Park/ REPAIR open in WHT (93) wire
is closed. Battery voltage is applied through the Washer Run Switch remain closed. When the wiper blades have from wiper switch to fuse block.
Switch and the PNK wire to the Washer Motor. The other reached PARK, the Park/Run Switch opens, de-energiz­
2. Reconnect wiper switch connector Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
terminal of the motor is grounded through the BLK wire. ing the Park/Run Relay. The wiper blades remain in
C266. Position switch in LO. wiper wires from wiper switch to
PARK until the Control Board grounds the Park/Relay coil
Connect test lamp from GRA (91) wiper motor module.
CIRCUIT OPERATION—PULSE WIPERS to start another sweep. The delay time between sweeps is
wire at wiper switch connector
controlled by the pulse delay resistors. The delay can be Test lamp does not light. REPLACE wiper switch.
In addition to the features of a conventional (non-pulse) C266 to ground.
adjusted from 0 to 43 seconds.
Wiper System (MIST, LO, and HI speeds), the pulse-type
Wiper/Washer System includes an operating mode in WIPERS RUN AT LOW SPEED ONLY (HIGH SPEED INOPERATIVE)
WASHER
which the wipers make single strokes with an adjustable
When the Washer Switch is depressed, voltage is ap­ TEST RESULT ACTION
time interval between strokes. The time interval is con­
trolled by a Solid State Pulse/Speed/Wash Control in the plied to the Solid State Control Board. The Control Board 1. Disconnect wiper motor module Test lamp lights. REPLACE wiper motor module.
Wiper Motor Module. The duration of the relay interval is supplies battery voltage to the Washer Motor through the connector C177. Place ignition
determined by the Pulse Delay Resistance in the W iper/ ORN and PNK wires. It also starts the wiper cycle through Test lamp does not light. GO to step 2.
switch in ACCY and wiper switch in
Washer Switch. the low speed brushes of the W iper Motor. The washer HI position. Connect test lamp
continues to run as long as the switch is held down. The from PPL (92) wire at wiper module
LOW SPEED Solid State Control Board keeps the wipers on for approxi­ connector C177 to ground.
mately six seconds after the washer goes off. if the
In the LO position, the Wiper/W asher Switch supplies 2. Connect test lamp from PPL (92) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL
washer is switched on during the PULSE operation, the
voltage to the GRA wire and the Pulse/Speed/Wash Con­ wiper switch connector C266 to (92) wire from wiper switch to wiper
wipers run in low speed for six seconds. The wash cycle is
trol. The Pulse/Speed/Wash Control provides ground to ground. motor module.
completed before the wipers return to the delayed pulse
the Park/Run Relay which is energized and supplies volt­
operation. Test lamp does not light. REPLACE wiper switch.
age to the brushes of the W iper Motor. The wipers run at
The Wiper Motor is equipped with a circuit breaker
low speed until they are turned off.
which protects the motor when the wipers are blocked.
The resulting high current will open the circuit breaker
HIGH SPEED which will reset upon cooling.
With the Wiper/W asher Switch in the HI position, bat­
tery voltage is supplied from the PPL wire directly to a
second armature terminal of the Wiper Motor. The wipers
 WIPERS RUN AT HIGH SPEED ONLY (LOW SPEED INOPERATIVE) WASHER WILL NOT OPERATE (W/O PULSE WIPERS)
TEST RESULT ACTION TEST RESULT ACTION
1. Disconnect wiper motor module Test lamp lights. REPLACE wiper motor module. 1. Disconnect washer pump motor Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
connector C177. Place ignition connector C176. Place ignition
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 2. Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
switch in ACCY and wiper switch in switch to ACCY and wiper switch
LO position. Connect test lamp to WASH. Connect test lamp from
from GRA (91) wire at wiper motor PNK (94) wire at washer pump
module connector C177 to ground. motor connector C176 to ground.
2. Connect test lamp from GRA (91) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in 2. Connect test lamp from PNK (94) Test lamp lights. REPLACE washer pump motor.
wiper switch connector C266 to GRA (91) wire from wiper switch to wire to BLK (150) wire at washer
wiper motor module. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
ground. pump motor connector C176.
(150) wire from washer pump
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE wiper switch. motor to ground terminal G 104.
3. Connect test lamp from PNK (94) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
WIPERS WILL NOT SHUT OFF
wire at wiper switch connector PNK (94) wire from wiper switch to
TEST RESULT ACTION C266. washer pump motor.

1. Disconnect wiper motor module Test lamp lights. GO to step 2. Test lamp does not light. REPLACE wiper switch.
connector C177. Place ignition
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
switch in ACCY and wiper switch
GRA (91) wire from wiper motor WASHER WILL NOT OPERATE (W/PULSE WIPERS)
to LO position. Connect test lamp
module to wiper switch.
from GRA (91) at wiper module TEST RESULT ACTION
connector C177 to ground.
1. Disconnect washer pump motor Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
2. Move wiper switch to HI position. Test lamp lights. GO to step 3. connector C176. Place ignition
Connect test lamp from PPL (92) Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in PPL switch to ACCY and wiper switch
wire at wiper motor module to WASH. Connect test lamp from
(92) wire from wiper motor module
connector C177 to ground. PNK (94) wire at washer pump
to wiper switch.
motor connector C176 to ground.
3. Connect test lamp from WHT (93) Test lamp lights (w/pulse wipers). REPLACE wiper motor module.
wire at wiper motor module 2. Connect test lamp from PNK (94) Test lamp lights. REPLACE washer pump motor.
Test lamp lights (w/o pulse wipers). GO to step 4. wire to BLK (150) wire at washer
connector C177 to ground. Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in pump motor connector C176.
(150) wire from washer pump
WHT (93) wire from wiper motor motor to ground terminal G104.
module to ground.
3. Connect test lamp from GRA (91) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
4. Turn ignition and wiper switches to A reading of 0 ohms. REPLACE wiper motor module.
wire at wiper motor module
OFF. Disconnect battery. Connect Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
A reading greater than 0 ohms. LOCATE and REPAIR open in connector C177 to ground.
ohmmeter between ORN (98) and GRA (91) wire from wiper motor
ORN (98) wire from wiper motor
GRA (91) wires at wiper motor module to wiper switch. If wire is
module to wiper switch.
module connector C177. good, REPLACE wiper switch.
4. Connect test lamp from ORN (98) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
NO DELAY IN THE PULSE (DELAY) MODE wire at wiper motor module ORN (98) wire from wiper motor
TEST RESULT ACTION connector C177 to ground. module to wiper switch. If wire is
good, REPLACE wiper switch.
1. Disconnect wiper switch connector A reading of approximately 680 GO to step 2.
Test lamp does not light. REPLACE wiper motor module.
C266. Place wiper switch to LO ohms.
position. Connect an ohmmeter
A reading of less than or greater REPLACE wiper switch.
from GRA (91) wire terminal to
than 680 ohms.
WHT (93) wire terminal at wiper
switch.
2. Move wiper switch through delay Readings increase in steps to LOCATE and REPAIR open in
range to maximum delay position. approximately 450 k ohms. GRA (91) wire or WHT (93) wire
from wiper switch connector C266
to wiper motor module C177. If
wires are good, REPLACE wiper
switch.
Readings are incorrect. REPLACE wiper switch.
 TO ENGINE HARNESS

TO INSTRUMENT PANEL
HARNESS

WINDSHIELD
WIPER
MOTOR
MODULE

WASHER
PUMP
MOTOR

0 °Q O O □ □ G ig
iAGf S A C MTS WIPCH

m* tu
□ 4wdo O O
ctsv
D C i C sQ □□
u. ,ioO GBRAKE
s O OPARKdIP □ □ S L /E □ □
: iGN
m

o m □ □ c«3 □ □ m /s □ □ fii/B □ □ a /is

INJ A PANEL IPS

o o d o d a Gfl/S □ □ 51/13 □ □ □ □
STOPHAZ Cft
...i t .-n— ii n ii ii ir ii it

* ------------- q___________ P------------- -

CD4 — PULSE WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM

 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—CRUISE CONTROL
The Cruise Control regulates the speed of the vehicle in sor Buffer. The driver gives his input to the Cruise Control C R U IS E C O N T R O L D O E S N O T D IS E N G A G E W H E N C L U T C H OR BRAK E P E D A L (S ) IS D E P R E S S E D
response to driver commands. Module through the components listed above. The Cruise
The Cruise Control Module contains electronic circuitry Control Module circuitry receives the driver’s input and TEST RESULT ACTION
and a stepper motor. The other system components are: generates electrical pulses. These pulses cause the step­
per motor and its output reel to rotate. The throttle is 1. Place ignition switch in RUN Test lamp does not light. REPLACE control module.
• Cruise Switch
position and cruise control switch
• Set Switch controlled by a cable wound on the output reel. The Test lamp lights. CHECK adjustment of brake
Cruise Control Module also contains a clutch which to ON. Depress brake pedal.
• Brake Switch switch. If adjustment cannot be
Connect test lamp from BRN (86)
• Clutch Switch releases the cable when the Cruise Control System must corrected, REPLACE brake switch.
wire at brake switch connector
• Vehicle Speed Sensor be shut off. This clutch will operate when the Brake Pedal If vehicle is equipped with manual
C269 to ground.
The Cruise Control Module receives voltage from the is depressed, the Clutch Pedal is depressed, the Cruise trans., GO to step 2.
GAGES Fuse in RUN, BULB TEST or START. A speed Control System is turned off, or the Cruise Control System
2. Connect test lamp from BRN (86) Test lamp does not light. REPLACE control module.
signal is received from the Instrument Cluster Speed Sen­ detects a failure.
wire at clutch switch connector
Test lamp lights. CHECK adjustment of clutch
C270 to ground. Depress clutch.
switch. If adjustment cannot be
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure corrected, REPLACE clutch
switch.
Brake S w itc h ................................... Below LH side of l/P, on brake pedal support a r m ............... 131 — 34
Below LH side of l/P, on clutch pedal s u p p o rt......................131 — 33 C R U IS E C O N T R O L D O ES N O T O P E R A TE
Clutch S w itch..................................
Convenience C e n te r..................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................132 — 37 TEST RESULT ACTION
Cruise Control M odule................... LH front of cowl, near brake booster.......................................121 — 2
Cruise Control S w itc h ................... Behind LH side of l/P, on clutch pedal support..................... 131 — 34 1. Place ignition switch in RUN and Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
Fuse B lo c k ....................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l................................ 132 — 37 cruise control switch to ON.
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
Redundant Cruise Release Switch Behind LH side of l/P, on clutch pedal support..................... 131 — 34 Connect test lamp from BRN (50)
(GAGES). If fuse is good, LOCATE
C178.................................................. LH front of cowl, near brake booster.......................................121 — 2 wire at cruise control switch
and REPAIR open in BRN (50) wire
C201.................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near headlamp sw itch ............... 132 — 37 connector C267 to ground and
from cruise control switch and
C225.................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r ............. ' ..........134 — 44 then cruise control module
cruise module to fuse block.
C267.................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, underneath steering colum n............. 132 — 38 connector C178 to ground.
C268.................................................. Below LH side of l/P, near clutch pedal support................... 131 — 34 2. Connect test lamp from GRA (397) Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
C269.................................................. Below LH side of l/P, near clutch pedal support................... 131 — 34 wire at cruise control switch
C270.................................................. Below LH side of l/P, near clutch pedal support................... 131 — 33 Test lamp does not light. REPLACE cruise control switch.
connector C267 to ground.
C 273/274......................................... Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor.............................. 134 — 44
C291.................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at convenience center........................137 — 56 3. Connect test lamp from GRA (397) Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
G107 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ...................... Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t...........................................122 — 4 at cruise control module connector
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
G107 (VIN N ) ................................... Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t...........................................1 2 3 — 9 C178 to ground.
GRA (397) wire from cruise control
G107 (VIN Z ) ................................... LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r................................ 125 — 13 module to cruise control switch.
G111 ............................................... RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r.......................................129 — 25
Engine harness, RH top of e n g in e .........................................121 — 1 4. Connect test lamp from GRA (397) Test lamp lights. GO to step 5.
S120 (VIN H) ( V IN K ) ......................
to BLK/WHT (450) wires at cruise
S120(VIN N ) ................................... Engine harness, RH top of e n g in e .........................................123 — 7 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
control module connector C178.
S131.................................................. Engine harness, near base of battery junction block cover .126 — 16 BLK/WHT (450) wire from cruise
521 3 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above control module to ground terminals
steering colum n.....................................................................1 3 2 — 37 G107 (Gasoline) or G 111 (Diesel).
521 4 l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r ............................................. 132 — 37 5. Connect test lamp from GRA (397) Test lamp lights. GO to step 6.
S229 (VIN Z )..................................... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .................................. 134 — 44 wire at cruise release switch
523 3 Cruise control harness, near brake pedal su p p o rt............... 132 — 38 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
connector C268 to ground.
523 4 Cruise control harness, behind LH side of l / P ..................... 1 3 2 — 38 GRA (397) wire from cruise release
switch to splice S233.
6. Connect test lamp from LT BLU Test lamp lights. GO to step 7.
(900) wire at cruise release switch
Test lamp does not light. CHECK to make sure brake pedal
connector C268 to ground.
is not depressed or brake switch is
out of adjustment. If brakes are
correct, REPLACE cruise release
switch.
7. Connect test lamp from LT BLU Test lamp lights. GO to step 8.
(900) wire at brake switch
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
connector C269 to ground.
BLU (900) wire from brake switch
to cruise release switch.

Chart continued on next page

8. Connect test lamp from BRN (86) Test lamp lights. GO to step 9 if vehicle is equipped
wire at brake switch connector w/manual trans.
C269 to ground.
GO to step 10 if vehicle is
equipped w/auto trans.
Test lamp does not light. CHECK adjustment of brake
switch. If properly adjusted,
REPLACE brake switch.
9. Connect test lamp from BRN (86) Test lamp lights. GO to step 10.
wire at clutch switch connector Test lamp does not light. CHECK adjustment of clutch
C270 to ground. switch. If properly adjusted,
REPLACE clutch switch.
10. Connect test lamp from BRN (86) Test lamp lights. GO to step 11.
wire at cruise control module LOCATE and REPAIR open in
Test lamp does not light.
connector C178 to ground.
BRN (86) wire from cruise control
module to brake switch.
 ENGINE
450-.8 B L K /W H T **^ FROM HOT FUEL >450-.8 BLK/WHT I FROM PARK/ NEUTRAL SWITCH l/P CLUSTER
FROM FUEL PUMP HANDLING MODULE (SEE PAGE 65) CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGE 43) (SEE PAGE 42)

FROM FUEL PUMP RELAY 50-.8 B L K /W H T ^ FROM ECM

(SEE PAGE 43) (SEE PAGE 56)

4 5 0 -1 .0 BLK/WHTi 4 5 0 .8 BLK/WHT
(B 4 5 0 .8 BLK/WHT

FROM EVRV
" GROUND S 120/239 (LB4) 4 3 7 .8 BRN/WHT
G107 (SEE PAGE 56)

(3 4 5 0 1 0 BLK/WHT

GAS ENGINES
12041254
C273
437-.8 BRN/RED (GAS)/BRN (DIESEL)

X
FROM FUEL TANK SENDER e450- 1.0 BLK/WHT f“ ° i1Em
(SEE PAGE 48) ■r-l U E ’ C J
G E i^ a
FROM FUEL PUMP RELAY ^ • 450-1.0 BLK/WHT □ 4 Em
(SEE PAGE 48) j < 3 0 1 5 | a 19 [
TO ECM
4 5 0 -1 .0 BLK/WHTi GAS ENGINES □ 6 EH)
13 l«57l ^ |«22|
c m 8 Em
GROUND, DIESEL ENGINES FROM ECM (SEE PAGE 61) 12047946 r ^ d 9 EE]
(LH6 DIESEL ONLY) Q E E W E IZ fe y
G111 C225
FROM CHECK ENGINE LAMP
DRIVE MODULE (SEE PAGE 61) jO E E lL ,
GROMMET 100 (l h b d ie s e l o n l y )
1 2 0 3 3 9 3 7 -8
I
REDUNDANT F 7!12! I
CRUISE 397-.8 GRA

RELEASE EE3-CD
9 0 0 .8 LT BLU
SWITCH ElD-®
EE]8 ED
120344 17 TO ECM — □
LH6 DIESEL EUb I I
C268

CRUISE 12047946
CONTROL C225 EI3 3 HZ)
SWITCH TO LOW COOLANT MODULE
EZE'CZ] (LH6 DIESEL)
(SEE PAGE 84)
IGN 39-.8 PNK
ON/OFF
SET/COAST 84 .8 DK BLU
RES/ACCEL 83 .8 DK GRN

397 .8 GRA
-------------------------------------------- i L f .. i
Q 0 L 2 5 A J ( j Q y y j
GAGES A C HTR WIPER

43 7 .8 BRN I
I TURN BU
Q>Q C20AD n H 1“ ^
4WO rm v RADIO*- 1
I □ □
ACC IGN "1

397 .8 GRA U^OAJ Q y it- i n . f

130A C B | j *
□ □
ECM IGN MAKE PARK IP ■ ^ “ “ "i
ACC 6ATT H
84 .8 DK BLU
G C i □ □ CXD □ 0 |30A C B ! |
□ □ a /ra □ □ s /is
83 .8 DK GRN
INJ A PANEL IPS
rT %
- c a ------ c x
5A
86 .8 BRN
O O O O & O 0 0 t j "" i_ r □ □ s /s □ □ □ □
STOP HA? CRANK
u n N II II II II l IT"
............
4 5 0 .8 BLK/WHT CLUTCH ^ 1--- ----------- 1— .. J j i ___________ p________ i
SWITCH FRONT
39-.8PNK (MANUAL RPO LEGEND FUSE BLOCK REAR

1 2 0592 98
TRANS K34- CRUISE CONTROL
ONLY) LB4 ■4.3L(262CU. IN.) V6
C178
GAS ENGINE VINZ
6.2L (378 CU. IN.)V8
DIESEL ENGINE VIN C
CIRCUIT OPERATION PARK, TAIL, MARKER, AND S 402................................................................. Rear taillamps harness, rear of truck, at rear
LICENSE LAMPS c ro s s m e m b e r .................................................... ...........136 — 51
BACKUP LAMPS S403................................ .............................. License lamps harness, at rear crossm em ber......... ...........136 — 51
Voltage is applied through the PARK LP Fuse to the S404................................ .............................. License lamps harness, at rear crossm em ber......... ...........136 —
W ith the Ignition Switch in RUN, BULB TEST, or 51
Light Switch at all times. With the Light Switch in PARK or S405................................ ........................... Taillamp harness, at rear crossm em ber .................. .......... 137 —
START, voltage is applied through the Turn/BU Fuse to 55
HEAD, voltage is applied to the Park, Tail, Marker, and S406 ............................. .............................. Taillamp harness, at rear crossm em ber...................
the Transmission Position Switch or the Backup Lamp ........... 137 — 55
License Lamps. S407................................ .............................. Taillamp harness, at rear crossmember................... ...........137 —
Switch. Whenever the gear selector lever is shifted to 55
REVERSE the Transm ission Position Switch or the
PRELIMINARY CHECKS
Backup Lamp Switch closes and voltage is applied to the
Backup Lamps and the Lamps turn on. The rear lamp systems (taillamps, clearance lamps, end gate lamps, and license plate lamps) all receive voltage from
same wire circuit (BRN 9) and share same ground term inals G400 and G401. If only one system is not working, LOCATE
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure and REPAIR an open in the wiring and/or bulbs that pertain to that system.

Backup Lamp Switch (A utom atic)......... . . . Top of steering column, under l/P ................................ .........131 — 36 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—REAR EXTERIOR LAMPS
Backup Lamp Switch (M a n u a l)............. . . . LH rear of engine, at transmission a sse m b ly............. .........126 — 18
NONE OF THE REAR LAMP SYSTEMS OPERATE
Clearance Lamp, RH F ro n t................... . . . RH front of rear fe n d e r .................................................. .........141 — 65
Clearance Lamp, RH R e a r ................... . . . RH rear of rear fe n d e r.................................................... .........141 — 65 TEST RESULT ACTION
Clearance Lamp, LH F r o n t................... . . . LH front of rear fender.................................................... .........141 — 65
Clearance Lamp, LH R ear...................... . . . LH rear of rear fe n d e r.................................................... .........141 — 65 1. Connect test lamp from ORN (240) Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
Convenience C e n te r.............................. . . . . Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n............. .........132 — 37 wire at headlamp switch connector
Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse (PARK
C204 to ground.
End Gate L a m p s ...................................... . . . Upper rear of end g a t e .................................................. .........141 — 65 LP). If fuse is good, LOCATE and
Fuse B lo c k............................................... . . . Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l...................... .........132 — 37 REPAIR open in RED (2) wire and
Headlamp Switch...................................... . . . LH side of l/P ................................................................... .........132 — 37 ORN (240) wire from headlamp
Junction B lo c k ......................................... . . . . RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r..................................... .........126 — 16 switch to junction block.
License Lamp, L H .................................. . . . . Left center of rear b u m p e r ........................................... .........136 — 51
51 2. Place headlamp switch to PARK Test lamp lights. GO to step 3.
License Lamp, R H .................................. . . . . Right center of rear b u m p e r......................................... .........136 —
position. Connect test lamp from
Taillamp A ssem blies.............................. , . . . RH and LH rear of ve hicle............................................. .........141 — 65 Test lamp does not light. REPLACE headlamp switch.
BRN (9) wire at headlamp switch
Transmission Position S w itc h ............... . . . . LH side of l/P, on steering c o lu m n .............................. .........131 — 36
connector C204 to ground.
C 100 (Gasoline)........................................ .. . Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l................. .........127 — 19
C107.......................................................... . . . . Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l................. .........130 — 28 3. Connect test lamp from BRN (9) Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
C179.......................................................... . . . . LH rear of engine, at transmission assem bly............. .........126 — 18 wire at rear lamp connector C400 (150) wire.
C204.......................................................... . . . . Behind LH side of l / P .................................................... .........132 — 37 to ground.
Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in
C283.......................................................... . . . . Below RH side of l/ P ...................................................... .........134 — 44
BRN (9) wire from rear lamps to
C329.......................................................... . . . . Top of steering column, under l/P ................................ .........131 — 36
headlamp switch.
C400 (Except Chassis C ab)................... . . . . LH rear of truck, at inner side of fra m e ........................ .........136 — 51
C401.......................................................... . . . . LH rear of truck, at rear crossm em ber........................ .........136 — 51
B A C K U P L A M P S DO NO T O P E R A TE
C402.......................................................... . . . . LH rear of truck, at rear crossm em ber........................ .........137 — 55
C403........................................................... . . . Rear of truck, under ta ilg a te ......................................... .........137 — 54 TEST RESULT ACTION
C404........................................................... . . . RH tail, stop and turn signal assem bly........................ .........136 — 51
C405.......................................................... . . . . LH tail, stop and turn signal a s s e m b ly ........................ .........136 — 51 1. Place transmission in reverse. Test lamp lights. GO to step 2.
C410........................................................... . . . Behind RH center of rear bum per................................ .........136 — 51 Connect test lamp from LT GRN
Test lamp does not light. GO to step 3.
C415........................................................... . . . Behind RH front of rear fe n d e r.................................... .........141 — 65 (24) wire at backup lamp connector
C416........................................................... . . . Behind RH rear of rear fender....................................... .........141 — 65 C404 and C405 to ground.
C417........................................................ . . . . Behind LH front of rear fe n d e r .................................... .........141 — 65 2. Connect test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. REPLACE bulb.
C418............................................................ .. Behind LH rear of rear fe n d e r....................................... .........141 — 65 (24) wire to BLK (150) wire at
C419........................................................ . . . . RH taillamp assem bly................................................... .........136 — 50 Test lamp does not light. LOCATE and REPAIR open in BLK
backup lamp connector C404 or
C420........................................................ . . . . LH taillamp assem bly................................................... .........136 — 50 (150) wire from backup lamp to
C405.
C430........................................................ . . . . Behind LH center of rear bum p e r................................ .........136 — 51 ground terminal G400.
G400 (Except Chassis Cab)................. . . . . LH rear of truck, on inner side of fram e........................ .........136 — 51 3. Connect test lamp from DK BLU Test lamp lights. GO to step 4.
G401 ...................................................... . . . . Rear of truck, at center of tailgate................................ .........137 — 54 (75) wire at backup lamp switch
50 Test lamp does not light. CHECK condition of fuse
G405 ...................................................... . . . . RH taillamp assem bly................................................... .........136 — connector C179 to ground.
50 (TURN/BU). If fuse is good,
G406 ...................................................... . . . . LH taillamp a ssem bly................................................... .........136 —
LOCATE and REPAIR open in DK
S201........................................................ . . . . l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near headlamp sw itch . . . .........132 — 37
. . . . l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r .................................. 132 — 37 BLU (75) wire from backup lamp
520 9
. . . . l/P harness, LH side of l/P, above LH side of switch to fuse block.
521 0
steering colum n.......................................................... .........132 — 37 4. Connect test lamp from LT GRN Test lamp lights. LOCATE and REPAIR open in LT
540 0 . . . . Taillamp harness, at rear crossm em ber..................... 136 — 51 (24) wire at backup lamp switch GRN (24) wire from backup lamp
5401 (Chassis C a b ).............................. Rear taillamps harness, rear of truck, at rear connector C179 to ground. switch to backup lamps.
c ro s s m e m b e r............................................................ 136 — 50
Test lamp does not light. Adjust backup lamp switch. If
S401 (Except Chassis C ab)................. . . . . Rear taillamps harness, rear of truck, at rear
backup lamp switch will not adjust
c ro s s m e m b e r............................................................ .........136 — 51
properly, REPLACE backup lamp
switch.
BACKUP
LAMP
SWITCH
(AUTO
TRANS)

R.H. TAIL, STOP, TURN

SIGNAL & BACKUP LAMP

24- 8 LT GRN

FROM RH SIDE MARKER

LAMPS (R05)
(SEE PAGE 117)
FROM RH LICENSE LAMP
(SEE PAGE 120)
FROM END GATE LAMPS (R05)
(SEE PAGE 117)

O j GROUND
75- 8 DK BLU
G400

FROM LH LICENSE LAMP

(SEE PAGE 120)
FROM LH SIDE MARKER
LAMPS (R05)
(SEE PAGE 117)

75- 8 DK BLU

□ □ a /a
□□
a /a □ □
a /a □ □ a / a □ □ a /ra
go/ s □ □ a /® □ □ □ □ L.H. TAIL, STOP, TURN
SIGNAL & BACKUP LAMP
______ (|_________|l R05 — DUAL REAR WHEEL
CONVERSION
FUSE BLOCK
 RIGHT HAND
BACKUP
LAMP

FOR REMAINDER
OF CIRCUITS. SEE
BACKUP LAMPS (PAGE 115).
DIRECTIONAL LAMPS,
HAZARD LAMPS, AND .TRAILER
22-5.0 WHT :
TAILLAMPS (PAGE 118. 119) 'GROUND

FOR REMAINDER
OF CIRCUIT, SEE
BACKUP LAMPS
(PAGE 115)

Oj GROUND
G401

TRAILER
24- 8 LT GRN 9-2.0 BRN TAIL &
3ciiLr LICENSE LAMP
TRAILER
LH STOP &
12015797 DIRECTIONAL LAMP

C400 TRAILER
BACKUP LAMP
TRAILER
RH STOP &
DIRECTIONAL LAMP

FOR REMAINDER
OF CIRCUITS. SEE
BACKUP LAMPS. (PAGE 115),
DIRECTIONAL LAMPS,
HAZARD LAMPS, AND
TAILLAMPS (PAGE 118, 119)

24-.8 LT GRN

19-.8 DK BRN

FRAME
RPO LEGEND
GROUND
G400 UY7 — TRUCK TRAILER WIRING HARNESS

BACKUP LAMPS CAB—CHASSIS TRUCK TRAILER WIRING HARNESS (RPO UY7)

 r^VVWW \AVv\Mv<^7 RH FRONT RH REAR
JUNCTION 5 HOT AT ALL TIMES < CLEARANCE CLEARANCE
BLOCK ^ A / \ ^ l^ ^AVvVAVVVV^/■

GROUND
G401

TO PANEL DIMMER S
(SEE PAGE 83)

TO CONVENIENCE CENTER
(SEE PAGE 14)

DUAL REAR WHEEL

CONVERSION
END
GATE
LAMP

12 02 0 0 9 9
END GATE AND CLEARANCE LAMPS
C107 LH FRONT LHREAR WITH DUAL REAR WHEELS (RPO R05)
CLEARANCE CLEARANCE 117
LAMP LAMP 11 •
 f^M\WvWVv\AAAAA^|
JUNCTION > HOT AT ALL TIMES S
BLOCK

A
*VvA/\AA/AVVVW vW ‘* i
DIESEL

P C I OXD 0*0 O 0 G d A C HTK

O -------------- © 3 5 ^ - —
O iA ^ k O o C i 0 0 C *Q
O - FUSIBLE
□ Q LSS
o /
LINK

5300
o GAS CL IPS

o d O Q
he
DCJtAMtt
E 3C
O

V FRONT
f
REAR

FUSE BLOCK
GROMMET 100
1 2 0 3 3 9 3 7 -8
GAS ENGINES ONLY

S201
S2 12-3.0 RED 2-3.0 RED I 12-3.0 RED I
>?" ■ ^ ■ 2 4 0 - 1 . 0 ORN p N ► TO CONVENIENCE CENTER (SEE PAGE 14)
12059885 12059884 | ^ M 2 4 0 - . 8 ORN TO CONVENIENCE CENTER(SEE PAGE 14)
C283
S209 • * " 2 4 0 - . 8 O R N i ^ - T(
TO CIGAR LIGHTER (SEE PAGE 93)
ENGINE

HEADLAMPS SWITCH

JL
DIESEL ONLY

TO PANEL DIMMER SW
(SEE PAGE 83)
i 2 3 .0 RED
TO A/C ^ B 9 - . 8 B R N
“ I
(SEE PAGE 70)
s21

R
TO RADIO - ^ ^ 9 - . 8 BRN 9 .8 BRN i
(SEE PAGE 96)

TO CONVENIENCE CENTER ' ^ ■ 9 .8 BRN DIESEL

(SEE PAGE 14) ONLY '

l/P
TO CONVENIENCE CENTER 9-. 3
(SEE PAGE 14)

a: \
33 4 90 31
\ 94 29

! y-r
141
15 I
92 98 :
h 5 93
12 L 3
140 2 I
( 593 11

u
J) 35 250
■ 696 2
: 18 r
9 39 401 400
: 24 30 19 II
6
T7
X3
12 020184
C100

24 30 19
]
18 9 9 .8 BRN

9 .8 BRN
 TO RH SIDE CLEARANCE LPS '9 -.8 BRN
(R 05 , DUAL REAR WHEELS)
(SEE PAGE 117)

TO END GATE LAMPS CONNECTOR 9 -.8 BRN

(R 05 , DUAL REAR WHEELS)
(SEE PAGE 117)

TO LICENSE LAMP CONNECTOR 9 -.8 BRN

(SEE PAGE 120)

TO LH SIDE CLEARANCE LAMPS 9 -.8 BRN

(R 05, DUAL REAR WHEELS)
R.H. TAIL, STOP, TURN
(SEE PAGE 117) SIGNAL & BACK UP LAMP

9 .8 PRN 1
1 5 0 -.8 BLK FROM RH SIDE CLEARANCE LAMPS
(R 05 , DUAL REAR WHEELS)
(SEE PAGE 117) S400
FROM END GATE LAMPS 9 .8 LT BLU/YEL 1
1 5 0 .8 BLK M flg C O N N E C T O R
i ¥\ =
s (R 0 5 , DUAL REAR WHEELS)
(SEE PAGE 117)
EJ <§t S402
il 150-.8 BLK GROUND
G400
1 2 0157 97 12010974
C400
1 5 0 -.8 BLK | { FROM LICENSE LAMP CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGE 120)
1 5 0 -.8 BLK [FROM LH SIDE CLEARANCE LAMPS
(R 05 , DUAL REAR WHEELS)
(SEE PAGE 117)

lo in

Lb^ FRAME
GROUND
G400

RPOLEGEND
L.H. TAIL, STOP, TURN CAB — CHASSIS MODEL
R05 — DUAL REAR WHEEL CONVERSION SIGNAL & BACKUP LAMP
JUNCTION
BLOCK

U O A J
GAGES
00V 1 25*“|
A C MTR
0 0 G O FROM RH TAIL, STOP, TURN
= -- C L 150 .8 BLK SIGNAL & BACKUP LAMPS
DO
TUAN tL1
J 0 I 25A y
k CTSY
(SEE PAGE 118)

in n ,

ECM ICN
□ •RtKE p*m ip
FROM RH SIDE SLEARANCE LAMPS (WITH R05)
(SEE PAGE 117)

f
jr \ o.
□ 0 CXJ □
10A |
MU A PANEL LPS
FROM END GATE LAMPS CONNECTOR
(SEE PAGE 117)
(i-i fa,
0 0 □ D □ ISA
*wi car
GROUND
G400
FRONT

: FROM LH SIDE CLEARANCE LAMPS (WITH R05)

(SEE PAGE 117)
GAS ENGINES ONLY FROM LH TAIL. STOP. TURN
SIGNAL & BACKUP LAMPS
(SEE PAGE 118)
2 3.0 RED RIGHT HAND
12059885 12059884 LICENSE
C283 LAMP
ENGINE (STEP BUMPER
ONLY)

150 .8 BLK

TO PANEL & INTERIOR LAMPS 9 .8 BRN

CONTROL SWITCH
(SEE PAGE 83)

TO A/C
(SEE PAGE

TO RADIO
(SEE PAGE 96)

TO CONVENIENCE CENTER ^
(SEE PAGE 14) 12020348

C43° LEFT HAND

. TO RH TAIL, STOP, TURN
SIGNAL & BACKUP LAMPS LICENSE
(SEE PAGE 118) LAMP

TL
33 490 31
TO RH SIDE CLEARANCE LAMPS (WITH R05)
94 29
14I 92 98 :
(SEE PAGE 117)
161 93

r>j
3
12 ‘ TO END GATE LAMPS CONNECTOR
140 2 I
593 11 u 3 (SEE PAGE 117)
35 250
696 2
39 401 400 : TO LH SIDE CLEARANCE LAMPS (WITH R05)
24 75 6 (SEE PAGE 117)

120 20184
. TO LH TAIL. STOP. TURN
C100 9 .8 BRN
SIGNAL & BACKUP LAMPS
(SEE PAGE 118)

RPO LEGEND
R05 — DUAL REAR WHEEL
CONVERSION
 C118

FRONT OF
VEHICLE

1. CRUISE CONTROL MODULE

2. REAR WHEEL ANTILOCK
BRAKE MODULE LC0006-CK-E-RP

Figure 2 - LH Front Of Cowl

1. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

2. IDLE AIR CONTROL STEPPER MOTOR
3. THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
4. FUEL INJECTORS
5. GENERATOR
6. AIR SWITCH
7. ELECTRONIC SPARK CONTROL MODULE
8. ELECTRONIC SPARK CONTROL SENSOR
9. EGR VALVE SOLENOID
10. STARTER SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
11. A/C ACCUMULATOR SWITCH
12. A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
13. ELECTRONIC VACUUM REGULATOR VALVE (EVRV)

LC0005-CK-E-RP
 S123

G107

LC0009-CK-E-RP

Figure 5 - LH Front Of Engine Compartment

FRONT OF
VEHICLE

1. COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2. ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING DISTRIBUTOR
3. FUEL PUMP OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
4. OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (INDICATORS) OR
OIL PRESSURE SENDER (GAGES)
5. OXYGEN SENSOR

LC0008-CK-E-RP
 1. FUEL PUMP OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
2. OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (INDICATORS) OR
OIL PRESSURE SENDER (GAGES)

LC0012-CK-E-RP

Figure 8 - LH Side Of Engine (VIN N)

1. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

2. ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING DISTRIBUTOR
3. IDLE AIR CONTROL STEPPER MOTOR
4. FUEL INJECTORS
5. GENERATOR
6. AIR INLET PRESSURE SWITCH CONTROL
7. AIR SWITCH
8. AUXILIARY COOLING FAN SWITCH
9. STARTER SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
10. THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
11. A/C CYCLING SWITCH
12. A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
13. ELECTRONIC VACUUM REGULATOR VALVE (EVRV)
LC0011-CK-E-RP
 . FRONT OF
i f VEHICLE

1. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

2. IDLE AIR CONTROL STEPPER MOTOR
3. THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
4. FUEL INJECTORS
5. GENERATOR
6. AIR SWITCH
7. ELECTRONIC SPARK CONTROL MODULE
8. STARTER SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
9. A/C ACCUMULATOR SWITCH 1. JUNCTION BLOCK
2. UNDERHOOD LAMP
10. A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
3. FUSE HOLDER
11. EGR SOLENOID
LC0014-CK-E-RP LC0016-CK-E-RP
 1. FRONT AXLE ACTUATOR

LC0018-CK-E-RP

Figure 14 - RH Side Of Engine

^ FRONT OF
^ VEHICLE

1. COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2. ELECTRONIC SPARK DISTRIBUTOR TIMING
3. FUEL PUMP OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
4. OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (INDICATORS) OR
OIL PRESSURE SENDER (GAGES)
5. ELECTRONIC SPARK CONTROL (ESC) SENSOR

12H3.1A
 G109 (GASOLINE)
G106 (DIESEL)

C120
C184

FRONT OF
Figure 17 - LH Side Of Transmission
v e h ic l e
(Manual, Four Wheel Drive)

S131

1. FUEL CONTROL IN-LINE FUSE

2. JUNCTION BLOCK
3. TRANSMISSION KICKDOWN RELAY
4. COLD ADVANCE RELAY OR
TRANSFER CASE RELAY
5. FUEL PUMP RELAY

LC0019-CK-E-RP LC0021 -CK-E-RP

 C177

S118 FRONT OF
C152 ^ VEHICLE

C100

C138
1. TRANSMISSION CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID LC0023-CK-E-RP

Figure 20 - LH Side Of Transmission

(MD8 4 Speed Automatic)

C169 FRONT OF
VEHICLE

1. BRAKE PRESSURE WARNING SWITCH

2. WIPER MOTOR
3. REAR WHEEL ANTILOCK BRAKE MODULE
4. OXYGEN SENSOR
5. ENGINE TEMPERATURE SWITCH
(INDICATORS CLUSTER) OR ENGINE
TEMPERATURE SENDER (GAGES CLUSTER)

LC0022-CK-E-RP
 C163

S108 C162

&

"V

FRONT OF w
VEHICLE C166 \ C128

S124

FRONT OF
VEHICLE

1. A/C CYCLING SWITCH

2. FAST IDLE/COLD ADVANCE TEMPERATURE
SWITCH OR FAST IDLE TEMPERATURE SWITCH
3. GLOW PLUGS
4. STARTER SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
5. A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH 1. GLOW PLUG CONTROLLER

LC0024-CK-E-RP LC0026-CK-E-RP

Figure 22 - RH Side Of VIN C And VIN J Engines Figure 24 - Top RH Rear Of VIN C And VIN J Engines
 C117
FRONT OF
VEHICLE
C124

S181
1. COLD ADVANCE CONTROL
2. FAST IDLE SOLENOID
3. FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE
4. THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR LC0028-CK-E-RP

Figure 26 - LH Front Of VIN C And VIN J Engines

1. GENERATOR
2. EGR PULSE SOLENOID VALVE
3. COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
4. EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION
(EGR) VALVE
5. EGR DUMP SOLENOID VALVE
6. ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
7. OIL PRESSURE SENDER/SWITCH
8. WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9. EPR SOLENOID VALVE
 S110
C142

C164

S133 C102
FRONT OF C107
VEHICLE

1. WIPER MOTOR
2. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
3. REAR WHEEL ANTILOCK BRAKE MODULE
4. BRAKE PRESSURE WARNING SWITCH

LC0029-CK-E-RP
 FRONT OF FRONT OF
VEHICLE VEHICLE ~

C329

S324

1. IGNITION SWITCH
2. CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
3. WINDSHIELD WIPER
4. WINDSHIELD WASHER
1. CONVENIENCE CENTER
2. FOUR WHEEL DRIVE INDICATOR LAMP
3. ILLUMINATION LAMP
LC0032-CK-E-RP LC0036-CK-E-RP

Figure 31 - Front Of Center Console (Four Wheel Drive) Figure 35 - RH Side Of Steering Column

1. ASSEMBLY LINE
DIAGNOSTIC LINK (ALDL)

LC0033-CK-E-RP
 S233

5211
S207
5212

C204

LC0039-CK-E-RP

Figure 38 - Behind LH Side Of l/P

C209

A . FRONT OF
v e h ic l e
C207

1. FUSE BLOCK
2. PARK BRAKE SWITCH
3. HAZARD FLASHER
4. CONVENIENCE CENTER
5. IN-LINE DIODE
6. HEADLAMPS SWITCH
7. PANEL AND INTERIOR LAMPS CONTROL SWITCH
8. l/P CLUSTER CONNECTOR
9. l/P CLUSTER
LC0038-CK-E-RP
 LC0041-CK-E-RP

Figure 40 - Behind LH Side Of l/P

C210

FRONT OF
FRONT OF VEHICLE
VEHICLE

C209

1. HEATER LAMP
2. BLOWER SWITCH
LC0042-CK-E-RP LC0044-CK-E-RP
 S219

S241

1. ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (ECM)

2. CHECK ENGINE LAMP DRIVER MODULE
3. IN-LINE RESISTOR
4. RECTIFIER ASSEMBLY
5. HOT FUEL HANDLING MODULE
1. TEMPERATURE DOOR MOTOR
2. AIR INLET VALVE MOTOR
C217
LC0045-CK-E-RP LC0047-CK-E-RP
 C183 C176 S l 06
S101

G105

Figure 48 - Front Of Passenger Compartment

C461

1. WASHER MOTOR CONNECTOR

2. HORN, LH
3. HORN, RH
4. HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
5. SIDEMARKER LAMP, LH C260-
6. PARK AND TURN SIGNAL LAMP
FRONT OF
7. SIDEMARKER LAMP, RH
VEHICLE

1. ROOF MARKER LAMP

LC0048-CK-E-RP LC0050-CK-E-RP
 G405 1. FRAME RAIL
2. FUEL PUMP
1. TAILLAMP ASSEMBLY 3. FUEL TANK SENDER
LC0051-CK-E-RP LC0053-CK-E-RP

Figure 50 - Rear Of Truck At Frame Members (Chassis Cab) Figure 52 - LH Middle Of Truck Frame Rail (Diesel)

G400
FRONT OF
VEHICLE ~

C406
1. LH FRAME RAIL
1. LICENSE LAMP, RH 2. FUEL METER AND PUMP
2. LICENSE LAMP, LH
LC0052-CK-E-RP
Figure 54 - Center of End Gate

1. CONVENIENCE CENTER
2. SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR SWITCH
 C292

1. REEL LAMP
2. JUNCTION BLOCK

1. DAYTIME RUNNING LAMP

MODULE
2. DAYTIME RUNNING LAMP
RELAY
3. FOG LAMP RELAY

LC0056-CK-E-RP
 C192

1. COIL
2. ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING DISTRIBUTOR

LC0058-CK-E-RP

Fig u re 60 - T o p O f E ngine

1. AUXILIARY COOLING FAN

1. FOG LAMP

LC0057-CK-E-RP LC0059-CK-E-RP
1. RH JAMB SWITCH
2. GLOVE BOX LAMP
3. CARGO LAMP SWITCH
4. LH JAMB SWITCH 1. RH REAR SPEAKER C247
5. LH COURTESY LAMP 2. LH REAR SPEAKER
6. ASH TRAY LAMP 3. AM RADIO
7. RH COURTESY LAMP 4. RADIO RECEIVER
8. DOME LAMP 5. RADIO CONTROL HEAD
9. CARGO LAMP 6. CASSETTE DECK/GRAPHIC EQUALIZER
LC0060-CK-E-RP LC0061-CK-E-RP
 C501

frt

C502
C503
C602

5530
5531
5600
5601

1. POWER WINDOW SWITCHES 1. END GATE LAMP

2. POWER DOOR LOCK MOTOR 2. TAILLAMP ASSEMBLY, LH
3. POWER LOCK SWITCH 3. TAILLAMP ASSEMBLY, RH
4. POWER WINDOW MOTOR 4. END GATE LAMPS

LC0062-CK-E-RP LC0063-CK-E-RP
 LAMP BULB DATA
AC Type Guide Lamps are recommended when replacement becomes
necessary.

Trade Power Rating

Lamp Usage Quantity No. at 12.8V, Watts
Headlamps (2) Headlamp System 2 6052 55/65
2 H6054 35/65
(Opt.)
(4) Headlamp System 2 H4701 65
2 H4703 55
Candle Power
Taillamp and Stoplamp 2 2057 32-2
Backup Lamp 1 1156 32
Dome Lamps 1 211-2 12
Oil Pressure Lamp1 1 194 2
Battery Indicator Lamp 1 194 2
Instrument Cluster Illuminating 194 2
Lamps
Headlamp Beam Indicator Lamp 1 161 1
Temperature Indicator Lamp1 1 194 2
Directional Signal Indicator Lamp 194 2
Brake Warning Indicator 1 194 2
Wait Lamp2 1 194 2
Heater or A/C Control 37 .5
Radio Dial Lamp 1 1893 2
Four Wheel Drive Indicator 1 194 2
Courtesy Lamp 1 1003 15
Low Coolant Lamp 1 194 2
Safety Belt Warning 1 194 2
Four Wheel Drive Shift Lever 1 194 1
Service Fuel Filter Lamp2 1 194 2
Dome and Reading Lamp 211-2 12
Check Gages Lamp3 1 194 2
Service Engine Soon 1 194 2
Upshift Lamp 1 161 1
Front Parking/Turn Signal Lamp 4 2357NA 28
Front Side Marker Lamp 2 194 2
Rear Fender Marker Lamp4 4 194 2
Roof Marker Lamp 5 194 2
License Lamp 2 194 2
Ashtray Lamp 1 194 2
Cargo Lamp 1 570 32

1Cluster w/o gages only

2Diesel only
3Cluster w/gages only
4 Dual rear wheels only

BULB DATA
142
A/C Clutch R e la y ........................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ................................ 134 — 45 Coolant Temperature Sensor
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN C) (VIN J ) . . . . RH front of en g in e ..................................................................... 128 — 22 (VIN H )(V IN K )........................................... RH front of engine, at front of valve cover...............................122 — 4
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN H) (VIN K) . . . RH front of engine..................................................................... 121 — 1 Coolant Temperature Sensor (VIN Z ) ......... LH front of engine, at coolant o u tle t....................................... 125 — 13
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN N ) ................. RH front of engine..................................................................... 123 — 7 Coolant Temp S e n s o r................................... Top LH side of e n g in e .............................................................. 129 — 25
A/C Compressor Clutch (VIN Z )................... RH front of engine..................................................................... 124 — 10 Courtesy Lamp, L H ....................................... Lower LH side of l / P ................................................................ 140 — 62
A/C Compressor Clutch Diode (VIN H) Courtesy Lamp, R H ....................................... Lower RH side of l/ P ................................................................ 140 — 62
(VIN K ) ........................................................ RH front of engine, in A/C compressor c o n n e c to r............... 121 — 1 Cruise Control M odule.................................. LH front of cowl, near brake booster...................................... .121 — 2
A/C Compressor Clutch Diode (VIN N) . . . . RH front of engine, in A/C compressor c o n n e c to r............... 123 — 7 Cruise Control S w itc h ................................... Behind LH side of l/P, on clutch pedal support..................... .131 — 34
A/C Compressor Clutch Diode (VIN Z) . . . . RH front of engine, in A/C compressor c o n n e c to r............... 124 — 10 Daytime Running Lamp M o d u le ................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. .138 — 57
A/C C o n tro lle r............................................... Front center of l/ P ..................................................................... 133 — 43 Daytime Running Lamp Relay...................... Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. .138 — 57
A/C Cycling Switch (VIN C) (VIN J ) ............. RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccu m u la to r................................ 128 — 22 Diagnostic Connector C151.......................... LH front of cowl, taped to h a rn e s s .........................................,130 — 28
A/C Cycling Switch (VIN H) (VIN K ) ............. RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccu m u la to r................................ 121 — 1 Door Lock Motors........................................... In lower center of each d o o r ................................................... ,141 — 64
A/C Cycling Switch (VIN N ) ......................... RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccu m u la to r................................ 123 — 7 Door Lock S w itches....................................... On lower front of each door..................................................... .141 — 64
A/C Cycling Switch (VIN Z ) ......................... RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccu m u la to r................................ 124 — 10 EGR Dump Solenoid V a lv e .......................... LH top of engine, near LH valve c o v e r.................................. .129 — 25
Air Inlet Valve M otor...................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on plenum ........................................... 134 — 46 EGR Pulse Solenoid V a lv e .......................... LH top of engine, near LH valve c o v e r.................................. 129 — 25
Air Inlet Valve Motor Pressure S w itch ........ On A/C compressor................................................................... 124 — 10 EGR Valve Solenoid (VIN H) (VIN K ) ........... RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... .121 — 1
AIR Switch (VIN H)(VIN K)............................ RH front of en g in e ..................................................................... 121 — 1 EGR Valve Solenoid (VIN Z ) ........................ Top of engine, RH s id e ............................................................ .124 — 10
AIR Switch (VIN N )......................................... RH front of engine, above AIR p u m p ..................................... 123 — 7 Electronic Control Module (E C M )............... Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r...........................134 — 44
AIR Switch (VIN Z ) ......................................... RH front of e ngine..................................................................... 124 — 10 Electronic Control Module C onnecto r......... Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r...........................134 — 44
AM R a d io ........................................................ Left center of l / P ....................................................................... 140 — 63 Electronic Spark Control Sensor (VIN H)
Antilock Module (D ie s e l).............................. Mounted on brake master c ylin d e r......................................... 130 — 28 (VIN K ) ............................................................ RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... .121 — 1
Antilock Module (G a so lin e).......................... Mounted on brake master c ylin d e r......................................... 127 — 19 Electronic Spark Control Sensor (VIN Z ) . . . RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... .125 — 13
Ashtray Lam p................................................. Center of l/P, above a sh tra y.................................................... 140 — 62 Electronic Spark Timing Distributor (VIN H)
Assembly Line Diagnostic Link (VIN K ) ............................................................ Top rear of engine......................................................................122 — 4
(ALDL) C o n n e c to r.................................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................ 131 — 32 Electronic Spark Timing Distributor (VIN N) Top rear of e ngine......................................................................123 — 7
Auxiliary Battery............................................. LH front of engine com partm ent............................................. 122 — 5 Electronic Spark Timing Distributor (VIN Z) Top rear of engine......................................................................125 — 13
Auxiliary Battery R e la y ................................ Inside LH fender, near windshield washer cont ai ner . . . . . . 122 — 5 Electronic Vacuum Regulator Valve (VIN K) RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... .121 — 1
Auxiliary Cooling Fan.................................... Front of vehicle, inside engine com partm ent........................ 139 — 61 Electronic Vacuum Regulator Valve (VIN N) RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... .123 — 7
Auxiliary Cooling Fan R e la y ....................... On LH front fender, near front of cow l..................................... 124 — 11 End Gate L a m p s ........................................... Upper rear of end g a te ............................................................ .141 — 65
Auxiliary Cooling Fan S w itch....................... RH side of engine, above exhaust m anifold...........................123 — 7 Engine Speed S e n s o r................................... Top rear of e ngine .................................................................... .129 — 25
Backup Lamp Switch (A utom atic)............... Top of steering column, under l/P ............................................131 — 36 Engine Temperature Switch (Gasoline) . . . LH side of engine, in cylinder head........................................ .127 — 19
Backup Lamp Switch (M a n u a l)................... LH rear of engine, at transmission assem bly....................... .126 — 18 EPR Solenoid Valve....................................... LH top of engine, near LH valve c o v e r.................................. .129 — 25
B a tte ry ............................................................ RH front of engine c o m p a rtm e n t...........................................,122 — 6 Fast Idle S o le n o id ......................................... Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r .............................129 — 26
Blower M o to r................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, below c o w l..........................................134 — 45 Fog Lamp Relay............................................. LH side of c o w l....................................................................... .138 — 57
Blower R e sisto rs........................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ................................ .134 — 45 Fog Lamp S w itch........................................... RH side of l / P ........................................................................... .133 — 40
Blower S w itc h ............................................... l/P, RH s id e ............................................................................... .133 — 41 Fog Lamp, L H ............................................... LH front of ve h ic le ................................................................... .139 — 59
Brake Pressure W arning Switch (Diesel) .. Mounted on brake master c ylin d e r..........................................130 — 28 Fog Lamp, R H ............................................... RH front of vehicle................................................................... .139 — 59
Brake Pressure W arning Switch (Gasoline) Mounted on brake master c ylin d e r..........................................127 — 19 Four-Wheel-Drive Indicator L a m p ............... LH side of floor console.......................................................... .131 — 31
Brake S w itc h ................................................. Below LH side of l/P, on brake pedal support a r m ................131 — 34 Front Axle A c tu a to r....................................... Front of engine, at RH side of differential case..................... .125 — 14
Cargo L a m p ................................................... Rear center outside roof p a n e l............................................... .140 — 62 Front Axle S w itch........................................... Front of engine, near differential c a s e .................................. .125 — 14
Cargo Lamp S w itc h ....................................... Front LH side of l/ P .................................................................. ,140 — 62 Fuel Control In-Line F u s e ............................ RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover....................... .126 — 16
Cassette Deck/Graphic E qualizer............... Center of l / P ............................................................................. .140 — 63 Fuel Filter A s s e m b ly ..................................... Top RH side of engine............................................................ .128 — 23
Check Engine Lamp Driver Module Fuel H e a te r.................................................... Top RH side of engine, in filter assem bly...............................128 — 23
(Remote)...................................................... Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor...............................134 — 44 Fuel Injectors (VIN H) (VIN K ) ...................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .................................. .121 — 1
Check Engine Lamp Driver Module (VIN C) Below RH side of l/ P ................................................................ .134 — 44 Fuel Injectors (VIN N)..................................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .................................. .123 — 7
Cigar L ig h te r................................................. LH side of l/P, right side of a shtray..........................................133 — 42 Fuel Injectors (VIN Z ) ..................................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .................................. .124 — 10
Clearance Lamp, LH F r o n t .......................... LH front of rear fender.............................................................. .141 — 65 Fuel Meter and P u m p .................................. On LH side of middle frame, in fuel ta n k .................................136 — 53
Clearance Lamp, LH R ear............................ LH rear of rear fe n d e r.............................................................. .141 — 65 Below rear of engine, on LH frame r a il................................ .136 — 52
Clearance Lamp, RH F ro n t......................... RH front of rear fe n d e r ............................................................ .141 — 65 Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch (VIN H)
Clearance Lamp, RH R e a r .......................... RH rear of rear fe n d e r.............................................................. .141 — 65 (VIN K ) ........................................................ LH rear of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ......................... .122 — 4
Clutch S w itch................................................. Below LH side of l/P, on clutch pedal s u p p o rt..................... .131 — 33 Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch (VIN H)
Coil A s s e m b ly ............................................... RH top of engine, near electronic spark timing d istrib u to r.,.139 — 60 (VIN K ) ........................................................ LH rear of e n g in e ......................................................................122 — 4
Cold Advance C o n tro l.................................. Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r .............................129 — 26 Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch (VIN N) . . . LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ......................... .123 — 8
Cold Advance R e la y .................................... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover....................... .126 — 16 Fuel Pump Oil Pressure Switch (VIN Z ) . . . . LH rear of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ......................... .125 — 13
Cold Advance Temperature S w itch............. RH side of engine, near rear in je c to r.................................. .128 — 22 Fuel Pump R e la y........................................... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover..................... .126 — 16
Compressor Clutch Diode (VIN C) (VIN J ) .. RH front of engine, in A/C compressor clutch connecto r.. .128 — 22 Fuel Sender and Pump (G a s o lin e )............. LH middle of truck frame ra il................................................. .136 — 53
Convenience C e n te r.................................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n....................... .132 — 37 Fuel Shutoff V a lv e ......................................... Top LH side of engine, above LH valve cover...................... .129 — 26
Convenience C e n te r.................................... Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n....................... .137 — 56 Fuel Tank Sender (D iesel)............................ In fuel ta n k................................................................................ .136 — 52
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
Fuse B lo c k ...................................................... Behind LH side of l/P, above kick p a n e l.............................. , .132 — 37 Park and Turn Signal Lamp, L H ................. LH front of ve h icle .................................................................. .135 — 47
Fuse H o ld e r.................................................... RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k .................................. , .138 — 58 Park and Turn Signal Lam ps........................ RH and LH front of v e h ic le ................................................... .135 — 47
Fusible Link A ........................................................................ RH front of cowl behind Junction B lo c k ............................... .126 — 16 Park Brake S w itc h ......................................... Below LH side of l/P, on top of park brake a sse m b ly......... .132 — 37
Fusible Link D ........................................................................ RH front of cowl behind Junction B lo c k ............................... .126 — 16 Park/Neutral S w itch....................................... Top of steering column, under l/P ......................................... .131 — 36
Fusible Link N ........................................................................ RH front of engine compartment, below rear of battery . .., .129 — 27 Radio Control H e a d ....................................... Left center of l / P .................................................................... .132 — 39
Generator (VIN C) (VIN J ) ............................ Upper LH front of engine........................................................, .129 — 25 Radio Receiver (F M )..................................... Behind LH side of l/P, near steering c o lu m n ..................... .140 — 63
Generator(VIN H ) ( V IN K ) ............................ Upper LH front of engine......................................................... .121 — 1 Rear Defogger S w itc h ................................... LH side of l/P, right of steering colum n................................ .133 — 40
Generator (VIN N ) ......................................... Upper LH front of engine......................................................... .123 — 7 Rear Wheel Antilock Brake Module (Diesel) Mounted on brake master cylin d e r....................................... .130 — 28
Generator (VIN Z)........................................... Upper LH front of engine........................................................, .124 — 10 Rear Wheel Antilock (RWAL) Brake
Glove Box L a m p ........................................... RH side of l/P, left of glove b o x ............................................., .140 — 62 Module (G a so lin e )..................................... LH front of cowl, mounted on brake master c y lin d e r......... .127 — 19
Glow Plug C o n tro lle r..................................... Top RH side of engine, above valve c o v e r........................... .128 — 24 Rectifier Assem bly......................................... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near blower motor .134 — 44
Glow P lugs...................................................... Above exhaust manifolds, at each c y lin d e r....................... . .128 — 22 Redundant Cruise Release S w itc h ............. Behind LH side of l/P, on clutch pedal support................... .131 — 34
Hazard F la s h e r............................................. Behind LH side of l/P, near LH sh ro u d ................................ .132 — 37 Resistor 510 o h m ........................................... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near grommet . . . .134 — 44
Headlamp Assembly, L H .............................. LH front of v e h icle .................................................................. . .135 — 47 Roof Marker L a m p s....................................... Front Roof of C a b .................................................................. .135 — 49
Headlamp Assembly, R H ............................ RH front of vehicle.................................................................. . .135 — 47 Safety Belt Retractor S w itc h ........................ Under driver’s seat, on floor p a n e l....................................... .137 — 56
Headlamp Dimmer S w itch............................ LH side of l/P, on steering c o lu m n ...................................... . .131 — 36 Side Marker Lamp, L H .................................. LH side front of v e h icle .......................................................... .135 — 47
Headlamps S w itch......................................... Front LH side of l/ P ................................................................ .132 — 37 Side Marker Lamp, R H ................................ RH side front of vehicle.......................................................... .135 — 47
Heater L a m p s ................................................ Behind RH side of l / P ............................................................, .133 — 41 Speaker, LH F ro n t......................................... Under top LH side of l / P ........................................................ .132 — 39
High Blower R elay......................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum .............................. , .134 — 45 Speaker, LH R e a r ......................................... Upper LH rear of cab.............................................................. .140 — 63
Horn R elay...................................................... Below LH side of l/P, at convenience c e n te r ..................... , .137 — 56 Speaker, RH F ront......................................... Upper top RH side of l/ P ........................................................ .132 — 39
Horn S w itc h .................................................... Top of steering column, in steering w h e e l.......................... .135 — 48 Speaker, RH R e a r......................................... Upper RH rear of c a b ............................................................ .140 — 63
Horn, LH.......................................................... LH side of radiator support, below headlam p..................... .135 — 47 Speed S e n s o r............................................... Rear of engine, LH side of transm ission.............................. .126 — 17
Horn, R H ........................................................ Front of center radiator s u p p o rt..........................................., .135 — 47 Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN C) (VIN J) . Lower RH side of engine........................................................ .128 — 22
Hot Fuel Handling M odule ........................................... Behind RH side of l/P, above blower m o to r....................... , .134 — 44 Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN K) (VIN H ). Lower RH side of engine........................................................ .121 — 1
I/P C lu s te r...................................................... LH side of l/P ........................................................................... .132 — 37 Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN N ) ............. Lower RH side of engine........................................................ .123 — 7
I/P Cluster C o n n e c to r................................... Behind LH side of l / P ............................................................ 132 — 37 Starter Solenoid Assembly (VIN Z ) ............. Lower RH side of engine........................................................ .124 — 10
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor (VIN H) Stop/TCC S w itc h ........................................... Below LH side of l/P, on brake pedal support a r m ............. .130 — 30
(VIN K ) ........................................................ RH rear of engine, near RH valve c o v e r.............................., .121 — 1 Taillamp A ssem blies..................................... RH and LH rear of vehicle...................................................... .136 — 50
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor (VIN N)......... RH rear of engine, near RH valve c o v e r.............................. .123 — 7 Taillamp A sse m b lie s..................................... RH and LH rear of vehicle...................................................... .141 — 65
Idle Air Control Stepper Motor (VIN Z )......... RH rear of engine, near RH valve c o v e r.............................. .124 — 10 Temperature Door M otor.............................. Behind RH side of l/P, on plenum ......................................... .134 — 46
Ignition S w itc h ........................................................................ RH side of steering colum n .............................................................................. .131 — 35 Throttle Position Sensor (VIN C ) ................. LH side of e n g in e .................................................................. .129 — 26
Illumination L a m p .............................................................. LH side of floor console.........................................................., .131 — 31 Throttle Position Sensor (VIN H) (VIN K ) . . . Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector......... .121 — 1
In-Line D io d e .................................................. Below LH side of l/P, near convenience c e n te r .......................... .132 — 37 Throttle Position Sensor (VIN N ) ................. Center RH side of e n g in e ...................................................... 123 — 7
t l -* u i _ n /\ /1ki -7\ ^ ♦ /S *» j~
J1—
1rt 1 /N / \ &AM •M A M / \ /M» ♦ 1>NV 441/N 1J 1M 1/N/S+ *» Ar%A AA
In-Line R e sis to r............................................. n n b iu « 01 i / r , n e a r u i u w e r i i i u i u i .............................................................. «+*+

Interior Lamps S w itc h ................................... Front LH side of l/ P ................................................................ .132 — 37 Transfer Case R e la y ..................................... RH front of cow l...................................................................... .126 — 16
Jamb Switch, L H ........................................... LH end of l/ P ........................................................................... , .140 — 62 Transfer Case Speed S e n s o r...................... LH rear of transfer c a s e ........................................................ .126 — 17
Jamb Switch, R H ........................................... RH end of l/P .................................................................................................................. .140 — 62 Transfer Case S w itc h .................................. Rear of engine, at transfer c a s e ........................................... .126 — 17
Junction B lo c k ................................................ RH front of cowl, behind c o v e r............................................. .126 — 16 Transmission Converter Clutch Solenoid .. LH side of MD8 transm ission............................................... .127 — 20
License Lamp, L H ......................................... Left center of rear b u m p e r................................................... , .136 — 51 Transmission Kickdown R e la y ................... RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover..................... .126 — 16
License Lamp, R H ......................................... Right center of rear b u m p e r................................................. . .136 — 51 Transmission Kickdown S o le n o id ............... LH side of M40 transmission................................................. .121 — 21
Low Blower R e la y ....................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum .............................., .134 — 45 Transmission Position S w itc h ...................... LH side of l/P, on steering c o lu m n ....................................... .131 — 36
Low Coolant M o d u le ..................................... Rear of engine compartment, center front of c o w l............., .130 — 29 Turn Signal S w itch......................................... LH side of steering colum n.................................................... —
Low Coolant P r o b e ....................................... RH rear of engine compartment, inside coolant reservoir . .130 — 29 Underhood Lam p........................................... RH rear underside of h o o d ................................................... .124 — 12
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (VIN C) LH front of cowl, near wiper m o to r ...................................... 130 — 28 Washer M o to r............................................... Above LH wheelhouse, in washer fluid front reservoir .135 — 47
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (VIN H) Water-ln-Fuel Sensor (D iesel)...................... Top RH side of engine, at filter a ssem bly............................ .128 — 23
(VIN K ) ..................................................................................... RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................. . .121 — 1 Water Temperature Sensor (D ie s e l)........... LH side of engine, above exhaust m a n ifo ld ........................ .129 — 25
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (VIN N) RH rear of engine, above valve cover.................................. . .123 — 7 Window M o to rs ............................ ............. At rear of each door................................................................ .141 — 64
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (VIN Z) RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................. . .124 — 10 Window Switches........................................... On each door........................................................................... .141 — 64
Mode Door M otor........................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on plenum ........................................ , .133 — 43 Wiper Motor (D ie s e l)..................................... Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l................................ .130 — 28
Oil Pressure Sender (VIN H) (VIN K ) ........... LH rear of e n g in e .................................................................. . .122 — 4 Wiper Motor (G asoline)................................ Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l................................ .127 — 19
Oil Pressure Sender (VIN N ) ........................ LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ....................... . .123 — 8 Wiper S w itc h .................................................. LH side of steering colum n.................................................... .131 — 36
Oil Pressure Sender (VIN Z ) ........................ LH rear of e n g in e ...................................................................................................... .125 — 13 C100 (D iesel).................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l .......................... .130 — 28
Oil Pressure Sender/Switch (VIN C) (VIN J) LH rear of e n g in e ...................................................................................................... .129 — 25 C100 (Gasoline)............................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l.......................... .127 — 19
Oil Pressure Switch (VIN H) (VIN K)............. LH rear of e n g in e ...................................................................................................... .122 — 4 C101................................................................. Top RH side of engine, above valve cover at c o n tro lle r. . . .128 — 24
Oil Pressure Switch (VIN N ).......................... LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ..................................... .123 — 8 C102 (D iesel).................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l.......................... .130 — 28
Oil Pressure Switch (VIN Z ) ........................................ LH rear of e n g in e ...................................................................................................... .125 — 13 C102 (Gasoline)............................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l.......................... .127 — 19
Oxygen S e n s o r ..................................................................... LH rear of engine, at exhaust manifold c o lle c to r............... , .127 — 19 C103................................................................. RH front of engine co m p a rtm e n t......................................... .135 — 47
Panel and Interior Lamps Control Switch . . LH side of l/P ................................................................................................................... .132 — 37 C104................................................................. LH front of engine com partment........................................... .135 — 47
COMPONENT LOCATION Page Figure COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure
C105.............................................................. RH front of engine c o m p a rtm e n t........................................... 135 — 47 C144 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... Lower RH side of engine.......................................................... 121 _ 1
C106.............................................................. LH front turn/park lamp assembly........................................... 135 — 47 C144 (VIN Z ) .................................................. LH rear of e n g in e .....................................................................125 _ 13
C107................................................................ Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................130 — 28 C145 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... 121 _ 1
C108................................................................ Front of center radiator support at h o r n ................................ 135 — 47 C145 (VIN Z ) .................................................. RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... 124 _ 10
C109 (VIN C) (VIN J ) .................................... Upp i r LH front of engine, at generator.................................. 129 — 25 C147 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... 121 _ 1
C109 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... Upper LH front of engine, at generator.................................. 121 — 1 C147 (VIN Z ) .................................................. Top of engine, RH s id e ............................................................ 124 _ 10
C109 (VIN N ) ................................................. Upper LH front of engine, at generator.................................. 123 — 7 C148 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... RH front of e ngine.....................................................................121 — 1
C109 (VIN Z ) ................................................. Upper LH front of engine, at generator.................................. 124 — 10 C148 (VIN N ) .................................................. RH front of engine, above AIR p u m p .................................... 123 _ 7
C 110(V IN C ) (VIN J ) .................................... RH rear of engine, on A/C a c cu m u la to r................................ 128 — 22 C148 (VIN Z ) .................................................. RH front of e ngine.....................................................................124 10
C 110 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... RH rear of engine, on A/C a c cu m u la to r................................ 121 — 1 C149 (VIN K ) .................................................. W iring harness, RH side of e n g in e .........................................121 _ 1
C 110 (VIN N ) ................................................. RH rear of engine, on A/C a c cu m u la to r................................ 123 — 7 C149 (VIN N ) .................................................. W iring harness, RH side of e n g in e .........................................123 _ 7
C110 (VIN Z ) ................................................. RH rear of engine, on A/C a ccu m u la to r................................ 124 — 10 C150................................................................. LH rear of transfer case, at speed sensor. ............................ 126 — 17
C 111 (VIN H, V IN K )...................................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark tim ing distributor. 122 — 4 C152................................................................. LH side of MD8 tra n s m is s io n ................................................. 127 — 20
C111 ( V IN N ) ................................................. Top rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor. 123 — 7 C153................................................................. Wiring harness, LH side of e n g in e .............................. .. .129 — 25
c m (v in z ) ................................................. LH rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor .125 — 13 C154................................................................. W iring harness, LH side of e n g in e ..................... ...................129 _ 25
C112 (VIN H, VIN K)...................................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor. 122 — 4 C155................................................................. Wiring harness, LH side of e n g in e .........................................129 _ 25
C 112 (VIN N ) ................................................. Top rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor. 123 — 7 C156................................................................. LH rear of engine, at transmission assem b ly........................121 — 21
C 112 (VIN Z ) ................................................. LH rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor . 125 — 13 C157................................................................. RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........................126 —. 16
C113 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... Top rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor. 122 — 4 C158................................................................. LH side of M40 transm ission....................................................127 — 21
C 113 ( V IN N ) ................................................. Top rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor. 123 — 7 C159................................................................. Engine compartment, LH side of master brake cylinder . . .130 — 28
C 1 1 3 (V IN Z )................................................. LH rear of engine, near electronic spark timing distributor .125 — 13 C159................................................................. LH front of cowl, at RWAL m o d u le .........................................127 — 19
C114................................................................ RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........................126 — 16 C160................................................................. Rear of engine, at base of transm ission................................ 126 _ 17
C116................................................................ LH rear of engine, at exhaust manifold c o lle c to r................. 127 — 19 C162 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ..................................... RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.................................. 128 — 22
C117(VIN C) (VIN J ) .................................... Wiring harness, top LH side of e n g in e .................................. 129 — 26 C162 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.................................. 121 _ 1
C 117 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector...........121 — 1 C162 (VIN N ) .................................................. RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.................................. 123 — 7
C117 (VIN N ) ................................................. Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector...........123 — 7 C162 (VIN Z ) .................................................. RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.................................. 124 _ 10
C117 (VIN Z ) ................................................. Center RH side of engine, near throttle body injector...........124 — 10 C163 (VIN C) (VIN J ) ................................... RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.................................. 128 _ 22
C118(VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .....................................121 — 1 C163 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.................................. 121 _ 1
C118 (VIN N ) ................................................. Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .................................... 123 — 7 C163 (VIN N ) .................................................. RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.................................. 123 — 7
C118 (VIN Z ) ................................................. Top center of engine, in throttle b o d y .................................... 124 — 10 C163 (VIN Z) .................................................. RH front of engine, at A/C com pressor.................................. 124 _ 10
C120................................................................ RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k .................................... 126 — 16 C164 (D iesel).................................................. LH front of cowl, at brake master c y lin d e r ............................130 _ 28
C121................................................................ Top rear of engine.....................................................................129 — 25 C164 (Gasoline)............................................. LH front of cowl, at brake master c y lin d e r............................127 — 19
C123................................................................. Top LH side of engine, above valve cover, at shutoff valve .129 — 26 C165 (D iesel).................................................. RH rear of engine compartment, inside coolant reservoir . .130 — 29
C124................................................................. Top LH side of engine, above valve cover, at solenoid........ 129 — 26 C166 (D iesel).................................................. RH rear of e n g in e .................................................................... 128 — 22
C126 (VIN C) (VIN J ) .................................... Top RH side of engine, at filter assem bly.............................. 128 — 23 C167 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... LH rear of e n g in e .....................................................................122 — 4
C127................................................................ Top RH side of engine, at filter assem bly.............................. 128 — 23 C167 (VIN N ) .................................................. LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ..........................123 — 8
C128................................................................. RH side of engine, near rear in je c to r.....................................128 — 22 C167 (VIN Z ) .................................................. LH rear of e n g in e .....................................................................125 _ 13
C129................................................................. Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r ............................129 — 26 C168................................................................. LH rear of e n g in e .....................................................................129 __ 25
C131................................................................. LH side of M40 transmission....................................................127 — 21 C169 (D iesel).................................................. Wiring harness, LH side of engine in cylinder h e a d .............129 _ 25
C132................................................................ RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........................126 — 16 C170................................................................. Rear of engine compartment, center front of c o w l...............130 _ 29
C133 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r.......................................121 — 1 C171................................................................. Rear of engine, at transmission a sse m b ly............................125 — 15
C133 (VIN Z ) ................................................. RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r.......................................124 — 10 C172................................................................. LH front of transfer c a s e ..........................................................126 — 17
C134 ( V IN N ) ................................................. RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r.......................................123 — 7 C173................................................................. LH side of engine compartment, at front a xle ....................... 125 — 14
C135 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... LH rear of e n g in e .....................................................................122 — 4 C174................................................................. LH side of engine compartment, at front a x le ................... .... 125 _ 14
C135 (VIN N ) ................................................. LH side of engine, under exhaust m a n ifo ld ..........................123 — 8 C175................................................................. LH side of transm ission............................................................ 126 — 17
C135 (VIN Z ) ................................................. LH rear of e n g in e .....................................................................125 — 13 C176................................................................. Above LH wheelhouse, in washer fluid front reservoir.........135 _ 47
C136................................................................. RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........................126 — 16 C 177 (D iesel).................................................. Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l............................ .130 — 28
C139................................................................. W iring harness, front of v e h ic le ............................................. 139 — 61 C177 (Gasoline)............................................. Engine compartment, LH front of c o w l.............................. . .127 — 19
C140................................................................. Wiring harness, RH side of e n g in e .........................................123 — 7 C178................................................................. LH front of cowl, near brake booster...................................... 121 _ 2
C141................................................................ Wiring harness, LH rear of engine com partm ent................. 124 — 11 C179................................................................. LH rear of engine, at transmission assem b ly....................... 126 _ 18
C142 (VIN C) (VIN J ) .................................... LH front of cowl, near wiper m o to r.........................................130 — 28 C180................................................................. Front LH side marker la m p ................................ .....................135 __ 47
C142 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... 121 — 1 C181................................................................. Front RH side marker lam p......................................................135 _ 47
C142 (VIN N ) ................................................. RH rear of engine, above valve cover.................................... 123 — 7 C183................................................................. Engine compartment, on LH front of c o w l............................135 _ 47
C142 (VIN Z ) ................................................. RH side of engine, above valve cover.................................... 124 — 10 C184................................................................ RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover........................126 — 16
C143 (VIN C)(VIN J ) .................................... Top RH front of e n g in e ............................................................ 129 — 25 C185................................................................. Rear of transfer case................................................................ 126 — 17
C143 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... Top RH front of e n g in e ............................................................ 122 — 4 C186................................................................. RH rear underside of h o o d ......................................................124 _ 12
C143 ( V IN N ) ................................................. Top RH front of e n g in e ............................................................ 123 — 9 C188................................................................. RH front of engine compartment ........................................... 135 — 47
C143 (VIN Z ) ................................................. Top RH front of e n g in e ............................................................ 125 — 13 C189................................................................. LH front of engine com partm ent............................................. 135 — 47
C192................................................................. Top of engine, at electronic spark timing d is trib u to r...........139 — 60
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure

C193................................................................. Engine compartment, lower LH c o w l.....................................130 — 28 C261................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at convenience center........................137 — 56
C193................................................................. Top of engine, at electronic spark timing d is trib u to r...........139 — 60 C262................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at convenience center........................137 — 56
C198................................................................. LH side of radiator support, below headlam p........................135 — 47 C263................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at convenience center........................137 — 56
C201................................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near headlamp sw itch ............... 132 — 37 C264................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, right of steering c o lu m n ................... 133 — 40
C202................................................................. Below LH side of l/P, at clutch neutral start sw itch ............... 131 — 33 C265................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, at RH s h ro u d .......................................135 — 48
C203................................................................. RH side of steering column, at ignition s w itc h ..................... 131 — 35 C266................................................................. LH side of steering colum n.............................. ....................... 131 — 35
C204................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at headlamp s w itc h ............................132 — 37 C267................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, underneath steering colum n............. 132 — 38
C205................................................................. LH side of l/P, on steering c o lu m n .........................................131 — 36 C268................................................................. Below LH side of l/P, near clutch pedal support................... 131 — 34
C206................................................................. Behind l/P, on LH side of steering c o lu m n ............................131 — 35 C269................................................................. Below LH side of l/P, near clutch pedal support................... 131 — 34
C207................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, near LH s h ro u d .................................. 132 — 37 C270................................................................. Below LH side of l/P, near clutch pedal support................... 131 — 33
C208................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. 132 — 37 C271................................................................. Below LH side l/P, near brake pedal support a r m ............... 130 — 30
C209................................................................. Behind center of l/P ...................................................................132 — 37 C272................................................................. Below LH side of l/P, left of steering c o lu m n ........................131 — 32
C209................................................................. Behind center of l/P .................................................................. 133 — 41 C 273/274........................................................ Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor.............................. 134 — 44
C210................................................................. Behind RH side of l / P .............................................................. 133 — 41 C275................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................137 — 56
C211................................................................. Behind RH side of l / P .............................................................. 133 — 41 C277................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. 133 — 40
C212. ............................................................... Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ................................ 134 — 45 C278................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. 133 — 40
C213................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, at blower motor.................................... 134 — 45 C279................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................137 — 56
C214................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, at blower m otor.....................................134 — 45 C280................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................137 — 56
C215................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on plenum ........................................... 133 — 43 C281................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................137 — 56
C216................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on plenum ........................................... 134 — 46 C283................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r .............................. 134 — 44
C217................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r .............................. 134 — 46 C284................................................................. Below LH side of l/P, at convenience c e n te r ........................133 — 40
C 2 1 8 ................................................................ Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ................................ 134 — 45 C285................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at convenience center........................132 — 37
C 2 1 9 ................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ................................ 134 — 45 C286................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at convenience center........................132 — 37
C220 ................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ................................ 134 — 45 C287................................................................. RH end of l/P ............................................................................. 140 — 62
C221................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, on top of plenum ................................ 134 — 45 C288................................................................. LH end of l/ P ............................................................................. 140 — 62
C222................................................................. Behind center of l/P, at A/C c o n tro lle r.................................. 133 — 43 C289................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering column, to
C223................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, near blower m o to r .............................. 134 — 45 convenience center.............................................................. 137 — 56
C225................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, at E C M ................................................. 134 — 44 C291................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. 138 — 57
C226................................................................. Below LH side of l/P, on top park brake assem bly............... 132 — 37 C292................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. 138 — 57
C227................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor.............................. 134 — 44 C293................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near blower motor .134 — 44
C231................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................137 — 56 C298................................................................. Top of steering column, under l/P ........................................... 131 — 36
C232................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................137 — 56 C299................................................................. Behind RH side of l/P, near blower m otor.............................. 134 — 44
C233................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................137 — 56 C328................................................................. Under driver’s seat, on floor p a n e l......................................... 137 — 56
C235................................................................. Lower RH side of l/ P ................................................................ 140 — 62 C329................................................................. LH side of floor console............................................................ 131 — 31
C236................................................................. RH side of l/P, left of glove b o x ............................................... 140 — 62 C330................................................................. LH side of floor console............................................................ 131 — 31
C237................................................................. LH side of l/P, above a s h tra y ................................................. 140 — 62 C334................................................................. Inside center of cab ro o f..........................................................140 — 62
C238................................................................. Lower LH side of l / P ................................................................ 140 — 62 C355................................................................. Below LH side of l/P, at LH sh ro u d ......................................... 135 — 48
C239................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering colum n........................140 — 62 C356................................................................. Below RH side of l/P, at RH s h ro u d .......................................135 — 48
C240................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, near convenience c e n te r ................. 140 — 62 C357................................................................. Below LH side of l/P, at LH sh ro u d ......................................... 135 — 48
C241................................................................. Front LH side of l/ P ...................................................................140 — 62 C400 (Except Chassis C ab).......................... LH rear of truck, at inner side of fra m e ...................................136 — 51
C242................................................................. Under top RH side of l/ P .......................................................... 132 — 39 C400 (With Chassis C ab).............................. LH rear of truck, at inner side of fra m e ...................................136 — 50
C243 (AM R a d io )........................................... Left center of l / P .......................................................................140 — 63 C401................................................................. LH rear of truck, at rear crossm em ber.................................. 136 — 51
C243 (FM R a d io )........................................... Behind LH side of l/P, near steering c o lu m n ........................132 — 39 C402................................................................. LH rear of truck, at rear crossm em ber.................................. 137 — 55
C244 (AM R a d io )........................................... Left center of l / P .......................................................................140 — 63 C403................................................................. Rear of truck, under ta ilg a te ....................................................137 — 54
C244 (FM R a d io )........................................... Behind LH side of l/P, near steering c o lu m n ....................... 140 — 63 C404................................................................. RH tail, stop and turn signal assem bly...................................136 — 51
C245................................................................. Under top LH side of l / P .......................................................... 132 — 39 C405................................................................. LH tail, stop and turn signal a s s e m b ly .................................. 136 — 51
C246................................................................. Behind center of l/P .................................................................. 140 — 63 C406................................................................. LH middle of frame rail, near fuel t a n k .................................. 136 — 53
C247................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, near steering c o lu m n ........................140 — 63 C407 (D iesel).................................................. LH middle of frame r a il............................................................ 136 — 52
C248................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, near steering c o lu m n ....................... 140 — 63 C407 (Gasoline)............................................. LH middle of frame rail, at fuel t a n k .......................................136 — 53
C249................................................................. LH side of l/P, right side of a shtray.........................................133 — 42 C408................................................................. Rear center outside roof p a n e l............................................... 140 — 62
C251................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, at radio re c e iv e r................................ 132 — 39 C410................................................................. Behind RH center of rear bum per........................................... 136 — 51
C252................................................................. Beneath LH side of l/P, near convenience c e n te r ............... 132 — 39 C411................................................................. LH middle of frame r a il............................................................ 136 — 52
C258................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering column to C415................................................................. Behind RH front of rear fe n d e r............................................... 141 — 65
convenience center.............................................................. 137 — 56 C416................................................................. Behind RH rear of rear fender................................................. 141 — 65
C259................................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, left of steering column to C417................................................................. Behind LH front of rear fe n d e r............................................... 141 — 65
convenience center.............................................................. 137 — 56 C418................................................................. Behind LH rear of rear fender..................................................141 — 65
C260................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. 135 — 49 C419................................................................. RH taillamp assem bly.............................................................. 136 — 50
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figure

C420................................................................ LH taillamp a s se m b ly.............................................................. 136 — 50 S120 (VIN H) (VIN K ) ..................................... Engine harness, RH top of e n g in e .........................................121 — 1
C430................................................................ Behind LH center of rear b u m p e r........................................... 136 — 51 S120 (VIN N ) .................................................. Engine harness, RH top of e n g in e .........................................123 — 7
C453................................................................ Upper RH rear of c a b .............................................................. 140 — 63 S121................................................................. Engine harness, LH front of c o w l...........................................129 — 25
C454................................................................ Upper LH rear of cab................................................................ 140 — 63 S12 2 (VIN H )(V IN K )..................................... RH side of e n g in e .....................................................................121 — 1
C460................................................................ RH side of inner cab, below RH side of rear w in d o w ...........135 — 49 S122 (VIN N ) .................................................. RH side of e n g in e .....................................................................123 — 7
C461................................................................ LH side of inner cab, below LH side of rear w indow .............135 — 49 S122 (VIN Z ).................................................... RH side of e n g in e .....................................................................124 — 10
C501................................................................ Wiring harness, at front of LH door, at window m otor...........141 — 64 S123 (VIN H) ( V IN K ) ..................................... LH rear of e n g in e .....................................................................122 — 4
C502................................................................ Wiring harness, at window switch, LH d o o r ..........................141 — 64 S123 (VIN N ) .................................................. 9
C503................................................................ Wiring harness, at window switch, LH d o o r ..........................141 — 64 S124 (D iesel).................................................. RH side of e n g in e .....................................................................128 — 22
C504................................................................ W iring harness, at lower center of LH door, at m o to r...........141 — 64 S12 5 (VIN H )(V IN K )..................................... RH front of engine.....................................................................121 — 1
C505................................................................ Wiring harness, at lower front of LH door, at sw itch .............141 — 64 S125 (VIN N ) .................................................. RH front of engine, above air p u m p .......................................123 — 7
C601................................................................ Wiring harness, at front of RH door, at window m o to r.........141 — 64 S125 (VIN Z).................................................... 10
C602................................................................ Wiring harness, at window switch, RH d o o r..........................141 — 64 S126................................................................. Engine harness, RH front of c o w l........................................... 126 — 16
C603................................................................ W iring harness, at lower center of RH door, at m otor...........141 — 64 S127................................................................. Engine harness, RH front of c o w l........................................... 126 — 16
C604................................................................ Wiring harness, at lower front of RH door, at sw itch.............141 — 64 S12 7 (VIN H )(V IN K )..................................... Engine harness, below junction b lo c k .................................. 121 — 1
G 1 0 0 .............................................................. RH front of e n g in e .....................................................................122 — 6 S127 (VIN N ) .................................................. Engine harness, below junction b lo c k .................................. 123 — 7
G101 .............................................................. RH side of engine compartment, on fe n d e r..........................122 — 6 S127 (VIN Z ).................................................... Engine harness, below junction b lo c k .................................. 124 — 10
G102 (D iesel)................................................. LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r................................ 129 — 27 S129................................................................. Top LH side of engine, above valve c o v e r ............................129 — 26
G 1 0 4 .............................................................. LH side of radiator support, near b a tte ry .............................. 122 — 5 S131................................................................. Engine harness, near base of battery junction block cover .126 — 16
G 1 0 5 .............................................................. Behind RH headlamp, on fe n d e r ........................................... 135 — 47 S132................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .................................. 134 — 44
G 1 0 6 .............................................................. On RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. 126 — 16 S133 (D iesel).................................................. Engine harness, LH front of c o w l........................................... 130 — 28
G107 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t...........................................122 — 4 S133 (G asoline)............................................. Engine harness, LH front of c o w l........................................... 127 — 19
G107 (VIN N ) ................................................. Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t........................................... 123 — 9 S134................................................................. Indicator light harness, LH side of transmission................... 125 — 15
G107 (VIN Z ) ................................................. LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r................................ 125 — 13 S181 (D iesel).................................................. Wiring Harness, LH front of engine.........................................129 — 26
G108 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... LH front of engine, near LH valve c o v e r................................ 122 — 4 S191................................................................. Engine harness, near glow plug controller le a d s ................. 128 — 24
G108 (VIN Z ) ................................................. Front of engine, at coolant o u tle t........................................... 125 — 13 S194................................................................. Engine harness, RH side of engine, near rear injector.........128 — 22
G 1 0 9 .............................................................. On RH front of cowl, behind junction block cover................. 126 — 16 S201................................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, near headlamp sw itc h ............... 132 — 37
G 1 1 0 .............................................................. RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k .................................... 124 — 12 S202................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .131 — 36
G111 .............................................................. RH rear of engine, near valve c o v e r.......................................129 — 25 S203................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ...........................................131 — 36
G202 .............................................................. Behind LH side of l/P, on ALDL b ra c k e t................................ 131 — 32 S204................................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, at top of steering column
G300 .............................................................. Near fuel tank, on fra m e .......................................................... 136 — 53 s u p p o r t..................................................................................131 — 36
G400 (Chassis C ab)...................................... LH rear of truck, on inner frame r a i l .......................................136 — 50 S205................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, at top of steering
G400 (Except Chassis Cab)......................... LH rear of truck, on inner side of fram e.................................. 136 — 51 column s u p p o rt.....................................................................132 — 37
G401 .............................................................. Rear of truck, at center of tailgate........................................... 137 — 54 S206................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .131 — 36
G405 (Chassis C ab)...................................... RH tail, stop, and turn signal lamp assem bly........................136 — 50 S207................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37
G406 (Chassis C ab)...................................... LH tail, stop, and turn signal lamp a s s e m b ly ........................136 — 50 S209................................................................. l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r ............................................. 132 — 37
G407 .............................................................. RH side of inner cab, below RH side of rear w in d o w ...........135 — 49 S210................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above LH side of
S101................................................................ Forward lamp harness, LH side of engine com partm ent. . . 135 — 47 steering colum n.....................................................................132 — 37
S102................................................................ Forward lamp harness, behind LH h e a d la m p ..................... 135 — 47 S211................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ........................................... 132 — 37
S103................................................................ Front lamps harness, behind RH headlam p..........................135 — 47 S212................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above steering column .132 — 37
S104................................................................ Front lights harness, behind LH headlamp............................135 — 47 S213................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above LH side of
S105................................................................ Engine harness, near battery junction b lo c k ........................135 — 47 steering colum n.....................................................................132 — 37
S106................................................................ Forward lamp harness, LH side of engine com partm ent.. .135 — 47 S214................................................................. l/P harness, above cigar lig h te r ............................................. 132 — 37
S107................................................................ Forward lamp harness, at RH side of bottom S215................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near grommet . . . .134 — 44
radiator support.....................................................................135 — 47 521 6 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P and steering column. . . .132 — 37
S108................................................................ Engine harness, lower RH side of engine.............................. 128 — 22 521 7 l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, above LH side of
S109................................................................ Engine harness, lower LH side of e n g in e .............................. 129 — 25 steering colum n.....................................................................132 — 37
S110................................................................ Engine harness, near junction b lo c k .....................................130 — 28 S218 (With A /C )............................................. A/C harness, behind center of l/P, above A/C d u c t .............133 — 43
S111................................................................ Forward lamp harness, near LH parking la m p s ................... 135 — 47 S218 (Without A /C ) ....................................... Heater harness, behind center of l / P .................................... 133 — 41
S112................................................................ RH front of cowl, near junction b lo c k .....................................126 — 16 S219................................................................. A/C harness, behind RH side of l / P .......................................134 — 46
S113................................................................ Rear of engine, at base of transm ission................................ 126 — 17 S220................................................................. A/C harness, behind RH side of l / P .......................................134 — 46
S114................................................................ Engine harness, RH front of c o w l...........................................126 — 16 S221................................................................. A/C harness, above p le n u m ................................................... 134 — 45
S115................................................................ Engine harness, LH front of c o w l........................................... 127 — 19 S222................................................................. A/C harness, above p le n u m ................................................... 134 — 45
S116................................................................ Rear of engine, at base of transm ission................................ 126 — 17 S223 (Manual Brakes O nly).......................... Behind center of l/P ...................................................................132 — 37
S117 (VIN H) (VIN K ) .................................... RH side of e n g in e .....................................................................121 — 1 S224................................................................. Indicator light harness, left of center console........................131 — 31
S117 (VIN N ) ................................................. RH side of e n g in e .....................................................................123 — 7 S226................................................................. l/P harness, near RH side of glove box.................................. 133 — 40
S117 (VIN Z )................................................... RH side of e n g in e .....................................................................124 — 10 S227................................................................. l/P harness, behind glove box................................................. 133 — 40
S 118................................................................ Engine harness, near junction b lo c k .....................................127 — 19
COMPONENT LOCATION Page — Figu

S228................................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, above cigar lighter..................... 133 — 40

S229 (VIN Z ).................................................... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .................................. 134 — 44
S233................................................................. Cruise control harness, near brake pedal su p p o rt............... 132 — 38
S234................................................................. Cruise control harness, behind LH side of l / P ..................... 132 — 38
S235................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .................................. 134 — 44
S236................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .................................. 134 — 44
S237................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .................................. 134 — 44
S238................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .................................. 134 — 44
S239 (VIN H) (VIN Z ) ..................................... Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P .................................. 134 — 44
S240................................................................. Behind and below RH side of l/P ............................................. 134 — 44
S242................................................................. l/P harness, LH side of l/P, above cigar lighter..................... 132 — 37
S243................................................................. Behind RH side of l / P .............................................................. 133 — 41
S281................................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P, near steering column . .132 — 37
S283 (D iesel).................................................. l/P harness, behind LH side of l/P ........................................... 131 — 36
S284................................................................. Behind LH side of l / P .............................................................. 132 — 37
S285................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near grommet . . . .134 — 44
S289................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near grommet . . . .134 — 44
S290................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near grommet . . . .134 — 44
S291................................................................. Engine harness, behind RH side of l/P, near ECM ............... 134 — 44
S329................................................................. Body harness, at LH s h ro u d ................................................... 135 — 48
S332................................................................. Body harness, at LH s h ro u d ................................................... 135 — 48
S400................................................................. Taillamp harness, at rear crossm em ber................................ 136 — 51
S401 (Chassis C a b )....................................... Rear taillamps harness, rear of truck, at rear
c ro s s m e m b e r.......................................................................136 — 50
S401 (Except Chassis C a b ).......................... Rear taillamps harness, rear of truck, at rear
c ro s s m e m b e r.......................................................................136 — 51
S402................................................................. Rear taillamps harness, rear of truck, at rear
c ro s s m e m b e r.......................................................................136 — 51
S403................................................................. License lamps harness, at rear crossm em ber..................... 136 — 51
S404................................................................. License lamps harness, at rear crossm em ber..................... 136 — 51
S405................................................................. Taillamp harness, at rear crossm em ber................................ 137 — 55
S406................................................................. Taillamp harness, at rear crossm em ber................................ 137 — 55
S407................................................................. Taillamp harness, at rear crossm em ber................................ 137 — 55
S530................................................................. LH door harness, near front of d o o r .......................................141 — 64
S531................................................................. LH door harness, near front of d o o r .......................................141 — 64
S600................................................................. RH door harness, near front of d o o r.......................................141 — 64
S601................................................................. RH door harness, near front of d o o r.......................................141 — 64
 PA G E PA G E PA G E PAGE
Abbreviation L is t........................................................ 12 Diesel Engines (RPO LH6,LL4), S ta rt,................... 37 Index, S ym ptom s...................................................... 4 Root Marker Lamps (RPO U 0 1 ).............................. 29
Air Conditioning (RPO C 6 0 ).................................... 74 Diesel (RPO LH6), Glow P lu g s -.............................. 47 Indicator L a m p s ........................................................ 84 Safety Belt W arning B u z z e r..................................... 86
Air C o n d itio n in g ........................................................ 68 Diesel (RPO LH6.LL4), Power D istribution,........... 17 Indicators, Instrument Panel: Gages and............... 79 Special T o o ls ............................................................ 11
AM/FM Stereo Radio With O p tio n s ....................... 99 Diesel (RPO LL4), Glow Plugs-................................ 46 Instrument Panel: Gages and In d ica to rs ............... 79 Start, Diesel Engines (RPO L H 6 .L L 4 )................... 37
Antilock Braking, Rear W heel.................................. 78 Directional and Hazard Lam ps................................ 30 Instrument Panel L a m p s ......................................... 8? Start, Gasoline (RPO LB 4,L03,L05,L19)............... 36
Automatic Transmission Kickdown Solenoid......... 64 Distribution, P ow er.................................................... 15 Interior Lamps and Key-ln Warning B u z z e r........... 90 Starting And C h a rg in g ............................................. 35
Automatic Transmission Kickdown Solenoid Dome Lamp & Key-ln Warning B uzzer................... 92 Introduction................................................................. 6 Symptoms Index........................................................ 4
(Gas Engine O nly)................................................. 65 Drive, Four-Wheel...................................................... 88 Key-ln Warning Buzzer, Dome Lamp & ................. 9? Systems, Brake.......................................................... 76
Auxiliary B a tte ry ........................................................ 18 Electrical Test E q u ip m e n t....................................... 7 Key-ln Warning Buzzer, Interior Lamps a n d ......... 90 Table of C ontents...................................................... 1
Auxiliary Battery (RPO T P 2 ).................................... 19 Electricity, B a sic........................................................ 7 Kickdown Solenoid, Automatic Transmission , 64 T a illa m p s ................................................................... 118
Auxiliary Cooling F a n ............................................... 52 Electronic Control M odule-G asoline...................... 54 Kickdown Solenoid (Gas Engine Only), Test Equipment, E lectrical....................................... 7 .
Auxiliary Cooling Fan (RPO L19,C 60 )................... 53 Electronic Control Module-lnputs Automatic T ransm ission....................................... 65 Throttle Body Injection (RPO LB4,L03,L05,L19) . . 41
Backup L a m p s .......................................................... 115 (RPO LB4,L03,L05,L19)....................................... 57 Lamp & Key-ln Warning Buzzer, D o m e ................. 9? Tools, S pecial............................................................ 11
Basic E le c tric ity ........................................................ 7 Electronic Control Module-lnputs Diesel Lamp Assembly, U n d e rh o o d .................................. 95 T roubleshooting........................................................ 6
Battery, A u x ilia r y ..................................................... 18 (RPO LH6)............................................................... 61 Lamp Group (RPO T R 9 )........................................... 93 Underhood Lamp Assem bly..................................... 95
Battery (RPO TP2), A u x ilia ry .................................. 19 Electronic Control Module-Outputs Diesel Lamp (RPO UF2), C a r g o ......................................... 94 View, P hantom .......................................................... 3
Block, Fuse................................................................ 13 (RPO LH6)............................................................... 62 Lamps and Key-ln Warning Buzzer, In te rio r......... 90 Views, Component L o c a to r..................................... 121
Brake S yste m s .......................................................... 76 Electronic Control Module-Outputs Lamps, Backup.......................................................... 115 Warning Buzzer, Safety B e l t ................................... 86
Brake Warning System ............................................. 77 (RPO LB4,L03,L05,L19)....................................... 56 Lamps, Directional and H a z a rd .............................. 30 Warning System, B ra k e ........................................... 77
Bulb D a ta .................................................................. 142 Electronic Control Module Lamps, F og................................................................. 24 Washer, W iper/.......................................................... 108
Cargo Lamp (RPO U F 2 )........................................... 94 (RPO LB4,L03,L05,L19)....................................... 55 Lamps, Front E xterior............................................... ?6 Weather-Pack C onnectors....................................... 10
Center, C onvenience............................................... 14 Electronic Control Module (RPO LH6)-Diesel 60 Lamps, Indicator........................................................ 84 Windows, Pow er........................................................ 100
Charging, Starting A n d ............................................. 34 End Gate And Clearance Lamps With Lamps, Instrument P a n e l......................................... 82 Windows (RPO A31), Power..................................... 102
Charts, D iagnosis..................................................... 6 Dual Rear Wheels (RPO R05).............................. 117 Lamps, L ic e n s e ........................................................ 120 W iper/W asher............................................................. 108
Circuit Diagram s........................................................ 6 Fog L a m p s ................................................................. 24 Lamps (Quad Only), M a rke r..................................... 28
Circuit M a lfunctions................................................. 7 Four-Wheel D riv e ...................................................... 88 Lamps, Rear E x te rio r............................................... 114
Circuit Operation ..................................................... 6 Front Exterior L a m p s ................................................ 26 Lamps (RPO U01), Roof M arker.............................. 29
Circuit Wiring Repair Procedures............................ 9 Fuel Control & Idle Air Control Lamps With Dual Rear Wheels (RPO R05),
Clearance Lamps With Dual Rear Wheels (RPO LB4,L03,L05,L19)....................................... 43 End Gate And C le a ra n c e ..................................... 117
(RPO R05), End Gate A n d .................................. 117 Fuel Controls, Diesel E n g in e ................................... 48 License L a m p s .......................................................... 120
Component L o c a tio n s ............................................. 6 Fuel Controls-Gasoline............................................. 40 Locations, C om ponent............................................. 6
Component Locator In d e x ...................................... 143 Fuel Controls (RPO LH6), Diesel E n g in e ............... 51 Locks, Power D o o r.................................................... 106
Component Locator V ie w s ...................................... 121 Fuel Controls (RPO LL4), Diesel E n g in e ............... 50 Locks (RPO AU3), Power Door................................ 107
Conditioning, A ir ........................................................ 68 Fuel Handling (RPO L05,L19), H ot.......................... 42 Malfunctions, C ircuit.................................................. 7
Conditioning (RPO C60), A ir.................................... 74 Fuel Pump, Diesel E n g in e ....................................... 49 Manual, How To Use This......................................... 6
Connectors, M e tri-P a ck........................................... 10 Fuse B lo c k ................................................................. 13 Marker Lamps (Quad O n ly ) ..................................... 28
Connectors, W e a th e r-P a c k.................................... 10 Gages and Indicators, Instrument Panel:............... 79 Metri-Pack C onnectors............................................. 10
Contents, Table o f ................................................... 1 Gasoline, Electronic Control Module-...................... 54 Operation, C irc u it...................................................... 6
Control, C ru is e .......................................................... 111 Gasoline, Fuel C ontrols-........................................... 40 Parking Lamps (Quad), Headlamps & ................... 23
Control (RPO K34), C ru is e ...................................... 113 Gasoline (RPO LB4,L03,L04,L19), Phantom V iew ............................................................ 3
Convenience C enter................................................. 14 Power D istribution,................................................ 16 Plugs, G low................................................................. 44
Cooling Fan, A u x ilia ry ............................................. 5? Gasoline (RPO LB4,L03,L05,L19), S ta rt,............... 36 Power D is trib u tio n .................................................... 15
Cooling Fan (RPO L19.C60), Auxiliary................... 53 Glow P lu g s ................................................................. 44 Power Distribution, Diesel (RPO L H 6 ,L L 4 )........... 17
Cruise C ontrol............................................................ 111 Glow Plugs-Diesel (RPO L H 6 ) ................................ 47 Power Distribution, Gasoline
Cruise Control (RPO K34)........................................ 113 Glow Plugs-Diesel (RPO LL4)................................... 46 (RPO LB4,L03,L05,L19)....................................... 16
Data, B u lb .................................................................. 14? Hazard Lamps, Directional a n d .............................. 30 Power Door Locks...................................................... 106
Daytime Running Lamps (Base), Headlamps & . . . 22 Headlamps & Daytime Running La m p s................. 20 Power Door Locks (RPO A U 3 )................................ 107
Daytime Running Lamps, Headlamps & ............... 20 Headlamps & Daytime Running Lamps (Base) . . . 22 Power W in d o w s ........................................................ 100
Defogger, R e a r.......................................................... 104 Headlamps & Parking Lamps (Q uad)...................... 23 Power Windows (RPO A 3 1 )..................................... 102
Defogger (RPO C49), R ear...................................... 105 H eater......................................................................... 66 Radio........................................................................... 96
Diagnosis C h a r ts ...................................................... 6 H o rn s ......................................................................... 32 Radio ( A M )................................................................. 98
Diagrams, C irc u it...................................................... 6 Hot Fuel Handling (RPO L 0 5 ,L 1 9 ).......................... 42 Radio With Options, AM/FM S te re o ........................ 99
Diesel, Electronic Control Module How To Use This M a n u a l......................................... 6 Rear D e fo g g e r.......................................................... 104
(RPO L H 6 )-............................................................ 60 Idle Air Control (RPO LB4,L03,L05,L19), Rear Defogger (RPO C 4 9 )....................................... 105
Diesel Engine Fuel C ontrols.................................... 48 Fuel Control & ........................................................ 43 Rear Exterior Lamps.................................................. 114
Diesel Engine Fuel Controls (RPO LH6)................. 51 Ig n itio n ....................................................................... 38 Rear Wheel Antilock B ra k in g .................................. 78
Diesel Engine Fuel Controls (RPO L L4)................. 50 Ignition (RPO LB 4,L03,L05,L19)............................ 39 Regular Production Option (RPO) L is t................... 12
Diesel Engine Fuel P u m p ........................................ 49 Index, Component Locator....................................... 143 Repair Procedures, Circuit W irin g .......................... 9